Objectives of the Lesson:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
After studying this lesson you should able to:
Explain the Liberalized Foreign Investment Policy
Understand the International Financial Markets
Explain the Institutions involved in International Financial Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Know the Major Players in Financial MarketsExplain the Existing Types of Financial Market Structures
Structure of the Lesson:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.0 Introduction1.1 New Global Economic War
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.2 Liberalized Foreign Investment Policy
1.3 International Financial Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.3.1 Basic Terms - Meaning1.4 Financial Markets and Institutions
1.4.1 Major Players in Financial Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.4.2 Existing Types of Financial Market Structures
1.5 Distinctions between Securities Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.0 IntroductionGlobalization of trade implies universalisation of the process of trade`. In 1990, increased
openness to international trade, under such headings as, outward orientation or trade
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
liberalization has been advocated as an engine of economic growth and a road to
development. The marginalization of Indian economy together with many other factors
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
resulted in a severe balance of payment crisis. The foreign exchange reserves fell rapidly toless than three weeks of our imports needs. In order to overcome this situation, and boost up
exports, the Government initiated steps for the dismantling of restrictive policy instruments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
through reforms m trade, tariff, and exchange rate policies.
After examining the list of imports and exports, the following corrections were made: gradual
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
withdrawal of many of the quantitative restrictions on imports and exports, shifting of asignificant number of items outside the purview of import licensing, considerable reduction
in the level of tariff rates, Exim scrip`s devaluation of rupee, partial and later on full
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
convertibility of rupee etc.1.1 New Global Economic War
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
After the Second War and the IMF par value system came into existence, we became part of
the new world system. Countries had exchange control and various sorts of trade restrictions.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It was after the Seventies that gradually a scheme of flexible exchange rates came intoexistence among leading developed countries. Gradually the developed countries started
freeing their exchange rates and also moved towards their system off free trade.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Trade Organization, of which we are a member, is now introducing all
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
over the world a free trade system. After the advent of Economic Reforms from 1991-1992,we have moved over to currency, convertibility on current account. The importance of the
World Bank as financier has diminished considerably. The world is now dependant on private
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
capital imports. Even the role of the IMF has diminished with most countries adopting
currency convertibility. Capital flows are moving on a large scale dependent on incentives.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Most countries have lifted trade barriers and reduced import duties.The WTO is introducing system in which domestic subsidies have to be removed and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
uniform and low import duties have now to become the standard. There is no place for tariff
barriers and non-tariff barriers are also now getting lifted. The world`s industries are now
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
organized largely in terms of multinational corporations whose operations transcend manycountries. International demonstration effects are working powerfully in determining the
living styles in all countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.2 Liberalized Foreign Investment Policy
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In June 1991, Indian government initiated Programme of macro economic stabilizationand structural adjustment supported by IMF and the World Bank. As part of this Programme a
new industrial policy was announced on July 24, 1991 in the Parliament, which has started the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
process of full-scale liberalization and intensified the process of integration of India with the global
economy.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A Foreign Investment Promotion Board (FIPB), authorized to provide a single
window clearance as been set up. India became a signatory to the convention of MIGA for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
protection of foreign investments. Companies with more than 40 per cent of foreign equity
are now treated on par with fully Indian owned companies. New sectors such as mining,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
banking, telecommunications, high-way construction, and management have been thrownOpen to private, including foreign owned companies.
1.3 International Financial Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.3.1 Basic Terms - MeaningAn asset is anything of durable value, that is, anything that acts as a means to store value over
time. Real assets are assets in physical form (e.g., land, equipment, houses, etc.), including
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
"human capital" assets embodied in people (natural abilities, learned skills, knowledge).
Financial assets are claims against real assets, either directly (e.g., stock share equity claims)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or indirectly (e.g., money holdings, or claims to future income streams that originateultimately from real assets). Securities are financial assets exchanged in auction and over-
the-counter markets (see below) whose distribution is subject to legal requirements and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
restrictions (e.g., information disclosure requirements).
Lenders are people who have available funds in excess of their desired expenditures that they
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are attempting to loan out, and borrowers are people who have a shortage of funds relative totheir desired expenditures who are seeking to obtain loans. Borrowers attempt to obtain funds
from lenders by selling to lenders newly issued claims against the borrowers' real assets, i.e.,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
by selling the lenders newly issued financial assets.
A financial market is a market in which financial assets are traded. In addition to enabling
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange of previously issued financial assets, financial markets facilitate borrowing andlending, by facilitating the sale by newly issued financial assets. A financial institution is an
institution whose primary source of profits is through financial asset transactions. Examples
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of such financial institutions include discount brokers, banks, insurance companies, and
complex multi-function financial institutions.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.4 Financial Markets and InstitutionsFinancial markets serve six basic functions. These functions are briefly listed below:
Borrowing and Lending: Financial markets permit the transfer of funds from one agent
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to another for either investment or consumption purposes.
Price Determination: Financial markets provide vehicles by which prices are set both for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
newly issued financial assets and for the existing stock of financial assets.Information Aggregation and Coordination: Financial markets act as collectors and
aggregators of information about financial asset values and the flow of funds from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lenders to borrowers.
Risk Sharing: Financial markets allow a transfer of risk from those who undertake
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investments to those who provide funds for those investments.Liquidity: Financial markets provide the holders of financial assets with a chance to resell
or liquidate these assets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Efficiency: Financial markets reduce transaction costs and information costs.1.4.1 Major Players in Financial Markets
By definition, financial institutions are institutions that participate in financial markets, i.e., in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the creation and/or exchange of financial assets. The following are the major players of
financial markets:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
BrokersA broker is a commissioned agent of a buyer (or seller) who facilitates trade by locating a
seller (or buyer) to complete the desired transaction. A broker does not take a position in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
assets they trade. The profits of brokers are determined by the commissions they charge to the
users of their services (the buyers, the sellers, or both).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Diagrammatic Illustration of a Stock BrokerDealers
Like brokers, dealers facilitate trade by matching buyers with sellers of assets; they do not
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
engage in asset transformation. Unlike brokers, however, a dealer can and does "take
positions" (i.e., maintain inventories) in the assets he or she trades that permit the dealer to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sell out of inventory rather than always having to locate sellers to match every offer to buy.Also, unlike brokers, dealers do not receive sales commissions. Rather, dealers make profits
by buying assets at relatively low prices and reselling them at relatively high prices (buy low
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
- sell high). The price at which a dealer offers to sell an asset (the "asked price") minus the
price at which a dealer offers to buy an asset (the "bid price") is called the bid-ask spread and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
represents the dealer's profit margin on the asset exchange.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Diagrammatic Illustration of a Bond Dealer
Investment Banks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An investment bank assists in the initial sale of newly issued securities (i.e., in IPOs = InitialPublic Offerings) by engaging in a number of different activities:
Advice: Advising corporate on whether they should issue bonds or stock, and, for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bond issues, on the particular types of payment schedules these securities should
offer;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Underwriting: Guaranteeing corporate a price on the securities they offer, eitherindividually or by having several different investment banks form a syndicate to
underwrite the issue jointly;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sales Assistance: Assisting in the sale of these securities to the public.
Financial Intermediaries
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Unlike brokers, dealers, and investment banks, financial intermediaries are financialinstitutions that engage in financial asset transformation. That is, financial intermediaries
purchase one kind of financial asset from borrowers - generally some kind of long-term loan
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
contract whose terms are adapted to the specific circumstances of the borrower (e.g. a
mortgage) - and sell a different kind of financial asset to savers, generally some kind of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
relatively liquid claim against the financial intermediary (e.g. a deposit account). In addition,unlike brokers and dealers, financial intermediaries typically hold financial assets as part of
an investment portfolio rather than as an inventory for resale. In addition to making profits on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
their investment portfolios, financial intermediaries make profits by charging relatively high
interest rates to borrowers and paying relatively low interest rates to savers.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of financial intermediaries include:Depository Institutions (commercial banks, savings and loan associations, mutual savings
banks, credit unions); Contractual Savings Institutions (life insurance companies, fire and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
casualty insurance companies, pension funds, government retirement funds); and Investment
Intermediaries (finance companies, stock and bond mutual funds, money market mutual
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
funds).--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Diagrammatic Example of a Financial Intermediary: A Commercial Bank
1.4.2 Existing Types of Financial Market Structures
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The costs of collecting and aggregating information determine, to a large extent, the types of
financial market structures that emerge. These structures take four basic forms:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Auction markets conducted through brokers;Over-the-counter (OTC) markets conducted through dealers;
Organized Exchanges, such as the New York Stock Exchange, which combine
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
auction and OTC market features. Specifically, organized exchanges permit buyers
and sellers to trade with each other in a centralized location, like an auction. However,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
securities are traded on the floor of the exchange with the help of specialist traderswho combine broker and dealer functions.
Intermediation financial markets conducted through financial intermediaries;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Financial markets taking the first three forms are generally referred to as securities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
markets. Some financial markets combine features from morethan
one
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of
these
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
categories, so the categories constitute only rough guidelines.Auction Markets
An auction market is some form of centralized facility (or clearing house) by which buyers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and sellers, through their commissioned agents (brokers), execute trades in an open and
competitive bidding process. The "centralized facility" is not necessarily a place where
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
buyers and sellers physically meet. Rather, it is any institution that provides buyers andsellers with a centralized access to the bidding process. All of the needed information about
offers to buy (bid prices) and offers to sell (asked prices) is centralized in one location which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is readily accessible to all would-be buyers and sellers, e.g., through a computer network. No
private exchanges between individual buyers and sellers are made outside of the centralized
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
facility. An auction market is typically a public market in the sense that it open to all agentswho wish to participate. Auction markets can either be call markets - such as art auctions -
for which bid and asked prices are all posted at one time, or continuous markets - such as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
stock exchanges and real estate markets.
Over-the-Counter Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An over-the-counter market has no centralized mechanism or facility for trading. Instead, themarket is a public market consisting of a number of dealers spread across a region, a country,
or indeed the world, who make the market in some type of asset. That is, the dealers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
themselves post bid and asked prices for this asset and then stand ready to buy or sell units ofthis asset with anyone who chooses to trade at these posted prices. The dealers provide
customers more flexibility in trading than brokers, because dealers can offset imbalances in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the demand and supply of assets by trading out of their own accounts.
Intermediation Financial Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An intermediation financial market is a financial market in which financial intermediarieshelp transfer funds from savers to borrowers by issuing certain types of financial assets to
savers and receiving other types of financial assets from borrowers. The financial assets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issued to savers are claims against the financial intermediaries, hence liabilities of the
financial intermediaries, whereas the financial assets received from borrowers are claims
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
against the borrowers, hence assets of the financial intermediaries1.5 Distinctions between Securities Markets
Primary versus Secondary Markets:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Primary markets are securities markets in which newly issued securities are offered for sale to
buyers. Secondary markets are securities markets in which existing securities that have
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
previously been issued are resold. The initial issuer raises funds only through the primarymarket.
Debt Versus Equity Markets:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Debt instruments are particular types of securities that require the issuer (the borrower) to paythe holder (the lender) certain fixed dollar amounts at regularly scheduled intervals until a
specified time (the maturity date) is reached, regardless of the success or failure of any
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investment projects for which the borrowed funds are used. A debt instrument holder only
participates in the management of the debt instrument issuer if the issuer goes bankrupt. An
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
example of a debt instrument is a 30-year mortgage. In contrast, equity is a security thatconfers on the holder an ownership interest in the issuer. There are two general categories of
equities: "preferred stock" and "common stock." Common stock shares issued by a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
corporation are claims to a share of the assets of a corporation as well as to a share of the
corporation's net income - i.e., the corporation's income after subtraction of taxes and other
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
expenses, including the payment of any debt obligations. This implies that the return thatholders of common stock receive depends on the economic performance of the issuing
corporation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In contrast, preferred stock shares are usually issued with a par value and pay a fixeddividend expressed as a percentage of par value. Preferred stock is a claim against a
corporation's cash flow that is prior to the claims of its common stock holders but is generally
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
subordinate to the claims of its debt holders. In addition, like debt holders but unlike common
stock holders, preferred stock holders generally do not participate in the management of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issuers through voting or other means unless the issuer is in extreme financial distress (e.g.,insolvency). Consequently, preferred stock combines some of the basic attributes of both debt
and common stock and is often referred to as a hybrid security.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Money versus Capital Markets:
The money market is the market for shorter-term securities, generally those with one year or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
less remaining to maturity.The capital market is the market for longer-term securities, generally those with more than
one year to maturity.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Domestic Versus Global Financial Markets:
Euro-currencies are currencies deposited in banks outside the country of issue. For example,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
euro-dollars, a major form of euro-currency, are U.S. dollars deposited in foreign banksoutside the U.S. or in foreign branches of U.S. banks. That is, euro-dollars are dollar-
denominated bank deposits held in banks outside the U.S. An international bond is a bond
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
available for sale outside the country of its issuer. A foreign bond is an international bond
issued by a country that is denominated in a foreign currency and that is for sale exclusively
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in the country of that foreign currency. A Eurobond is an international bond denominated in acurrency other than that of the country in which it is sold.
Review Questions:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Discuss in detail the basic functions of financial markets
1. Outline in detail the major players in financial markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Explain in detail the different types of existing financial market structures1. Distinguish between Securities Markets
References:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Buckley, Adrian: Multinational Finance, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
2. Murice, Levi: International Finance, McGraw Hill, Int. Ed., New York.
3. Shaprio, A.C: Multinational Financial Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Lesson - 2
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Bretton Woods SystemObjectives of the Lesson:
After studying this lesson you should able to:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Know the Origins of the Bretton Woods SystemUnderstand the International Financial Markets
Understand The Design of the Bretton Woods System
Explain Exchange Rate Stability
Explain the role of IMF and IBRD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Explain the Late Bretton Woods SystemStructure of the Lesson:
2.0 Introduction
2.1 The Origins of the Bretton Woods System
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.1.1 The Experiences of the Great Depression
2.1.2 Economic Security
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.1.3 Governmental Intervention2.1.4 U.S. Hegemony
2.1.5 The Atlantic Charter
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.1.6 U.S. hegemony and Europe
2.2 The Design of the Bretton Woods System
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.3 Exchange Rate Stability2.3.1 The "Pegged Rate" or "Par Value" Currency Regime
2.3.2 The "reserve currency"
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.3.3 Formal Regimes
2.4 The International Monetary Fund
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.4.1 Designing the IMF2.4.2 Subscriptions and Quotas
2.4.3 Financing Trade Deficits
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.4.4 Changing the Par Value
2.4.5 IMF Operations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.5 The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development2.6 Readjusting the Bretton Woods System
2.6.1 The Dollar Shortage and the Marshall Plan
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.6.2 Bretton Woods and the Cold War
2.7 The Late Bretton Woods System
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.0 Introduction
The Bretton Woods System of international economic management established the rules for
commercial and financial relations among the major industrial states. The Bretton Woods
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
System was the first example of a fully negotiated monetary order in world history intended
to govern monetary relations among independent nation-states. Preparing to rebuild global
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
capitalism as World War II was still raging, 730 delegates from all 44 Allied nations gatheredat the Mount Washington Hotel, situated in the New Hampshire resort town of Bretton
Woods, for the United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference. The delegates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
deliberated upon and finally signed the Bretton Woods Agreement during the first three
weeks of July 1944.
Setting up a system of rules, institutions, and procedures to regulate the international political
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
economy, the planners at Bretton Woods established the International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development (later divided into the World Bank and Bank for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Settlements) and the International Monetary Fund. These organizations becameoperational in 1946 after a sufficient number of countries had ratified the agreement.
The chief features of the Bretton Woods System were, first, an obligation for each country to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maintain the exchange rate of its currency within a fixed value (plus or minus one percent) in
terms of gold; and, secondly, the provision by the IMF of finance to bridge temporary
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
payments imbalances. In face of increasing strain, the system eventually collapsed in 1971,following the United States' suspension of convertibility from dollars to gold. Until the early-
1970s, the Bretton Woods System was effective in controlling conflict and in achieving the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
common goals of the leading states that had created it, especially the United States.
2.1 The Origins of the Bretton Woods System
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The political bases for the Bretton Woods System are to be found in the confluence of severalkey conditions: the shared experiences of the Great Depression, the concentration of power in
a small number of states, and the presence of a dominant power willing and able to assume a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
leadership role.
2.1.1 The Experiences of the Great Depression
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A high level of agreement among the powerful on the goals and means of internationaleconomic management facilitated the decisions reached by the Bretton Woods Conference.
The foundation of that agreement was a shared belief in capitalism. Although the developed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
countries differed somewhat in the type of capitalism they preferred for their national
economies (France, for example, preferred greater planning and state intervention, whereas
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the United States favoured relatively limited state intervention); all nevertheless reliedprimarily on market mechanisms and on private ownership. Yet, it is their similarities rather
than their differences that appear most striking. All the participating governments at Bretton
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Woods agreed that the monetary chaos of the interwar period had yielded several valuable
lessons.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The experience of the Great Depression, when proliferation of exchange controls and tradebarriers led to economic disaster, was fresh on the minds of public officials. The planners at
Bretton Woods hoped to avoid a repeat of the debacle of the 1930s, when exchange controls
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
undermined the international payments system that was the basis for world trade. The "beggar
thy neighbour" policies of 1930s governments (using currency devaluations to increase the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
competitiveness of a country's export products in order to reduce balance of paymentsdeficits) worsened national deflationary spirals, which resulted in plummeting national
incomes, shrinking demand, mass unemployment, and a overall decline in world trade. Trade
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in the 1930s became largely restricted to currency blocs (groups of nations that use anequivalent currency, such as the "Pound Sterling Bloc" of the British Empire). These blocs
retarded the international flow of capital and foreign investment opportunities. Although this
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
strategy tended to increase government revenues in the short-run, it dramatically worsened
the situation in the medium and longer-run. Thus, for the international economy, planners at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bretton Woods all favored a liberal system, one that relied primarily on the market with theminimum of barriers to the flow of private trade and capital. Although they disagreed on the
specific implementation of this liberal system, all agreed on an open system.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.1.2 Economic Security
Also based on experience of interwar years, U.S. planners developed a concept of economic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
security that a liberal international economic system would enhance the possibilities ofpostwar peace. One of those who saw such a security link was Cordell Hull, the U.S.
secretary of state from 1933 to 1944. Hull believed that the fundamental causes of the two
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
world wars lay in economic discrimination and trade warfare. Specifically, he had in mind,
the trade, and exchange controls (bilateral arrangements) of Nazi Germany and the imperial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
preference system practiced by Britain (by which members or former members of the BritishEmpire were accorded special trade status).
2.1.3 Governmental Intervention
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The developed countries also agreed that the liberal international economic system required
governmental intervention. In the aftermath of the Great Depression, public management of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the economy had emerged as a primary activity of governments in the developed states.Employment, stability, and growth were now important subjects of public policy. In turn, the
role of government in the national economy had become associated with the assumption by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the state of the responsibility for assuring of its citizens a degree of economic well-being. The
welfare state grew out of the Great Depression, which created a popular demand for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
governmental intervention in the economy, and out of the theoretical contributions of theKeynesian school of economics, which asserted the need for governmental intervention to
maintain adequate levels of employment.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
At the international level, these ideas also evolved from the experience of the 1930s. The
priority of national goals, independent national action in the interwar period, and the failure
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to perceive that those national goals could not be realized without some form of internationalcollaboration resulted in "beggar-thy-neighbor" policies such as high tariffs and competitive
devaluations contributed to economic breakdown, domestic political instability, and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international war. The lesson learned was that, as New Dealer Harry Dexter White, theprincipal architect of the Bretton Woods System put it:
"the absence of a high degree of economic collaboration among the leading nations will...
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
inevitably result in economic warfare that will be but the prelude and instigator of military
warfare on an even vaster scale."
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.1.4 U.S. HegemonyInternational economic management relied on the dominant power to lead the system. The
concentration of power facilitated management by confining the number of actors whose
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
agreement was necessary to establish rules, institutions, and procedures and to carry out
management within the agreed system. That leader was, of course, the United States. As the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
world's foremost economic and political power, the United States was clearly in a position toassume the responsibility of leadership.
The United States had emerged from the Second World War as the strongest economy in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
world, experiencing rapid industrial growth and capital accumulation. The U.S. had remained
untouched by the ravages of World War II and had built a thriving manufacturing industry
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and grown wealthy selling weapons and lending money to the other combatants; in fact, U.S.industrial production in 1945 was more than double that of annual production between the
prewar years of 1935 and 1939. In contrast, Europe and Japan were militarily and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
economically shattered.
As the Bretton Woods Conference convened, the relative advantages of the U.S. economy
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
were undeniable and overwhelming. The U.S. held a majority of world investment capital,manufacturing production and exports. In 1945, the U.S. produced half the world's coal, two-
thirds of the oil, and more than half of the electricity. The U.S. was able to produce great
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
quantities of ships, airplanes, land vehicles, armaments, machine tools, chemical products,
and so on. Reinforcing the initial advantage (and assuring the U.S. unmistakable leadership in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the capitalist world) the U.S. held 80 percent of the world's gold reserves and had not only apowerful army but also the atomic bomb.
As the world's greatest industrial power, and one of the few nations not ravaged by the war,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the U.S. stood to gain more than any other country from the opening of the entire world to
unfettered trade. The United States would have a global market for its exports, and it would
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
have unrestricted access to vital raw materials.The United States was not only able, it was also willing, to assume this leadership role.
Although the U.S. had more gold, more manufacturing capacity and more military power
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
than the rest of the world put together, U.S. capitalism could not survive without markets andallies. William Clayton, the assistant secretary of state for economic affairs, was among
myriad U.S. policymakers who summed up this point: "We need markets, big markets around
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the world in which to buy and sell."
There had been many predictions that peace would bring a return of depression and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
unemployment, as war production ceased and returning soldiers flooded the labor market.Compounding the economic difficulties was a sharp rise in labor unrest. Determined to avoid
another economic catastrophe like that of the 1930s, U.S. President Franklin D. Roosevelt
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
saw the creation of the postwar order as a way to ensure continuing U.S. prosperity.
2.1.5 The Atlantic Charter
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Throughout the war, the United States envisaged a postwar economic order in which the U.S.could penetrate markets that had been previously closed to other currency trading blocs, as
well as to open up opportunities for foreign investments for U.S. corporations by removing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
restrictions on the international flow of capital. The Atlantic Charter, drafted during President
Roosevelt's August 1941 meeting with British Prime Minister Winston Churchill on a ship in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the North Atlantic was the most notable precursor to the Bretton Woods Conference. LikeWoodrow Wilson before him, whose "Fourteen Points" had outlined U.S. aims in the
aftermath of World War I; Roosevelt set forth a range of ambitious goals for the postwar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
world even before the U.S. had entered the Second World War. The Atlantic Charter affirmed
the right of all nations to equal access to trade and raw materials. Moreover, the charter called
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for freedom of the seas (a principal U.S. foreign policy aim since France and Britain had firstthreatened U.S. shipping in the 1790s), the disarmament of aggressors, and the
"establishment of a wider and permanent system of general security."
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
As the war drew to a close, the Bretton Woods Conference was the culmination of some two
and a half years of planning for postwar reconstruction by the Treasuries of the U.S. and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
UK. U.S. representatives studied with their British counterparts the reconstitution of what hadbeen lacking between the two world wars: a system of international payments that would
allow trade to be conducted without fear of sudden currency depreciation or wild fluctuations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in exchange rates ailments that had nearly paralyzed world capitalism during the Great
Depression.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Without a strong European market for U.S. goods and services, most policymakers believed,the U.S. economy would be unable to sustain the prosperity it had achieved during the war. In
addition, U.S. unions had only grudgingly accepted government-imposed restraints on their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
demand during the war, but they were willing to wait no longer, particularly as inflation cut
into the existing wage scales with painful force. By the end of 1945, there had been major
strikes in the automobile, electrical, and steel industries. Financier and self-appointed adviser
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to presidents and congressmen, Bernard Baruch, summed up the spirit of Bretton Wood in
early 1945: if we can "stop subsidization of labor and sweated competition in the export
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
markets," as well as prevent rebuilding of war machines, "oh boy, oh boy, what long termprosperity we will have." Thus, the United States would use its predominant position to
restore an open world economy, unified under U.S. control, which gave the U.S. unhindered
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
access to markets and raw materials.
2.1.6 U.S. Hegemony and Europe
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Furthermore, U.S. allies (economically exhausted by the war) accepted this leadership. Theyneeded U.S. assistance to rebuild their domestic production and to finance their international
trade; indeed, they needed it to survive. Before the war, the French and the British were
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
realizing that they could no longer compete with U.S. industry in an open marketplace.
During the 1930s, the British had created their own economic bloc to shut out U.S. goods.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Churchill did not believe that he could surrender that protection after the war, so he watereddown the Atlantic Charter's "free access" clause before agreeing to it. Combined, British and
U.S. trade accounted for well over half the world's exchange of goods. If the British bloc
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
could be split apart, the U.S. would be well on its way to opening the entire global
marketplace. But as the nineteenth century had been economically dominated by Britain, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
second half of the twentieth was to be one of U.S. hegemony.A devastated Britain had little choice. Two world wars had destroyed the country's principal
industries that paid for the importation of half the nation's food and nearly all its raw
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
materials except coal. The British had no choice but to ask for aid. In 1945, the U.S. agreed to
a loan of 3.8 billion. In return, weary British officials promised to negotiate the agreement.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
For nearly two centuries, French and U.S. interests had clashed in both the Old World and theNew World. During the war, French mistrust of the United States was embodied by General
Charles de Gaulle, president of the French provisional government. De Gaulle bitterly fought
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
U.S. officials as he tried to maintain his country's colonies and diplomatic freedom of action.
In turn, U.S. officials saw de Gaulle as a political extremist. But in 1945, de Gaulle the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
leading voice of French nationalism was forced to grudgingly ask the U.S. for a billion dollarloan. Most of the request was granted; in return France promised to curtail government
subsidies and currency manipulation that had given its exporters advantages in the world
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market.
On a far more profound level, as the Bretton Woods conference was convening, the greater
part of the Third World remained politically and economically subordinate. Linked to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
developed countries of the West economically and politically formally and informally these
states had little choice but to acquiesce to the international economic system established for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
them. In the East, Soviet hegemony in Eastern Europe provided the foundation for a separateand stable international economic system.
In short, the confluence of these three favorable political conditions the concentration of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
power, the cluster of shared interests and ideas, and the hegemony of the United States
provided the political capability to equal the tasks of managing the international economy.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.2 The Design of the Bretton Woods SystemFree trade relied on the free convertibility of currencies. Negotiators at the Bretton Woods
Conference, fresh from what they perceived as a disastrous experience with floating rates in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the 1930s, concluded that major monetary fluctuations could stall the free flow of trade.
The liberal economic system required an accepted vehicle for investment, trade, and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
payments. Unlike national economies, however, the international economy lacks a centralgovernment that can issue currency and manage its use. In the past this problem had been
solved through the use of gold and through the use of national currencies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the nineteenth and twentieth centuries gold played a key role in international monetary
transactions. The gold standard was used to back currencies; the international value of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency was determined by its fixed relationship to gold; gold was used to settleinternational accounts. The gold standard maintained fixed exchange rates that were seen as
desirable because they reduced the risk of trading with other countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Imbalances in international trade were theoretically rectified automatically by the gold
standard. A country with a deficit would have depleted gold reserves and would thus have to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reduce its money supply. The resulting fall in demand would reduce imports and the loweringof prices would boost exports; thus the deficit would be rectified. Any country experiencing
inflation would lose gold and therefore would have a decrease in the amount of money
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
available to spend. This decrease in the amount of money would act to reduce the inflationary
pressure. Supplementing the use of gold in this period was the British pound. Based on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dominant British economy, the pound became a reserve, transaction, and interventioncurrency. But the pound was not up to the challenge of serving as the primary world
currency, given the weakness of the British economy after World War II.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The architects of Bretton Woods had conceived of a system wherein exchange rate stability
was a prime goal. Yet, in an era of more activist economic policy, governments did not
seriously consider permanently fixed rates on the model of the classical gold standard of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
nineteenth century. Gold production was not even sufficient to meet the demands of growing
international trade and investment. And a sizable share of the world's known gold reserves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
were located in the Soviet Union, which would later emerge as a Cold War rival of the UnitedStates and Western Europe.
The only currency strong enough to meet the rising demands for international liquidity was
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the US dollar. The strength of the U.S. economy, the fixed relationship of the dollar to gold
($35 an ounce), and the commitment of the U.S. government to convert dollars into gold at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
that price made the dollar as good as gold. In fact, the dollar was even better than gold: itearned interest and it was more flexible than gold.
2.3 Exchange Rate Stability
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Bretton Woods system sought to secure the advantages of the gold standard without its
disadvantages. Thus, a compromise was sought between the polar alternatives of either
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
freely- floating or irrevocably fixed rates, an arrangement that might gain the advantages ofboth without suffering the disadvantages of either while retaining the right to revise currency
values on occasion as circumstances warranted.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The rules of Bretton Woods, set forth in the articles of agreement, provided for a system of
fixed exchange rates. The rules further sought to encourage an open system by committing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
members to the convertibility of their respective currencies into other currencies and to freetrade.
2.3.1 The "Pegged Rate" or "Par Value" Currency Regime
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
What emerged was the "pegged rate" currency regime. Members were obligated to establish a
parity of their national currencies in terms of gold (a "peg") and to maintain exchange rates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
within one percent, plus or minus, of parity (a "band") by intervening in their foreignexchange markets (that is, buying or selling foreign money).
2.3.2 The "Reserve Currency"
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In practice, however, since the principal "reserve currency" would be the U.S. dollar, this
meant that other countries would peg their currencies to the U.S. dollar, and - once
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
convertibility was restored - would buy and sell U.S. dollars to keep market exchange rateswithin one percent, plus or minus, of parity. Thus, the U.S. dollar took over the role that gold
had played under the gold standard in the international financial system.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Meanwhile, in order to bolster faith in the dollar, the U.S. agreed separately to link the dollar
to gold at the rate of $35 per ounce of gold. At this rate, foreign governments and central
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
banks were able to exchange dollars for gold. Bretton Woods established a system ofpayments based on the dollar, in which all currencies were defined in relation to the dollar,
itself convertible into gold, and above all, "as good as gold." The U.S. currency was now
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
effectively the world currency, the standard to which every other currency was pegged. Asthe world's key currency, most international transactions were denominated in dollars.
The U.S. dollar was the currency with the most purchasing power and it was the only
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency that was backed by gold. Additionally, all European nations that had been involved
in World War II were highly in debt and transferred large amounts of gold into the United
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
States, a fact that contributed to the supremacy of the United States. Thus, the U.S. dollar wasstrongly appreciated in the rest of the world and therefore became the key currency of the
Bretton Woods system.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Member countries could only change their par value with IMF approval, which was
contingent on IMF determination that its balance of payments was in a "fundamental
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
disequilibrium."2.3.3 Formal Regimes
The Bretton Woods Conference led to the establishment of the International Monetary Fund
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(IMF) and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (now known as the
World Bank), which still remain powerful forces in the world economy. As mentioned, a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
major point of common ground at the Conference was the goal to avoid a recurrence of theclosed markets and economic warfare that had characterized the 1930s. Thus, negotiators at
Bretton Woods also agreed that there was a need for an institutional forum for international
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cooperation on monetary matters. Already in 1944 the British economist John Maynard
Keynes emphasized "the importance of rule-based regimes to stabilize business
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
expectations, something he accepted in the Bretton Woods system of fixed exchanged rates.Currency troubles in the interwar years, it was felt, had been greatly exacerbated by the
absence of any established procedure or machinery for inter-governmental consultation. As a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
result of the establishment of agreed upon structures and rules of international economic
interaction, conflict over economic issues was minimized, and the significance of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
economic aspect of international relations seemed to recede.2.4 The International Monetary Fund
Officially established on December 27, 1945, when the 29 participating countries at the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
conference of Bretton Woods signed its Articles of Agreement, the IMF was to be the keeper
of the rules and the main instrument of public international management. The Fund
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
commenced its financial operations on March 1, 1947. IMF approval was necessary for anychange in exchange rates. It advised countries on policies affecting the monetary system.
2.4.1 Designing the IMF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The big question at the Bretton Woods Conference with respect to the institution that wouldemerge as the IMF was the issue of future access to international liquidity and whether that
source should be akin to a world central bank able to create new reserves at will or a more
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
limited borrowing mechanism. As the chief international economist at the U.S. Treasury in
1942-44, Harry Dexter White drafted the U.S. blueprint for international access to liquidity,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which competed with the plan drafted for the British Treasury by the eminent Britisheconomist John Maynard Keynes. Overall, White's scheme tended to favor incentives
designed to create price stability within the world's economies, while Keynes' wanted a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
system that encouraged economic growth. Although compromise was reached on some
points, because of the overwhelming economic and military power of the U.S., the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
participants at Bretton Woods largely agreed on White's plan. As a result, the IMF was bornwith an economic approach and political ideology that stressed controlling inflation and
introducing austerity plans over fighting poverty. This left the IMF severely detached from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the realities of Third World countries struggling with underdevelopment from the onset.
2.4.2 Subscriptions and Quotas
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
What emerged largely reflected U.S. preferences: a system of subscriptions and quotasembedded in the IMF, which itself was to be no more than a fixed pool of national currencies
and gold subscribed by each country as opposed to a world central bank capable of creating
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
money. The Fund was charged with managing various nations' trade deficits so that they
would not produce currency devaluations that would trigger a decline in imports.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The IMF was provided with a fund, composed of contributions of member countries in goldand their own currencies. The original quotas planned were to total $8.8 billion. When
joining the IMF, members were assigned "quotas" reflecting their relative economic power,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and, as a sort of credit deposit, were obliged to pay a "subscription" of an amount
commensurate to the quota. The subscription was to be paid 25 percent in gold or currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
convertible into gold (effectively the dollar, which was the only currency then still directlygold convertible for central banks) and 75 percent in the member's own money.
Quota subscriptions were to form the largest source of money at the IMF's disposal. The IMF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
set out to use this money to grant loans to member countries with financial difficulties. Each
member was then entitled to be able to immediately withdraw 25 percent of its quota in case
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of payment problems. If this sum was insufficient, each nation that had the system was alsoable to request loans for foreign currency.
2.4.3 Financing Trade Deficits
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the event of a deficit in the current account, Fund members, when short of reserves, wouldbe able to borrow needed foreign currency from this fund in amounts determined by the size
of its quota. In other words, the higher the country's contribution was, the higher the sum of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
money it could borrow from the IMF.
Members were obliged to pay back debts within a period of eighteen months to five years. In
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
turn, the IMF embarked on setting up rules and procedures to keep a country from going toodeeply into debt, year after year. The Fund would exercise "surveillance" over other
economies for the U.S. Treasury, in return for its loans to prop up national currencies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IMF loans were not comparable to loans issued by a conventional credit institution. Instead, it
was effectively a chance to purchase a foreign currency with gold or the member's national
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency.2.4.4 Changing the Par Value
The IMF sought to provide for occasional discontinuous exchange-rate adjustments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(changing a member's par value) by international agreement with the IMF. Member nations
were permitted first to depreciate (or appreciate in opposite situations) their currencies by 10
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
percent. This tends to restore equilibrium in its trade by expanding its exports and contractingimports. This would be allowed only if there was what was called a "fundamental
disequilibrium." A decrease in the value of the country's money was called "devaluation"
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
while an increase in the value of the country's money was called a "revaluation." It was
envisioned that these changes in exchange rates would be quite rare. Regrettably the notion of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fundamental disequilibrium, though key to the operation of the par value system, was neverspelled out in any detail; an omission that would eventually come back to haunt the regime in
later years.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.4.5 IMF Operations
IMF was based in Washington, D.C., and staffed mainly by its economists. It regularly
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchanged personnel with the U.S. Treasury. When the IMF began operations in 1946,President Harry S. Truman named White as its first U.S. Executive Director. Since no Deputy
Managing Director post had yet been created, White served occasionally as Acting Managing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Director and generally played a highly influential role during the IMF's first year.
2.5 The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
No provision was made for international creation of reserves. New gold production wasassumed sufficient. In the event of structural disequilibria, it was expected that there would
be national solutions; a change in the value of the currency or an improvement by other
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
means of a country's competitive position. Few means were given to the IMF, however, toencourage such national solutions. It had been recognized in 1944 that the new system could
come into being only after a return to normalcy following the disruption of World War II. It
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
was expected that after a brief transition period - expected to last no more than five years -
the international economy would recover and the system would enter into operation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To promote the growth of world trade and to finance the postwar reconstruction of Europe,the planners at Bretton Woods created another institution, the International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), now known as the World Bank. The IBRD had an
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
authorized capitalization of $10 billion and was expected to make loans of its own funds to
underwrite private loans and to issue securities to raise new funds to make possible a speedy
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
postwar recovery. The IBRD (World Bank) was to be a specialized agency of the UnitedNations charged with making loans for economic development purposes.
2.6 Readjusting the Bretton Woods System
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.6.1 The Dollar Shortage and the Marshall Plan
The Bretton Wood arrangements were largely adhered to and ratified by the participating
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
governments. It was expected that national monetary reserves, supplemented with necessaryIMF credits, would finance any temporary balance of payments disequilibria. But this did not
however prove sufficient to get Europe out of the doldrums.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Marshall Plan (the European Recovery Program) was set up to provide U.S. finance to
rebuild Europe largely through grants rather than loans. The Marshall Plan was the program
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of massive economic aid given by the United States to favoured countries in Western Europefor the rebuilding of capitalism.
To encourage long-term adjustment, the United States promoted European and Japanese trade
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
competitiveness. Policies for economic controls on the defeated former Axis countries were
scrapped. Aid to Europe and Japan was designed to rebuild productive and export capacity. In
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the long run it was expected that such European and Japanese recovery would benefit theUnited States by widening markets for U.S. exports, and providing locations for U.S. capital
expansion. In 1958, the World Bank created the International Finance Corporation (IFC) and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the International Development Agency (IDA).
2.6.2 Bretton Woods and the Cold War
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In 1945, Roosevelt and Churchill prepared the postwar era by negotiating with Joseph Stalinat Yalta about respective zones of influence; this same year U.S. and Soviet troops joined
together in Germany and confronted one another in Korea. American power had to be used to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rebuild U.S.-friendly regimes and free market capitalism, especially in Europe. The fiscal
discipline imposed by Bretton Woods made the U.S. the only nation that could afford large-
scale foreign deployments within the Western alliance. Over the course of the late 1940s and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
early 1950s, the United Kingdom and France were gradually forced to accept abandoning
colonial outposts, which would in the late 1950s and early 1960s, lead to revolt, and finally
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
independence for most of their empires.The price paid for this position (especially in the Cold War climate) was the militarization of
the U.S. economy, what U.S. President Dwight D. Eisenhower called the "armament
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
industry" and "the military-industrial complex," and the related notion that the U.S. should
assume a protective role in what was referred to as "the free world."
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.7 The Late Bretton Woods SystemThe U.S. balance of Payments Crisis (1958-1968)
After the end of World War II, the U.S. held $26 billion in gold reserves, of an estimated total
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of $40 billion (approx 60%). As world trade increased rapidly through the 1950s, the size of
the gold base increased by only a few percent. In 1958, the U.S. trade deficit swung negative.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The first U.S. response to the crisis was in the late 1950s when the Eisenhower administrationplaced import quotas on oil and other restrictions on trade outflows. More drastic measures
were proposed, but not acted on. However, with a mounting recession that began in 1959, this
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
response alone was not sustainable. In 1960 with Kennedy's election a decade long effort to
maintain the Bretton Woods at the $35/ounce price was begun.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The design of the Bretton Woods System was that only nations could enforce goldconvertibility on the anchor currency - the United States. Gold convertibility enforcement
was not required, but instead, allowed. Nations could forgo converting dollars to gold, and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
instead hold dollars. Rather than full convertibility, it provided a fixed price for sales between
central banks. However, there was still an open gold market, 80% of which was traded
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
through London, which issued a morning "gold fix," which was the price of gold on the openmarket. For the Bretton Woods system to remain workable, it would either have to alter the
peg of the dollar to gold, or it would have to maintain the free market price for gold near the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
$35 per ounce official price. The greater the gap between free market gold prices and central
bank gold prices, the greater the temptation to deal with internal economic issues by buying
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
gold at the Bretton Woods price and selling it on the open market.The first effort was the creation of the "London Gold Pool." The theory of the pool was that
spikes in the free market price of gold, set by the "morning gold fix" in London, could be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
controlled by having a pool of gold to sell on the open market, which would then be
recovered when the price of gold dropped. Gold price spiked in response to events such as the
Cuban Missile Crisis, and other smaller events, to as high as $40/ounce. The Kennedy
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
administration began drafting a radical change of the tax system in order to spur more
productive capacity, and thus encourage exports. This would culminate with his tax cut
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
program of 1963, designed to maintain the $35 peg.In 1967 there was an attack on the pound, and a run on gold in the "sterling area," and on
November 17, 1967, the British government was forced to devalue the pound. While West
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Germany agreed not to purchase gold from the U.S., and agreed to hold dollars instead, the
pressure on both the Dollar and the Pound Sterling continued. In January 1968 Johnson
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
imposed a series of measures designed to end gold outflow, and to increase Americanexports. However, to no avail: on March 17, 1968, there was a run on gold, the London Gold
Pool was dissolved, and a series of meetings began to rescue or reform the system as it
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
existed. The attempt to maintain that peg collapsed in November 1968, and a new policy
program was attempted: to convert Bretton Woods to a system where the enforcement
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mechanism floated by some means, which would be set by either fiat, or by a restriction tohonor foreign accounts.
"Floating" Bretton Woods 1968-1972
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
By 1968, the attempt to defend the dollar at a fixed peg of $35/ounce, the policy of the
Eisenhower, Kennedy and Johnson administrations, had become increasingly perishable.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Gold outflows from the United States accelerated, and despite gaining assurances fromGermany and other nations to hold gold, the "dollar shortage" of the 1940s and 1950s had
become a dollar glut. In 1967, the IMF agreed in Rio de Janeiro to replace the tranche
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
division set up in 1946. Special Drawing Rights were set as equal to one U.S. dollar, but were
not usable for transactions other than between banks and the IMF. Nations were required to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
accept holding SDRs equal to three times their allotment, and interest would be charged, orcredited, to each nation based on their SDR holding. The original interest rate was set at
1.5%.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The intent of the SDR system was to prevent nations from buying pegged dollars and selling
them at the higher free market price, and give nations a reason to hold dollars, by crediting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest, at the same time, set a clear limit to the amount of dollars which could be held. Theuse of SDRs as "paper gold" seemed to offer a way to balance the system, turning the IMF,
rather than the U.S., into the world's central banker. The US tightened controls over foreign
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investment and currency, including mandatory investment controls in 1968. In 1970, U.S.
President Richard Nixon lifted import quotas on oil in an attempt to reduce energy costs;
instead, however, this exacerbated dollar flight, and created pressure from petro-dollars.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The "Nixon Shock"
By the early 1970s, as the Vietnam War accelerated inflation, the United States was running
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
not just a balance of payments deficit but also a trade deficit (for the first time in thetwentieth century). The crucial turning point was 1970, which saw U.S. gold coverage
deteriorate from 55% to 22%. This, in the view of neoclassical economists, represented the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
point where holders of the dollar had lost faith in the U.S. ability to cut its budget and trade
deficits. In 1971 more and more dollars were being printed in Washington, then being
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pumped overseas, to pay for the nation's military expenditures and private investments. In thefirst six months of 1971, assets for $22 billion fled the United States. In response, on August
15, 1971, Nixon unilaterally imposed 90-day wage and price controls, a 10% import
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
surcharge, and most importantly "closed(ing) the gold window," making the dollar
inconvertible to gold directly, except on the open market. Unusually, this decision was made
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
without consulting members of the international monetary system or even with his own StateDepartment, and was soon dubbed the Nixon shock.
The surcharge was dropped in December 1971 as part of a general revaluation of major
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currencies, which were henceforth allowed 2.25 percent devaluations from the agreed
exchange rate. But even the more flexible official rates could not be defended against the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
speculators. By March 1976, all the world's major currencies were floating; in other words,exchange rates were no longer the principal target used by governments to administer
monetary policy.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Smithsonian Agreement
The shock of August 15 was followed by efforts under U.S. leadership to develop a new
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
system of international monetary management. Throughout the fall of 1971, there was aseries of multilateral and bilateral negotiations of the Group of Ten seeking to develop a new
multilateral monetary system. In December of 1971, on the 17th and 18th, the Group of Ten,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
meeting in the Smithsonian Institute in Washington, created the Smithsonian Agreement
which devalued the dollar to $38 dollars an ounce, with 2.25% trading bands, and attempted
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to balance the world financial system using SDRs alone. It failed to impose discipline on theUS government, and with no other credibility mechanism in place, the pressure against the
dollar in gold continued. This resulted in gold becoming a floating asset, and in 1971 it
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reached $44.20/ounce, in 1972 $70.30/ounce and still climbing. By 1972, currencies began
abandoning even this devalued peg against the dollar, though it would take a decade for all of
the industrialized nations to do so. In February of 1973, the Bretton Woods currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange markets would close, after a last gasp devaluation of the dollar to $44/ounce, and
only would reopen in March in a floating currency regime. The collapse of the Bretton
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Woods system is a subject of intense debate. Review Questions:1. What is Bretton Woods System? Explain its objectives.
2. Explain the design of the Bretton Woods System
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Narrate the circumstances leading to the creation of Bretton Woods Monetary System.
4. Analyze the features of Bretton Woods System and discuss the causes for its breakdown.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Explain the devaluation of the dollar twice and the failure of Smithsonian Agreement.References:
1. Buckley, Adrian: Multinational Finance, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Murice, Levi: International Finance, McGraw Hill, Int. Ed., New York.
3. Shaprio, A.C: Multinational Financial Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Lesson - 3
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Gold Standard
Objectives of the Lesson:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
After studying this lesson you should able to:Know the History of the Modern Gold Standard
Understand the International Financial Markets
Define the Differing Definitions of "Gold Standard"
Explain Effects of Gold Backed Currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Know the Advocates of a renewed Gold StandardExplain the Gold as a Reserve Today
Structure of the Lesson:
3.0 Introduction
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.1 Early coinage
3.2 History of the Modern Gold Standard
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.2.1 The Crisis of Silver Currency and Bank Notes (1750-1870)3.2.1 The Crisis of Silver Currency and Bank Notes (1750-1870)
3.2.2 Establishment of the International Gold Standard (1871-1900)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.2.3 Gold Standard from peak to crisis (1901-1932)3.2.4 The Depression and Second World War (1933-1945)
3.2.5 Post-war International Gold Standard (1946-1971)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.3 Differing Definitions of "Gold Standard"
3.4 Effects of Gold Backed Currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.5 Advocates of a renewed Gold Standard3.6 Gold as a Reserve Today
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.0 Introduction
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The gold standard is a monetary system in which the standard economic unit of account is a
fixed weight of gold. When several nations are using such fixed unit of account then the rates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of exchange between national currencies effectively becomes fixed. The gold standard mayalso be viewed as a monetary system in which changes in the supply and demand of gold
determine the value of goods and services in relation to their supply and demand. Because of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
its rarity and durability gold has long been used as a means of payment. The exact nature of
the evolution of money varies significantly across time and place, though it is believed by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
historians that gold's high value for its utility, density, resistance to corrosion, uniformity andeasy divisibility made it useful as both a store of value, and a unit of account for stored value
of other kinds - in Babylon a bushel of wheat was the unit of account, and a weight in gold
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
used as the token to transport value. Early monetary systems based on grain would use gold
to represent the stored value. Banking began when gold deposited in a bank could be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
transferred from one bank account to another by what is called a Giro system, or lent atinterest.
When used as part of a hard money system, the function of paper currency is to reduce the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
danger of transporting gold, reduce the possibility of debasement of coins, and avoid the
reduction in circulating medium to hoarding and losses. The early development of paper
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
money was spurred originally by the unreliability of transportation and the dangers of longvoyages, as well as the desire of governments to control or regulate the flow of commerce
within their control. Money backed by specie is sometimes called representative money, and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the notes issued are often called certificates, to differentiate them from other forms of paper
money.
3.1 Early Coinage
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The first metal used as currency was silver, before 2000 BC, when silver ingots were used in
trade, and it was not until 1500 years later that the first coinage of pure gold was introduced.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
However, long before this time gold had been the basis of trade contracts in Accadia, andlater in Egypt. Silver would remain the most common monetary metal used in ordinary
transactions through the 19th century.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Persian Empire collected taxes in gold, and when conquered by Alexander the Great, this
gold became the basis for the gold coinage of his empire. The paying of mercenaries and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
armies in gold solidified its importance: gold would become synonymous with paying formilitary operations, as mentioned by Niccolo Machiavelli in The Prince two thousand years
later. The Roman Empire would mint two important gold coins: aureus, which was
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
approximately 7 grams of gold alloyed with silver and the smaller solidus which weighed 4.4
grams, of which 4.2 was gold. The Roman mints were fantastically active -- the Romans
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
minted, and circulated, millions of coins during the course of the Republic and the Empire.After the collapse of the Western Roman Empire and the exhaustion of the gold mines in
Europe, the Byzantine Empire continued to mint successor coins to the solidus called the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
nomisma or bezant. They were forced to mix more and more base metal with the gold until
by the turn of the millennium the coinage in circulation was only 25% gold by weight. This
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
represented a tremendous drop in real value from the old 95% pure Roman coins. Thus, tradewas increasingly conducted via the coinage in use in the Arabic world, produced from
African gold: the dinar.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The dinar and dirham were gold and silver coins, respectively, originally minted by the
Persians. The Caliphates in the Islamic world adopted these coins, but it is with Caliph Abd
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
al-Malik (685-705) who reformed the currency that the history of the dinar is usually thoughtto begin. He removed depictions from coins, and established standard references to Allah on
the coins, and fixed ratios of silver to gold. The growth of Islamic power and trade made the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dinar the dominant coin from the Western coast of Africa to northern India until the late
1200s, and it continued to be one of the predominant coins for hundreds of years afterwards.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In 1284 the Republic of Venice coined their first solid gold coin, the ducat, which was tobecome the standard of European coinage for the next 600 years. Other coins, the florin,
nobel, grosh, zloty and guinea, were also introduced at this time by other European states to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
facilitate growing trade. The ducat, because of Venice's pre-eminent role in trade with the
Islamic world, and its ability to secure fresh stocks of gold, would remain the standard
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
against which other coins were measured.3.2 History of the Modern Gold Standard
The adoption of gold standards proceeded gradually. This has led to conflicts between
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
different economic historians as to when the "real" gold standard began. Sir Isaac Newtonincluded a ratio of gold to silver in his assay of coinage in 1717 which created a relationship
between gold coins and the silver penny which was to be the standard unit of account in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Law of Queen Anne; for some historians this marks the beginning of the "gold standard" in
England. However, more generally accepted is that a full gold standard requires that there be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
one source of notes and legal tender, and that this source is backed by convertibility to gold.Since this was not the case throughout the 18th century, the generally accepted view is that
England was not on a gold standard at this time.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.2.1 The Crisis of Silver Currency and Bank Notes (1750-1870)
To understand the adoption of the international gold standard in the late 19th century, it is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
important to follow the events of the late 1700s and early 1800s. In the late 18th century,wars and trade with China, which sold to Europe, but had little use for European goods,
drained silver from the economies of Western Europe and the United States. Coins were
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
struck in smaller and smaller amounts, and there was a proliferation of bank and stock notes
used as money.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the 1790s England suffered a massive shortage of silver coinage, and ceased to mint largersilver coins, issued "token" silver coins and over-struck foreign coins. With the end of the
Napoleonic Wars, England began a massive re-coinage program that created standard gold
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sovereigns and circulating crowns and half-crowns, and eventually copper farthings in 1821.
The re-coinage of silver in England after a long drought produced a burst of coins: England
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
struck nearly 40 million shillings between 1816 and 1820, 17 million half crowns and 1.3million silver crowns. The 1819 Act for the Resumption of Cash Payments set 1823 as the
date for resumption of convertibility, reached instead by 1821. Throughout the 1820s small
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
notes were issued by regional banks, which were finally restricted in 1826, while the Bank of
England was allowed to set up regional branches. In 1833, however, the Bank of England
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
notes were made legal tender, and redemption by other banks was discouraged. In 1844 theBank Charter Act established that Bank of England Notes, fully backed by gold, were the
legal standard. According to the strict interpretation of the gold standard, this 1844 act marks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the establishment of a full gold standard for British money.
The USA adopted a silver standard based on the "Spanish milled dollar" in 1785. This was
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
codified in the 1792 Mint and Coinage Act, and by the use by the Federal Government of the"Bank of the United States" to hold its reserves, as well as establishing a fixed ratio of gold to
the US dollar. This was, in effect, a derivative silver standard, since the bank was not
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
required to keep silver to back all of its currency. This began a long series of attempts forAmerica to create a bimetallic standard for the US Dollar, which would continue until the
1920s. Gold and silver coins were legal tender, including the Spanish real, a silver coin struck
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in the Western Hemisphere. Because of the huge debt taken on by the United States Federal
government to pay for the Revolutionary War, silver coins struck by the government left
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
circulation, and in 1806 President Jefferson suspended the minting of silver coins. Throughthe period from 1860 to 1871, various attempts to resurrect bi-metallic standards were made,
including one based on the gold and silver franc, however, with the rapid influx of silver from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
new deposits, the expectation of scarcity of silver ended.
The interaction between central banking and currency basis formed the primary source of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
monetary instability during this period. The combination that produced economic stabilitywas restriction of supply of new notes, a government monopoly on the issuance of notes
directly and indirectly, a central bank and a single unit of value. Attempts to evade these
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
conditions produced periodic monetary crisis - as notes devalued, or silver ceased to circulate
as a store of value, or there was a depression as governments, demanding specie as payment,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
drained the circulating medium out of the economy. At the same time there was adramatically expanded need for credit, and large banks were being chartered in various states,
including, by 1872, Japan. The need for a solid basis in monetary affairs would produce a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rapid acceptance of the gold standard in the period that followed.
3.2.2 Establishment of the International Gold Standard (1871-1900)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Germany was created as a unified country following the Franco-Prussian War; it establishedthe Reichsmark, went on to a strict gold standard, and used gold mined in South Africa to
expand the money supply. Rapidly most other nations followed suit, since gold became a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
transportable, universal, and stable unit of valuation.
Dates of Adoption of a Gold Standard:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Germany 1871Latin Monetary Union 1873 (Belgium, Italy, Switzerland, France)
United States 1873 (de facto)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Scandinavia 1875 by monetary Union: Denmark, Norway and Sweden
Netherlands 1875
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
France (internally) 1876Spain 1876
Austria 1879
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Russia 1893Japan 1897
India 1898
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
United States 1900 (de jure)
Throughout the decade of the 1870s deflationary and depression-driven economics created
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
periodic demands for silver currency. However, such attempts generally failed, and continuedthe general pressure towards a gold standard. By 1879, only gold coins were accepted
through the Latin Monetary Union, composed of France, Italy, Belgium, Switzerland and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
later Greece, even though silver was, in theory, a circulating medium.
By creating a standard unit of account which was easily redeemable, relatively stable in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
quantity, and verifiable in its purity, the gold standard ushered in a period of dramaticallyexpanded trade between industrializing nations, and "periphery" nations which produced
agricultural goods -- the so called "bread baskets". This "First Era of Globalization" was not,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
however, without its costs. One of the most dramatic was the Irish Potato Famine, where even
as people began to starve it was more profitable to export food to Britain. The result turned a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
blight of the potato crop into a humanitarian disaster. Amartya Sen in his work on faminestheorized that famines are caused by an increase in the price of food, not by food shortage
itself, and hence the root cause of trade-based famines is an imbalance in wealth between the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
food exporter and the food importer.
At the same time it caused a dramatic fall in aggregate demand, and a series of long
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Depressions in the United States and the United Kingdom. This should not be confused withthe failure to industrialize or a slowing of total output of goods. Thus the attempts to produce
alternate currencies include the introduction of Postal Money Orders in Britain in 1881, later
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
made legal tender during World War I, and the "Greenback" party in the US, which
advocated the slowing of the retirement of paper currency not backed by gold.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
By encouraging industrial specialization, industrializing countries grew rapidly in population,and therefore needed sources of agricultural goods. The need for cheap agricultural imports,
in turn, further pressured states to reduce tariffs and other trade barriers, so as to be able to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange with the industrial nations for capital goods, such as factory machinery, which were
needed to industrialize in turn. Eventually this pressured taxation systems, and pushed nations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
towards income and sales taxes, and away from tariffs. It also produced a constant downwardpressure on wages, which contributed to the "agony of industrialization". The role of the gold
standard in this process remains hotly debated, with new articles being published attempting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to trace the interconnections between monetary bases, wages and living standards.
By the 1890s in the United States, a reaction against the gold standard had emerged centered
in the Southwest and Great Plains. Many farmers began to view the scarcity of gold,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
especially outside the banking centers of the East, as an instrument to allow Eastern bankers
to instigate credit squeezes that would force western farmers into widespread debt, leading to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a consolidation of western property into the hands of the centralized banks. The formation ofthe Populist Party in Lampasas, Texas specifically centered around the use of "easy money"
that was not backed by gold and which could flow more easily through regional and rural
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
banks, providing farmers access to needed credit. Opposition to the gold standard during this
era reached its climax with the presidential campaign of Democrat William Jennings Bryan
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of Nebraska. Bryan argued against the gold standard in his Cross of gold speech in 1896,comparing the gold standard (and specifically its effects on western farmers) to the crown of
thorns worn by Jesus at his crucifixion. Bryan ran and lost three times, each time carrying
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mostly Southern and Great Plains states.
3.2.3 Gold Standard from Peak to Crisis (1901-1932)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
By 1900 the need for a lender of last resort had become clear to most major industrializednations. The importance central banking to the financial system was proven largely by
examples such as the 1890 bail out of Barings Bank by the Bank of England. Barings had
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
been threatened by imminent bankruptcy. Only the United States still lacked a central
banking system.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There had been occasional panics since the end of the depressions of the 1880s and 1890swhich some attributed to the centralization of production and banking. The increased rate of
industrialization and imperial colonization, however, had also served to push living standards
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
higher. Peace and prosperity reigned through most of Europe, albeit with growing agitation in
favor of socialism and communism because of the extremely harsh conditions of early
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
industrialization.This came to an abrupt halt with the outbreak of World War I. Britain was almost
immediately forced to gradually end its gold standard, ending convertibility to Bank of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
England notes starting in 1914. By the end of the war England was on a series of fiat
currency regulations, which monetized Postal Money Orders and Treasury Notes. The need
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for larger and larger engines of war, including battleships and munitions, created inflation.Nations responded by printing more money than could be redeemed in gold, effectively
betting on winning the war and redeeming out of reparations, as Germany had in the Franco-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Prussian War. The United States and the United Kingdom both instituted a variety of
measures to control the movement of gold, and to reform the banking system, but both were
forced to suspend use of the gold standard by the costs of the war. The Treaty of Versailles
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
instituted punitive reparations on Germany and the defeated Central Powers, and France
hoped to use these to rebuild her shattered economy, as much of the war had been fought on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
French soil. Germany, facing the prospect of yielding much of her gold in reparations, couldno longer coin gold Reichsmarks, and moved to paper currency. The series of arrangements
to prop up the gold standard in the 1920s would constitute a book length study unto
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
themselves, with the Dawes Plan superseded by the Morgenthau Plan. In effect the US, as the
most persistent positive balance-of-trade nation, loaned the money to Germany to pay off
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
France, so that France could pay off the United States. After the war, the Weimar Republicsuffered from hyperinflation and introduced Rentenmarks, an asset currency, to halt it. These
were withdrawn from circulation in favor of a restored gold Reichsmark in 1942.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the United Kingdom the pound was returned to the gold standard in 1925, by the
somewhat reluctant Chancellor of the Exchequer Winston Churchill, on the advice of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
conservative economists at the time. Although a higher gold price and significant inflationhad followed the WWI ending of the gold standard, Churchill returned to the standard at the
pre-war gold price. For five years prior to 1925 the gold price was managed downward to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pre-war level, meaning a significant deflation was forced onto the economy.
John Maynard Keynes was one economist who argued against the adoption of the pre-war
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
gold price believing that the rate of conversion was far too high and that the monetary basiswould collapse. He called the gold standard "that barbarous relic". This deflation reached
across the remnants of the British Empire everywhere the Pound Sterling was still used as the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
primary unit of account. In the United Kingdom the standard was again abandoned in 1931.
Sweden abandoned the gold standard in 1929, the US in 1933, and other nations were, to one
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
degree or another, forced off the gold standard.As part of this process, many nations, including the US, banned private ownership of large
gold stocks. Instead, citizens were required to hold only legal tender in the form of central
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bank notes. While this move was argued for under national emergency, it was controversial at
the time, and there are still those who regard it as an illegal and unconstitutional usurpation of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
private property. While this is not a mainstream view, many of the people who hold it areinfluential out of proportion to their numbers.
3.2.4 The Depression and Second World War (1933-1945)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In 1933 the London Conference marked the death of the international gold standard as it had
developed to that point in time. While the United Kingdom and the United States desired an
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
eventual return to the Gold Standard, with President Franklin Delano Roosevelt saying that areturn to international stability "must be based on gold" -- neither was willing to do so
immediately. France and Italy both sent delegations insisting on an immediate return to a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fully convertible international gold standard. A proposal was floated to stabilize exchangerates between France, Britain, and the United States based on a system of drawing rights, but
this too collapsed. The central point at issue was what value the gold standard should take. In
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the years that followed nations pursued bilateral trading agreements, and by 1935, the
economic policies of most Western nations were increasingly dominated by the growing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
realization that a global conflict was highly likely, or even inevitable. During the 1920s theausterity measures taken to re-stabilize the world financial system had cut military
expenditures drastically, but with the arming of the Axis powers, war in Asia, and fears of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
USSR exporting communist revolution, the priority shifted toward armament, and away from
re-establishing a gold standard. The last gasp of the 19th century gold standard came when
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the attempt to balance the United States Budget in 1937 lead to the "Roosevelt Recession".Even such gold advocates as Roosevelt's budget director conceded that until it was possible to
balance the budget, a gold standard would be impossible.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
During the period from 1939 to 1942, Britain depleted much of its gold stock in purchases of
munitions and weaponry on a "cash and carry" basis from the US and other nations. This
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
depletion of Britain's reserve signalled to Winston Churchill that returning to a pre-war stylegold standard was impractical; instead, John Maynard Keynes, who had argued against such a
gold standard, became increasingly influential: his proposals, a more wide-ranging version of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the "stability pact" style gold standard, would find expression in the Bretton Woods
Agreement.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.2.5 Post-war International Gold Standard (1946-1971)The essential features of the gold standard in theory rest on the idea that inflation is caused by
an increase in the quantity of money, an idea advocated by David Hume, and that uncertainty
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
over the future purchasing power of money depresses business confidence and leads to
reduced trade and capital investment. The central thesis of the gold standard is that removing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
uncertainty, friction between kinds of currency, and possible limitations in future tradingpartners will dramatically benefit an economy, by expanding both the market for its own
goods, the solidity of its credit, and the markets from which its consumers may purchase
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
goods. In much of gold standard theory, the benefits of enforcing monetary and fiscal
discipline on the government are central to the benefits obtained, advocates of the gold
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
standard often believe that governments are almost entirely destructive of economic activity,and that a gold standard, by reducing their ability to intervene in markets, will increase
personal liberty and economic vitality.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.3 Differing Definitions of "Gold Standard"If the monetary authority holds sufficient gold to convert all circulating money, then this is
known as a 100% reserve gold standard, or a full gold standard. Some believe there is no
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
other form of gold standard, since on any "partial" gold standard the value of circulating
representative paper in a free economy will always reflect the faith that the market has in that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
note being redeemable for gold. Others, such as some modern advocates of supply-sideeconomics contest that so long as gold is the accepted unit of account then it is a true gold
standard.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In an internal gold-standard system, gold coins circulate as legal tender or paper money is
freely convertible into gold at a fixed price.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In an international gold-standard system, which may exist in the absence of any internal goldstandard, gold or a currency that is convertible into gold at a fixed price is used as a means of
making international payments. Under such a system, when exchange rates rise above or fall
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
below the fixed mint rate by more than the cost of shipping gold from one country to another,
large inflows or outflows occur until the rates return to the official level. International gold
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
standards often limit which entities have the right to redeem currency for gold. Under theBretton Woods system, these were called "SDRs" for Special Drawing Rights.
3.4 Effects of Gold Backed Currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The commitment to maintain gold convertibility tightly restrains credit creation. Credit
creation by banking entities under a gold standard threatens the convertibility of the notes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
they have issued, and consequently leads to undesirable gold outflows from that bank. Theresult of a failure of confidence produces a run on the specie basis, which is generally
responded to by the bankers suspending specie payments. Hence, notes circulating in any
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
"partial" gold standard will either be redeemed for their face value of gold (which would be
higher than its actual value) - this constitutes a bank "run"; or the market value of such notes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
will be viewed as less than a gold coin representing the same amount.In the international gold standard imbalances in international trade were rectified by requiring
nations to pay accounts in gold. A country in deficit would have to pay its debts in gold thus
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
depleting gold reserves and would therefore have to reduce its money supply. This would
cause prices to deflate, reducing economic activity and, consequently, demand would fall.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The resulting fall in demand would reduce imports; thus theoretically the deficit would berectified when the nation was again importing less than it exported. This lead to a constant
pressure to close economies in the face of currency drains in what critics called "beggar thy
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
neighbor" policies. Such zero-sum gold standard systems showed periodic imbalances whichhad to be corrected by rapid falls in output.
The gold standard, in theory, limits the power of governments to cause price inflation by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
excessive issue of paper currency, although there is evidence that before World War I
monetary authorities did not expand or contract the supply of money when the country
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
incurred a gold outflow. It is also supposed to create certainty in international trade byproviding a fixed pattern of exchange rates. The gold standard in fact is deflationary, as the
rate of growth of economies generally outpaces the growth in gold reserves. This, after the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
inflationary silver standards of the 1700s was regarded as a welcome relief, and an
inducement to trade. However by the late 19th century, agitation against the gold standard
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
drove political movements in most industrialized nations for some form of silver, or evenpaper based, currency.
3.5 Advocates of a renewed Gold Standard
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The internal gold standard is supported by anti-government economists, including extreme
monetarists, Objectivists, followers of the Austrian School of Economics and even many
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
proponents of libertarianism. Much of the support for a gold standard is related to a distrustof central banks and governments, as a gold standard removes the ability of a government to
manage the value of money, even though, historically, the establishment of a gold standard
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
was part of establishing a national banking system, and generally a central bank. The
international gold standard still has advocates who wish to return to a Bretton Woods-style
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
system, in order to reduce the volatility of currencies, but the unworkable nature of BrettonWoods, due to its government-ordained exchange ratio, has allowed the followers of Austrian
economists Ludwig von Mises, Friedrich Hayek and Murray Rothbard to foster the idea of a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
total emancipation of the gold price from a state-decreed rate of exchange and an end to
government monopoly on the issuance of gold currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Many nations back their currencies in part with gold reserves, using these not to redeemnotes, but as a store of value to sell in case their currency is attacked or rapidly devalues.
Gold advocates claim that this extra step would no longer be necessary since the currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
itself would have its own intrinsic store of value. A Gold Standard then is generally promoted
by those who regard a stable store of value as the most important element to business
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
confidence.It is generally opposed by the vast majority of governments and economists, because the gold
standard has frequently been shown to provide insufficient flexibility in the supply of money
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and in fiscal policy, because the supply of newly mined gold is finite and must be carefullyhusbanded and accounted for.
A single country may also not be able to isolate its economy from depression or inflation in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the rest of the world. In addition, the process of adjustment for a country with a payments
deficit can be long and painful whenever an increase in unemployment or decline in the rate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of economic expansion occurs.One of the foremost opponents of the gold standard was John Maynard Keynes who scorned
basing the money supply on "dead metal". Keynesians argue that the gold standard creates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
deflation which intensifies recessions as people are unwilling to spend money as prices fall,
thus creating a downward spiral of economic activity. They also argue that the gold standard
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
also removes the ability of governments to fight recessions by increasing the money supply toboost economic growth. Much of this thought has been reversed when stagflation hit the
United States in the early '70s in contradiction to Keynes' General Theory of Employment
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interest and Money.
Gold standard proponents point to the era of industrialization and globalization of the 19th
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
century as the proof of the viability and supremacy of the gold standard, and point to Britain'srise to being an imperial power, conquering nearly one quarter of the world's population and
forming a trading empire which would eventually become the Commonwealth of Nations as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
imperial provinces gained independence.
Gold standard advocates have a strong following among commodity traders and hedge funds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
with a bearish orientation. The expectation of a global fiscal meltdown and the return to ahard gold standard has been central to many hedge financial theories. More moderate gold
bugs point to gold as a hedge against commodity inflation, and a representation of resource
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
extraction, in their view gold is a play against monetary policy follies of central banks, and a
means of hedging against currency fluctuations, since gold can be sold in any currency, on a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
highly liquid world market, in nearly any country in the world. For this reason they believethat eventually there will be a return to a gold standard, since this is the only "stable" unit of
value. That monetary gold would soar to $5,000 an ounce, over 10 times its current value,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
may well have something to do with some of the advocacy of a renewed gold standard,
holders of gold would stand to make an enormous profit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Few economists today advocate a return to the gold standard. Notable exceptions are someproponents of Supply-side economics and some proponents of Austrian Economics.
However, many prominent economists, while they do not advocate a return to gold, are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sympathetic with hard currency basis, and argue against fiat money. This school of thought
includes US central banker Alan Greenspan and macro-economist Robert Barros. The current
monetary system relies on the US Dollar as an "anchor currency" which major transactions,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
such as the price of gold itself, are measured in. Currency instabilities, inconvertibility and
credit access restriction are a few reasons why the current system has been criticized, with a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
host of alternatives suggested, including energy based currencies, market baskets ofcurrencies or commodities. Gold is merely one of these alternatives.
The reason these visions are not practically pursued is based on the same reasons that the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
gold standard fell apart in the first place: a fixed rate of exchange decreed by governments
have no organic relationship between the supply and demand of gold and the supply and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
demand of goods.Thus gold standards have a tendency to fall apart as soon as it becomes advantageous for
governments to overlook them. By itself, the gold standard does not prevent nations from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
switching to a fiat currency when there is a war or other exigency, even though paradoxically
gold gains in value through such circumstances as people use it to preserve value since fiat
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency is typically introduced to cause inflation.The practical matter that gold is not currently distributed according to economic strength is
also a factor: Japan, while one of the world's largest economies, depending on which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
measure, it has gold reserves far less than could support that economy. Finally, the quantity
of gold available for reserves, even if all of it were confiscated and used as the unit of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
account, would put the value of gold upwards of 5,000 dollars an ounce on a purchasingparity basis. If the current holders of gold imagine that this is the price that they will be paid
for giving up their gold, they are quite likely to be disappointed. For these practical reasons
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
-- inefficiency, misallocation, instability, and insufficiency of supply -- the gold standard is
likely to be more honoured in literature than practiced in fact.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.6 Gold as a Reserve TodayDuring the 1990s Russia liquidated much of the former USSR's gold reserves, while several
other nations accumulated gold in preparation for the Economic and Monetary Union. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Swiss Franc left a full gold convertible backing. However, gold reserves are held in
significant quantity by many nations as a means of defending their currency, and hedging
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
against the US Dollar, which forms the bulk of liquid currency reserves. Weakness in thedollar tends to be offset by strengthen of gold prices. Gold remains a principal financial asset
of almost all central banks along side foreign currencies and government bonds. It is also held
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
by central banks as a way of hedging against loans to their own governments as an "internal
reserve".
In addition to other precious metals, it has several competitors as store of value: the US dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
itself and real estate. As with all stores of value, the basic confidence in property rights
determines the selection of which one is chosen, as all of these have been confiscated or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
heavily taxed by governments. In the view of gold investors, none of these has the stabilitythat gold had, thus there are occasionally calls to restore the gold standard. Occasionally
politicians emerge who call for a restoration of the gold standard, particularly from the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
libertarian right and the anti-government left. Mainstream conservative economists such as
Barros and Greenspan have admitted a preference for some tangibly backed monetary
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
standard, and have stated that a gold standard is among the possible range of choices. Someprivately issued modern notes (such as e-gold) are backed by gold bullion, and gold. Both
coins and bullion are widely traded in deeply liquid markets, and therefore still serve as a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
private store of wealth.
In 1999, to protect the value of gold as a reserve, European Central Bankers signed the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
"Washington Agreement", which stated they would not allow gold leasing for speculativepurposes, nor would they "enter the market as sellers" except for sales that had already been
agreed upon. A selling band was set. This was intended to prevent further deterioration in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
price of gold. In 2001, Malaysian Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad proposed a new
currency that would be used initially for international trade between Muslim nations. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency he proposed was called the gold dinar and it was defined as 4.25 grams of 24-carat gold. Mahathir Mohamad promoted the concept on the basis of its economic merits as a
stable unit of account and also as a political symbol to create greater unity between Islamic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
nations.
Review Questions:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. What is Paper Gold?2. Give the differing definitions of "Gold Standard"
3. Explain the eeffects of Gold Backed Currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
References:
Bordo, M.D. and Eichengreen, B. (eds.) (1993) A Retrospective on the Bretton Woods
System: Lessons for International Monetary Reform, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Diverse perspectives on the post-war monetary regime by ranking economists and politicalscientists, written to mark the fiftieth anniversary of the Bretton Woods Conference
Edward S. Mason and Robert E. Asher, The World Bank Since Bretton Woods (Washington,
D.C.: The Brookings Institution, 1973), pp. 105-107, 124-135.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eichengreen, B. (1996) Globalizing Capital: A History of the International Monetary System,
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. An insightful review of the life and death of the
Bretton Woods System by a prominent international economist; set in a broader interpretation
of the evolving international monetary system.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Lesson - 4
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The European Monetary SystemObjectives of the Lesson:
After studying this lesson you should able to:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
explain European Exchange Rate Mechanism (or ERM)know the history of the EMU
Know about the countries using the euro
Know Non-EU Currencies Pegged to the Euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Structure of the Lesson:4.0 Introduction
4.1 The European Exchange Rate Mechanism (or ERM)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.2 History of the EMU
4.3 Participation in the Economic and Monetary Union
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.3.1 Countries using the euro4.4 EU Members outside the Euro-Zone
4.5 Effects of a Single Currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.6 The euro and oil
4.7 Euro Exchange rate against the U.S. Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.8 Currencies Pegged to Euro4.9 Countries with the Euro as currency
4.10 Non-EU Currencies Pegged to the Euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.11 Fiscal policy
4.12 Convergence Criteria
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.0 IntroductionThe European Monetary System (EMS) was an arrangement established in 1979 where
most nations of the European Economic Community (EEC) linked their currencies to prevent
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
large fluctuations relative to one another. After the collapse of the Bretton Woods system in1971, the EEC countries agreed to maintain stable exchange rates by preventing exchange
fluctuations of more than 2.25%. By March 1979, the EEC established European Monetary
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
System, and created the European Currency Unit (ECU).
The basic elements of the arrangement were:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. The ECU: a basket of currencies, preventing movements above 2.25% (6% for Italy)around parity in bilateral exchange rates with other member countries.
2. An Exchange Rate Mechanism (ERM)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. An extension of European credit facilities.
4. The European Monetary Cooperation Fund: created in October 1972, it allocated
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ECUs to members' central banks in exchange for gold and US dollar deposits.Periodic adjustments raised the values of strong currencies and lowered those of weaker ones,
but after 1986 changes in national interest rates were used to keep the currencies within a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
narrow range. In the early 1990s the European Monetary System was strained by the differing
economic policies and conditions of its members, especially the newly reunified Germany,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and Britain permanently withdrew from the system. This led to the so-called BrusselsCompromise in August 1993, which established a new fluctuation band of +15%.
The European Currency Unit (ECU) was a basket of the currencies of the European
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Community member states, used as the unit of account of the European Community, before
being replaced by the euro. The European Exchange Rate Mechanism attempted to minimize
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fluctuations between member state currencies and the ECU. The ECU was also used in someinternational financial transactions. The ECU was conceived on 13 March 1979 as an internal
accounting unit. It had the ISO 4217 currency code XEU. On January 1, 1999, the euro (with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the code EUR) replaced the ECU, at the value EUR 1 = XEU 1. Unlike the ECU, the euro is a
real currency, although not all member states participate in its use (for details on euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
membership see Euro-zone). Until 1999, all member states that participated in the ERM, alsoparticipated in the ECU. Due to the ECU being used in some international financial
transactions, there was a concern that foreign courts might not recognize the euro as the legal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
successor to the ECU. This was unlikely to be a problem, since it is a generally accepted
principle of private international law that states determine their currencies, and that therefore
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
states would accept the European Union legislation to that effect. However, for abundantcaution, several foreign jurisdictions adopted legislation to ensure a smooth transition. Of
particular importance here were the U.S. states of Illinois and New York, under whose laws a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
large proportion of international financial contracts are made. Both these states passedlegislation to ensure that the euro was recognized as successor to the ECU.
Although the acronym ECU is formed from English words, at the same time the word ecu
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
was a reference to an ancient French coin of the same name. That was one (perhaps the main)
reason that a new name was devised for its successor currency, euro, which was felt to not
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
favour any single language. The currency's symbol comprises an interlaced C and E, whichare the initial letters of the phrase: 'European Community' in many European languages.
However, this symbol was not widely used: few systems at the time could render it and in any
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
case banks preferred (as with all currencies) to use the ISO code XEU.
4.1 The European Exchange Rate Mechanism (or ERM)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The European Exchange Rate Mechanism (or ERM) was a system introduced by theEuropean Community in March 1979, as part of the European Monetary System (EMS), to
reduce exchange rate variability and achieve monetary stability in Europe, in preparation for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Economic and Monetary Union and the introduction of a single currency, the euro, which
took place on 1 January 1999.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The ERM is based on the concept of fixed currency exchange rate margins, but withexchange rates variable within those margins. Before the introduction of the euro, exchange
rates were based on the ECU, the European unit of account, whose value was determined as a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
weighted average of the participating currencies.
A grid (known as the Parity Grid) of bilateral rates was calculated on the basis of these
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
central rates expressed in ECUs, and currency fluctuations had to be contained within amargin of 2.25% on either side of the bilateral rates (with the exception of the Italian lira,
which was allowed a margin of 6%). Determined intervention and loan arrangements
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
protected the participating currencies from greater exchange rates fluctuations. Ireland's
participation in the ERM resulted in the Irish pound breaking parity with the Pound Sterling
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in 1979, as very shortly after the launch of the ERM the Pound Sterling, not at the time anERM currency, appreciated against all ERM currencies and continued parity would have
taken the Irish pound outside of its agreed band.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In 1990, the United Kingdom participated but was forced to exit the programme after the
Pound Sterling came under major pressure from currency speculators led by George Soros.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The ensuing crash of 16 September 1992 was subsequently dubbed "Black Wednesday". In1993, the margin had to be expanded to 15% to accommodate monetary problems with the
Italian lira and the Pound Sterling.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
On 31 December 1998, the ECU exchange rates of the Euro-zone countries were frozen andthe value of the euro, which then superseded the ECU on a 1:1 basis, was thus established. In
1999, ERM 2 replaced the original ERM. The Greek and Danish currencies were part of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
system, but as Greece joined the euro in 2001, the Danish krone was left as the only
participant member. Currencies in ERM 2 are allowed to float within a range of ?15% with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
respect to a central rate against the euro. In the case of the krone, the Danish Central Bankkeeps the exchange rate within the narrower range of ? 2.25% against the central rate of EUR
1 = DKK 7.460 38. As of 1 May 2004, the ten National Central Banks (NCBs) of the new
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
member countries became party to the ERM 2 Central Bank Agreement. The national
currencies themselves will become part of the ERM 2 at different dates, as mutually agreed.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Estonian kroon, Lithuanian litas, and Slovenian tolar were included in the ERM 2 on 28June 2004; the Cypriot pound, the Latvian lat and the Maltese lira on 2 May 2005; the Slovak
koruna on 25 November 2005. The currencies of the three largest countries which joined the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
European Union on 1 May 2004 (the Polish zloty, the Czech koruna, and the Hungarian
forint) are expected to follow eventually. EU countries that have not adopted the euro must
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
participate for at least two years in the ERM 2 before joining the Euro-zone.The European Monetary System 2 or EMS-2 was launched on January 1, 1999. In EMS 2
the ECU basket is being discarded and the new single currency euro has become an anchor
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for the other currencies participating in the ERM 2. Participation in the ERM 2 is voluntary
and the fluctuation bands remain the same as in the original ERM, i.e. +15 %, once again
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
with the possibility of individually setting a narrower band with respect to the euro. Newmembers became Denmark and Greece. The EMS-2 is seen as a means to eventually join the
European Monetary Union.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In economics, a monetary union is a situation where several countries have agreed to share a
single currency among them. The European Economic and Monetary Union (EMU)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
consists of three stages coordinating economic policy and culminating with the adoption ofthe euro, the EU's single currency. All member states of the European Union participate in
the EMU. Twelve member states of the European Union have entered the third stage and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
have adopted the euro as their currency. The United Kingdom and Denmark have opt-outs
exempting them from the transition to the third stage of the EMU. The remaining eleven
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
member states are required to enter the third stage and adopt the euro. Under the Copenhagencriteria, it is a condition of entry for states acceding to the EU that they be able to fulfil the
requirements for monetary union within a given period of time. The 10 new countries that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
acceded to the European Union in 2004 all intend to join third stage of the EMU in the next
ten years, though the precise timing depends on various economic factors. Similarly, those
countries who are currently negotiating for entry will also take the euro as their currency in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the years following their accession.
Prior to adopting the euro, a member state has to have its currency in the European Exchange
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rate Mechanism (ERM 2) for two years. Cyprus, Denmark, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania,Malta, Slovenia and Slovakia are the current participants in the exchange rate mechanism.
EMU is sometimes misinterpreted to mean European Monetary Union.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.2 History of the EMU
The Delors Report of 1989 (named after Jacques Delors, then President of the Commission)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
set out a plan to introduce the EMU in three stages and it included the creation of institutionslike the European System of Central Banks (ESCB), which would become responsible for
formulating and implementing monetary policy. The three stages for the implementation of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the EMU were the following.
Stage One: 1 July 1990 to 31 December 1993
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
On 1 July 1990, exchange controls were abolished, thus capital movements werecompletely liberalised in the EEC.
The Treaty of Maastricht in 1992 established the completion of the EMU as a formal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
objective and set a number of economic convergence criteria, concerning the inflation
rate, public finances, interest rates and exchange rate stability.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The treaty entered into force on the 1 November 1993.Stage Two: 1 January 1994 to 31 December 1998
The European Monetary Institute was established as the forerunner of the European
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Central Bank, with the task of strengthening monetary cooperation between the member
states and their national banks, as well as supervising ECU banknotes.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
On 16 December 1995, details such as the name of the new currency (the euro) as well asthe duration of the transition periods were decided.
On 16-17 June 1997, the European Council decided in Amsterdam to adopt the Stability
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and Growth Pact, designed to ensure budgetary discipline after creation of the euro, and a
new exchange rate mechanism (ERM 2) was set up to provide stability between the euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and the national currencies of countries that had not yet entered the euro-zone.On 3 May 1998, at the European Council meeting in Brussels, the 11 initial countries that
were to participate in the third stage from 1 January 1999 were selected.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
On 1 June 1998, the European Central Bank (ECB) was created, and in 31 December1998, the conversion rates between the 11 participating national currencies and the euro
were established.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Stage Three: 1 January 1999 and continuing
From the start of 1999, the euro has been a real currency, and a single monetary policy
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
has been introduced under the authority of the ECB. A three-year transition period beganbefore the introduction of actual euro notes and coins, but legally the national currencies
already ceased to exist.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
On 1 January 2001, Greece joined the third stage of EMU.
The euro notes and coins are finally introduced in January 2002.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Presently, the euro (symbol: ; banking code: EUR) is the currency of twelve EuropeanUnion member states: Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy,
Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, and Spain, collectively known as the Euro-zone.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The euro is the result of the most significant monetary reform in Europe since the Roman
Empire. Although the euro can be seen simply as a mechanism for perfecting the Single
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
European Market, facilitating free trade among the members of the Euro-zone, it is alsoregarded by its founders as a key part of the project of European political integration.
Monaco, San Marino, and the Vatican City, which formerly used the French franc or the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Italian lira as their currency, now use the euro as their currency and are licensed to mint their
own euro coins in small amounts, even though they are not EU states. The euro is also used
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for payment of debt in other European non-EU jurisdictions such as Montenegro, Kosovo andAndorra.
The euro is administered by the European System of Central Banks (ESCB), composed of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
European Central Bank (ECB) and the Euro-zone central banks operating in member states.
The ECB (headquartered in Frankfurt am Main, Germany) has sole authority to set monetary
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
policy; the other members of the ESCB participate in the printing, minting and distribution ofnotes and coins, and the operation of the Euro-zone payment system.
Characteristics
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The euro is divided into 100 cents. In the English language, the form "cent" is officiallyrequired to be used in legislation in the singular and in the plural, though the natural plural
cents is recommended for use in material aimed at the general public. All euro coins have a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
common side showing the denomination (value) and a national side showing an image
specifically chosen by the country that issued it; the monarchies often have a picture of their
reigning monarch; other countries usually have their national symbols. All different coins can
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be used in all the participating member states: for example, a euro coin bearing an image of
the Spanish king is legal tender not only in Spain, but also in all the other nations where the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
euro is in use. There are 2, 1, 50c, 20c, 10c, 5c, 2c and 1c coins, though the latter two arenot generally used in Finland or the Netherlands (but are still legal tender). Euro banknotes
have a common design for each denomination on both sides. Notes are issued in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
following amounts: 500, 200, 100, 50, 20, 10, and 5. Some higher denominations are
not issued in some countries, though again, are legal tender.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There is a Europe-wide clearing system for large transactions, set up prior to the launch of theeuro called TARGET. For retail payments, several arrangements are used and the general rule
is that an intra-euro-zone transfer shall cost the same as a domestic one. Credit card charging
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and ATM withdrawals within the euro-zone also are charged as if they were domestic. Paper-
based payment orders, such as cheques, are still domestic based.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
TransitionThe euro was established by the provisions in the 1992 Maastricht Treaty on European Union
that was used to establish an economic and monetary union. In order to participate in the new
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency, member states had to meet strict criteria such as a budget deficit of less than three
per cent of GDP, a national debt ratio of less than sixty per cent of GDP, combined with low
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
inflation and interest rates close to the EU average. Due to differences in nationalconventions for rounding and significant digits, all conversion between the national
currencies had to be carried out using the process of triangulation via the euro. The definitive
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
values in euro of these subdivisions (which represent the exchange rates at which the
currency entered the euro) are as follows:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13.7603 Austrian schillings (ATS)40.3399 Belgian francs (BEF)
2.20371 Dutch gulden (NLG)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5.94573 Finnish markka (FIM)
6.55957 French francs (FRF)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.95583 German Mark (DEM)0.787564 Irish pounds (IEP)
1936.27 Italian lire (ITL)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
40.3399 Luxembourg francs (LUF)
200.482 Portuguese escudos (PTE)
166.386 Spanish pesetas (ESP)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The above rates were determined by the Council of the European Union, based on a
recommendation from the European Commission based on the market rates on 31 December
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1998, so that one ECU (European Currency Unit) would equal one euro. (The EuropeanCurrency Unit was an accounting unit used by the EU, based on the currencies of the member
states; it was not a currency in its own right.) These rates were set by Council Regulation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2866/98 (EC), of 31 December 1998. They could not be set earlier, because the ECU
depended on the closing exchange rate of the non-euro currencies (principally the pound
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sterling) that day. Greece failed to meet the criteria for joining initially, so it did not join thecommon currency on 1 January 1999. It was admitted two years later, on 1 January 2001, at
the following exchange rate:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
340.750 Greek drachmas (GRD)
The procedure used to fix the irrevocable conversion rate between the drachma and the euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
was different, since the euro by then was already two years old. While the conversion ratesfor the initial eleven currencies were determined only hours before the euro was introduced,
the conversion rate for the Greek drachma was fixed several months beforehand, in Council
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Regulation 1478/2000 (EC), of 19 June 2000.
The currency was introduced in non-physical form (travellers' cheques, electronic transfers,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
banking, etc.) at midnight on 1 January 1999, when the national currencies of participatingcountries (the Euro-zone) ceased to exist independently in that their exchange rates were
locked at fixed rates against each other, effectively making them mere non-decimal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
subdivisions of the euro. The euro thus became the successor to the European Currency Unit
(ECU).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.3 Participation in the Economic and Monetary Union4.3.1 Countries using the Euro
At present the member states officially using the euro are Austria, Belgium, Finland, France
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(except Pacific territories using the CFP franc), Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy,
Luxembourg, Netherlands, Portugal and Spain. Overseas territories of some Euro-zone
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
countries, such as French Guiana, R?union, Saint-Pierre et Miquelon, and Martinique, alsouse the euro. These countries together are frequently referred to as the "Euro-zone", "Euro-
land" or more rarely as "Euro-group".
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Many of the foreign currencies that were pegged to European currencies are now pegged to
the euro. For example, the Cape Verdean escudo used to be pegged to the Portuguese escudo,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
but is now pegged to the euro. Bosnia-Herzegovina uses a convertible mark which waspegged to the Deutsche mark but is now pegged to the euro. Similarly the CFP franc, CFA
franc and Comorian franc, all once pegged to the French franc, are now pegged to the euro.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The euro is widely accepted in Cape Verde already on an informal basis, and in November2004, during a meeting in Portugal, the prime minister of Cape Verde considered formally
adopting the euro as his country's currency. Also East Timor resumed using the Portuguese
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Escudo as legal tender in 1999, when the escudo was already a subdivision of the euro. There
was no changeover as the USD was later introduced as sole legal tender in the territory. Since
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
December 2002, North Korea has switched from the dollar as its official currency for allforeign transactions to the euro. The euro has since then also replaced the dollar in large parts
of the black market and in shops where the dollar was used earlier.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In total, the euro is the official currency in 31 states and territories. Also, 27 states and
territories that have a national currency are also pegged to the euro including fourteen West
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
African countries including Senegal and Cameroon, three French overseas territoriesincluding French Polynesia and New Caledonia, two African island countries where the
currency was formerly pegged to the Portuguese or French currency, three former
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Communist countries where the currency was pegged to the German mark including
Macedonia. Morocco, Cyprus, Denmark, Estonia and Hungary are also pegged to the euro.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.4 EU Members outside the Euro-ZoneThe ten newest European Union members are required by their treaties of accession to
eventually use the euro, as eventual adoption of the euro was part of their accession
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
agreements. Cyprus, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Slovenia and Slovakia have already
joined Denmark in the European Exchange Rate Mechanism, ERM 2. The United Kingdom
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and Sweden have no plans at present to adopt the euro; however Sweden, unlike the UK andDenmark, does not have a formal opt-out from the monetary union (the third stage of EMU)
and therefore must, in theory at least, convert to the euro at some point. Notwithstanding this,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
on 14 September 2003, a Swedish referendum was held on the euro, the result of which was a
rejection of the common currency. The Swedish government had argued that such a line of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
action was possible since one of the requirements for Euro-zone membership is a prior two-year membership of the ERM 2. By simply choosing to stay outside the exchange rate
mechanism, the Swedish government is provided a formal loophole avoiding the theoretical
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
requirement of adopting the euro. Sweden's major parties continue to believe that it would be
in the national interest to join.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
UK euro-sceptics believe that the single currency is merely a stepping stone to the formationof a unified European super state, and that removing Britain's ability to set its own interest
rates will have detrimental effects on its economy. The contrary view is that, since intra-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
European exports make up 60% of the UK's total, it eases the Single Market by removingcurrency risk. An interesting parallel can be seen in the 19th century discussions concerning
the possibility of the UK joining the Latin Monetary Union. The UK government has set five
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
economic tests that must be passed before it can recommend that the UK join the euro. It
assessed these tests in October 1997 and June 2003, and decided on both occasions that they
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
had not all been passed. All three main political parties in the UK have promised to hold areferendum before joining the euro, and opinion polls consistently report a majority of the
public to be opposed to joining the euro.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.5 Effects of a Single Currency
The introduction of a single currency for many separate countries presents a number of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
advantages and disadvantages for the participating nations. Opinions differ on the actualeffects of the euro so far, as most of them will take years to understand.
Removal of Exchange Rate Risk
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
One of the most important benefits of the euro will be lowered exchange rate risks, which
will make it easier to invest across borders. The risks of changes in the value of respective
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currencies have always made it risky for companies or individuals to invest or evenimport/export outside their own currency zone. Profits could be quickly eliminated as a result
of exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, most investors and importers/exporters have to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
either accept the risk or "hedge" their bets, resulting in further costs on the financial markets.
Consequently, it is less appealing to invest outside one`s own currency zone. The Euro-zone
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
greatly increases the potentially "exchange-risk free" investment area. Since Europe`seconomy is heavily dependent on intra-European exports, the benefits of this effect can
hardly be overstated. This is particularly important for countries whose currencies have
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
traditionally fluctuated a great deal such as the Mediterranean nations.
Removal of Conversion Fees
A benefit is the removal of bank transaction charges that previously were a cost to both
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
individuals and businesses when exchanging from one national currency to another. Although
not an enormous cost, multiplied thousands of times, the savings add up across the entire
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
economy.Deeper Financial Markets
Another significant advantage of switching to the euro is the creation of deeper financial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
markets. Financial markets on the continent are expected to be far more liquid and flexible
than they were in the past. There will be more competition for and availability of financial
products across the union. This will reduce the financial servicing costs to businesses and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
possibly even individual consumers across the continent. The costs associated with national
debt will also decrease. It is expected that the broader, deeper markets will lead to increased
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
stock market capitalisation and investment. Larger, more internationally competitive financialand business institutions may arise.
Price Parity
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Another effect of the common European currency is that differences in prices - in particular
in price levels - should decrease. Differences in prices can trigger arbitrage, e.g. artificial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
trade in a commodity between countries purely to exploit the price differential, which willtend to equalise prices across the euro area. This should also result in increased competition
between companies, which should help to contain inflation and which therefore will be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
beneficial to consumers. Similarly, price transparency across borders should benefit
consumers find lower cost goods or services.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Macroeconomic StabilityAn important side-effect of the euro will be greater macroeconomic stability for the entire
continent. Much of Europe has been susceptible to economic problems such as inflation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
throughout the last 50 years. Inflation is a very damaging phenomenon from most of society`s
perspective. It discourages investment, can cause social unrest, and causes problems for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
taxation. However, many countries are unable or unwilling to deal with serious inflationarypressures. They often have other priorities that compromise their ability to deal with inflation.
Sometimes their economic clout is simply insufficient. However, there have been models,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
particularly with largely independent central banks, that have successfully countered
inflation. One such bank was the Bundesbank in Germany; since the European Central Bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is modelled off of the Bundesbank, is independent of the pressures of national governments,and has a mandate to keep inflationary pressures low. Many economists foresee a period of
increasing price stability in Europe after the euro`s introduction.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Less-specific Monetary Policy
Some economists are concerned about the possible dangers of adopting a single currency for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a large and diverse area. Because the Euro-zone has a single monetary policy, and so a singleinterest rate, set by the ECB, it cannot be fine-tuned for the economic situation in each
individual country (however, prior to the introduction of the euro, exchange rates were
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
already very much in sync after the latest European currency crisis in the early 1990s). Public
investment and fiscal policy in each country is thus the only way in which government-led
economic stimulus can be introduced specific to each region or nation. This inflexible interest
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rate might stifle growth in some areas, while over-promoting it in others. The result could be
extended periods of economic depression in some areas of the continent, disadvantaged by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the central interest rate. Given such a situation resentment and friction within the community,and toward the bank, might well increase. Others point out that in today's globalised economy
individual countries do not have power to effectively manage their monetary policy, as it
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
creates other imbalances. This effect was already visible in the last European currency crises
of 1992, when the Bundesbank was effectively coordinating monetary policy for the whole
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
continent.Some proponents of the euro point out that the Euro-zone is similar in size and population to
the United States, which has a single currency and a single monetary policy set by the Federal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Reserve. However, the individual states that make up the USA have less regional autonomy
and a more homogeneous economy than the nations of the EU.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
If the euro were to become either a hegemonic currency replacing the dollar or a co-hegemonic currency equal in reserve status to the dollar, some of the subsidy the USA gains
would be transferred to the EU and help balance out some of the problems of the present
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
heterogeneous economic structure still in place.
The euro will probably become one of two, or perhaps three, major global reserve currencies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Currently, international currency exchange is dominated by the American dollar. The dollar isused by banks as a stable reserve on which to ensure their liquidity and international
transactions and investments are often made in dollars.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
What makes a currency attractive for foreign transactions? Primarily, a proven track record of
stability, a broad, well developed financial market to dispose of the currency in, and proven
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
acceptability to others. The Euro will almost certainly be able to match these criteria at leastas well as the U.S. dollar, so given some time to become accepted, it will likely begin to take
its place alongside the dollar as one of the world`s major international currencies. There are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
several benefits to reserve currencies of being such an internationally acceptable currency. If
the euro were to become a reserve currency it would benefit member countries by lowering
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the service charges on their debts. Since the currency would be so broadly acceptable itwould make the premiums paid to debt holders lower, since the risk to the borrower is lower.
4.6 The Euro and Oil
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Euro-zone consumes more imported petroleum than the United States. This would mean
that more euros than US dollars would flow into the OPEC nations, but oil is priced by those
nations in US dollars only. There have been frequent discussions at OPEC about pricing oil in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
euros, which would have various effects, among them, requiring nations to hold stores of
euros to buy oil, rather than the US dollars that they hold now. Venezuela under the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
presidency of Hugo Ch?vez has been a vocal proponent of this scheme, despite selling mostof its own oil to the United States. If the exchange rate and the oil price move in different
directions, oil price changes are magnified. Pricing oil in euros would nullify this dependency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of European oil prices on the USD/EUR exchange rate.
4.7 Euro Exchange rate against the U.S. Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
After the introduction of the euro, its exchange rate against other currencies, especially theUS dollar, declined heavily. At its introduction in 1999, the euro was traded at USD1.18; on
26 October 2000, it fell to an all time low of $0.8228 per euro. It then began what at the time
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
was thought to be a recovery; by the beginning of 2001 it had risen to nearly $0.96. It
declined again, although less than previously, reaching a low of $0.8344 on 6 July 2001
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
before commencing a steady appreciation. In the wake of U.S. corporate scandals, the twocurrencies reached parity on 15 July 2002, and by the end of 2002 the euro had reached $1.04
as it climbed further.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.8 Currencies Pegged to Euro
Part of the euro's strength in the period 2001-2004 was thought to be due to more attractive
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest rates in Europe than in the United States. The US Federal Reserve had maintainedlower rates than the European Central Bank for these years, despite key European economies,
notably Germany, growing relatively slowly or not at all. This is attributed in part to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ECB's duty to check inflation across the Euro-zone, which in high-performing countries such
as Republic of Ireland is above the ECB's target.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A key factor is that a number of Asian currencies are rising less against the dollar than is theeuro. In the case of China, the renminbi was until recently pegged against the dollar, whilst
the Japanese yen is supported by intervention (and the threat of it) by the Bank of Japan. This
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
means much of the pressure from a falling dollar is translated into a rising euro.
The euro's climb from its lows began shortly after it was introduced as a cash currency. In the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
time between 1999 and 2002, euro-sceptics believed that the weak euro was a sign that theeuro experiment was doomed to fail. It may be that its weakness in this period was due to low
confidence in a currency that did not exist in "real" form. While the overt conversion to notes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and coins had not yet occurred, it remained possible that the project could fail. Once the euro
became "real" in the sense of existing in the form of cash confidence in the euro rose and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
increasing perception that it was here to stay helped increase its value. This effect wasprobably significant in the euro's decline and recovery between 1999 and 2002, but other
factors are more significant since then.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Another factor in the early decline of the euro was that many investors and central banks soldlarge portions of their legacy (national) currency holdings once the irrevocable exchange
rates were set, as the goal of holding multiple currencies is to dampen losses when one
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency falls. Once the exchange rates between Euro-zone countries were pegged against
each other, holdings in German marks and French francs (for example) became identical.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There is also some reason to believe that significant sums of illegally held monies were soldfor dollars to avoid an official and public exchange for euros. Despite the euro's rise in value,
as well as the value of other major and minor currencies, the US trade deficits continue to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rise.
There is speculation that the strength of the euro relative to the dollar might encourage the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
use of the euro as an alternative reserve currency. Moves by central banks with major reservecurrency holdings such as those of India or China to switch some of their reserves from
dollars to euros, or even of OPEC countries to switch the currency they trade in from dollars
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to euros, will further reinforce the dollar's decline. In 2004, the Bank for International
Settlements reported the proportion of bank deposits held in euros rising to 20%, from 12% in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2001, and it is continuously rising. The falling dollar also raises returns for US investors frominvesting in foreign stocks, encouraging a switch which further depresses the dollar. The rise
in the euro should dampen Euro-zone exports, but there is little sign of this happening yet.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The main reason is that the currencies of Euro-land's major world-wide customers are also
seeing their currencies rise relative to the dollar.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.9 Countries with the Euro as currencyThere are 12 members in the Euro-zone: Austria, Belgium, Finland, France (except pacific
territories using CFP franc), Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Portugal, and Spain. The European Central Bank is responsible for the monetary policy
within the Euro-zone.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nations with formal agreements with the EUMonaco, San Marino, and Vatican City also use the euro, although they are not officially euro
members or members of the EU. (They previously used currencies that were replaced by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
euro.) They now mint their own coins, with their own national symbols on the reverse. Thesecountries use the euro by virtue of agreements concluded with EU member states (Italy in the
case of San Marino and Vatican City, France in the case of Monaco), on behalf of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
European Community.Nations without formal agreements with the EU
Andorra does not have an official currency and hence no specific euro coins. It previously
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
used the French franc and Spanish peseta as de facto legal tender currency. There has never
been a monetary arrangement with either Spain or France; however, the EU and Andorra are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currently in negotiations regarding the official status of the Euro in Andorra. As of 1December 2002, North Korea has replaced the US dollar with the euro as its official currency
for international trading. The euro also enjoys popularity domestically, especially among
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
resident foreigners.
Non-euro-zone EU countries
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The other 13 countries of the European Union that do not use the euro are: Denmark,Sweden, the United Kingdom, and the ten member states that joined the Union on 1 May
2004; namely Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Poland, Slovakia, and Slovenia. Denmark and the United Kingdom got special derogations in
the original Maastricht Treaty of the European Union.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.10 Non-EU Currencies Pegged to the EuroIn 1999 the Bulgarian currency was redenominated (1 new lev = 1000 old levs) and the
value of the lev was fixed to one German mark, therefore its value has since been fixed in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
relation to the euro.
Cape Verde's currency was pegged to the Portuguese escudo, and now the euro.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bosnia and Herzegovina's currency, the Convertible Mark, was pegged to the Germanmark (and now the Euro).
The CFA, Comorian and CFP francs, used in former French colonies, were pegged to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
French franc, and now the euro.
4.11 Fiscal policy
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
For their mutual assurance and stability of the currency, members of the Euro-zone have torespect the Stability and Growth Pact, which sets agreed limits on deficits and national debt,
with associated sanctions for deviation. The European System of Central Banks (ESCB) is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
composed of the European Central Bank (ECB) and the national central banks (NCBs) of all
25 EU Member States. The Stability and Growth Pact is an agreement by European Union
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
member states related to their conduct of fiscal policy, to facilitate and maintain Economicand Monetary Union of the European Union.
4.12 Convergence Criteria
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Convergence criteria, also known as the Maastricht criteria, is the criteria for EuropeanUnion member states to enter the third stage of European Economic and Monetary Union
(EMU) and adopt the euro. The 4 main criteria are based on Article 121(1) of the European
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Community Treaty. Those member countries that are to adopt the euro need to meet certain
criteria which include:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Inflation rate: No more than 1? % higher than the 3 best-performing member states.2. Government finance:
Annual government deficit:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The ratio of the annual government deficit to gross domestic product (GDP) must not exceed
3% at the end of the preceding fiscal year. If not, it is at least required to reach a level close to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3%. Only exceptional and temporary excesses would be granted for exceptional cases.National debt:
The ratio of gross national debt to GDP must not exceed 60% at the end of the preceding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fiscal year. Even if the target cannot be achieved due to the specific conditions, the ratio musthave sufficiently diminished and must be approaching the reference value at a satisfactory
pace.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Exchange rate: Applicant countries should have joined the exchange-rate mechanism
(ERM 2) under the European Monetary System (EMS) for 2 consecutive years and should not
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
have devaluated its currency during the period.4. Long-term interest rate: The nominal long-term interest rate must not be more than 2%
higher than the 3 best-performing member states. The purpose of setting the criteria is to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maintain the price stability within the Euro-zone even with the inclusion of new member
states.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Review Questions1. Explain European Exchange Rate Mechanism (or ERM)
2. Outline the history of the EMU
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Outline the countries using the euro and EU Members outside the Euro-Zone
References:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Gold Standard in Theory and History, Barry Eichengreen (Editor), Marc Flandreau,1997
The Gold Standard and Related Regimes: Collected Essays (Studies in Macroeconomic
History), Michael D. Bordo (Editor), Forrest Capie (Editor), Angela Redish
A Retrospective on the Classical Gold Standard, 1821-1931 (National Bureau of Economic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Research Conference Report), Michael D. Bordo (Editor), Anna J. Schwartz (Editor), 1984UNIT ? II
Lesson ? I
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
AN OVER VIEW
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Lesson Outline:Creation of Euro ? currency Markets
Creation of Euro Dollar.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Emergence of Global currency Markets.
Size and structure European Markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Regulatory Systems andMajor Instruments.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Learning Objectives
Understand the nature of European money market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Define Euro ? Currency market.Understand the nature of Euro ? Dollar.
Understand the regulatory systems.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Understand the popular and major instruments of and governing the common International
money market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Introduction
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A cursory glauce of of the World Map will show that EURASIA is one of the bigcontinents. In this continent if we cut across ? South to North ? at the point of the SUEZ
CANAL we get 2 parts. The one on our right is ASIA` and the other on the left is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EUROPE.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Our current study is about the Europe, now comprising of 25 countries as on1.5.2004. This includes the countries already enjoying membership in the European Union
and some, which propose to join before the end of 2007.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Objectives:-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.
To trace the creation and growth of Euro ? currency markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.
To discuss the composition of instruments death with in Euro markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.To explain the determinants of interest rates in Euro Markets.
4.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To discuss the evolution, components, and institutions in the International Bond
Market and finally.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5.To provide an overview of the foreign bonds.
CREATION OF EURO ? CURRENCY MARKETS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To have a clear understanding of the functioning the Euro-Currency, it is imperative to know
the meaning and concept of Euro-Dollar, because all transactions up to 1960 were in Euro-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Dollar only. A strict line of demarcation will only be artificial .
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An American Dollar, outside America is called as Euro-Dollar. But presently the non-dollardenominated deposits have a widespread existence in the Euro-Currency markets. Also much
of the market is new located outside Europe.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The term Euro-Dollar refers to all such financial assets and liabilities denominated in U.S.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Dollars, but which are transacted outside the territory of the U.S.A. It was precisely toovercome the difficulties arising out of the monetary regulations which did not become
applicable on such markets outside the geographical transitory of U.S.A. that these markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
have come into existence and are making tremendous growth since then 1960.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There were many restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Board of U.S.A. on the U.S.commercial Banks on payment of interest takes on deposits received from individuals. Such
instructions could, no longer, be imposed on the Euro-Dollar deposits.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Another regulation which got amended in 1969 was responsible for a rapid growth of
Euro-Dollar market. The regulation (Similar to the concept of cash Reserve Ratio in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Indian contest) required that only U.S. banks situated in its territory required to maintain a
Reserve against deposits whereas their foreign branches as well as foreign banks deposits
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in U.S. banks need not keep any such reserve.The policy to tighten the domestic availability of credit with the Banks, made the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
position of U.S.`S domestic bank to find them selves in a difficult situation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Added to this, a nearly double the interest ? rate prevailing abroad in the foreignbranches of U.S. Banks encouraged the depositors to move away from the banks ? domestic
to foreign branches. Due to the non-availability of adequate credit domestically, the banks in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
U.S.A. were forced to borrow from the other European Banks, to meet their domestic demand
from their customers, such increased demand pushed up the interest ? rates in Euro Banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The other restrictions aimed at (a) controlling the capital outflows from U.S. and (b)
improving the BOP situation were equally responsible for the rapid growth of Euro ? Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Financial institutions operating the Euro-Currency markets may be identified as under.(i)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The U.S. BanksAfter the second world ? war (1939 ? 45) the American Banks wanted to participate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
directly to help their multi-national corporations abroad. This job was assigned earliest to the
foreign banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(ii)
The consortia Movement:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This involves in some kind of a Joint venture with other Banks with the objective ofEuro-Financing business. These ventures were known as Consortium Banks. These are
intended to provide medium term loans to the international borrowers.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(iii) European Banking Response
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Most of the major European Banks did not consider the establishment of American
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Banks` foreign branches simply as an operationally convenient move but a kind of strategy
since they witnessed a break ? down of the earlier Correspondent branching system.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Euro ? Currency market acts as an inter-bank money bank at international level. It
provides an adequate credit to private and public companies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EURO ? CURRENCY INSTRUMENTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(A)
EURO ? DOLLAR DEPOSITS:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The deposits in Euro-Dollar markets have 2 types of options (1) Regular time deposits
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
involving very limited period (i.e. overnight, call money or other accounts) and (2)
Certificates of Deposits (CDs) involving large amounts (Usually above $1,00,000) and with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
longer maturities (Between 3 to 6 months). A cable or telex message transfers the amountsfrom the Bank`s account in U.S. to the borrowers account anywhere. Confirmation of
transaction is only paper work. The flow time is very short so as to prevent the owner from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
losing large sums of interest.
(B)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EURO ? DOLLAR LOANS--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The normal range in which these loans vary, is found to be between $ 5,00,000 upto $
100 millions or even more. The maturity period ranges between 30 days upto 5 to 7 years.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
However the loan amount as well as the re ? payment period depends on the relationship andgoodwill between the borrower and lender.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Interest rates on the Euro ? Dollar loans are floating ? rates rather than fixed
rates, particularly for medium and longer maturities of about 3 years and beyond, generally
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the Interest Rate will be the LIBOR rates plus 1.5% The payment of interest is fixed at 6monthly intervals, until maturity. The Euro ? Dollar loans protect the Euro ? Bank`s project
also (LIBO Rates means London inter Bank Offer Rates).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Composition of the Euro ? Currency Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Bank for International Settlements (BIS) gives the details of the Euro ?
currencies transacted between the countries of the Euro ? Currency area.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There are 2 categories of countries involved with the Euro ? Currency area (1)
Countries of Inside area and those of Outside area This classification is done on the basis
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of reporting of figures done by only 8 countries especially in the inside area. They are ?
Belgium, Finance, Germany, Italy, Netherlands, Sweden, Switzerland & U.K.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The outside area Countries are ? west ? European countries, East European
countries, Canada, Japan, Latin America, Middle ? East, U.S.A. and others.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Determinants of Euro ? currency Rates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There is a basis for the lenders of Dollars into the Euro ? market, namely, the moneymarket rates, they would obtain in the U.S.A. Generally the interest rates would be revised in
response to a rise in the demand in domestic market or domestic country. The ultimate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowers would rather prefer borrowing from the euro market, since the need not require to
keep minimum compensating balances. Normally, the borrower would be willing to offer a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
slightly higher interest on such Euro ? Loans. The Banks will not bother paying higherinterest on their Dollar deposits than their U.S. Counter parts.
If we make a comparison between the interest rates on 60 to 89 days Certificates of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Deposits (CDS) in the U.S. Visa ? Vis the Euro Dollar rates for Similar maturity, it may beobserved that the Euro ? Dollar interest rate would be above its counter part of the CD rate in
U.S.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
What determines the fluctuations in the size of the spread of Euro ? Dollar rates over
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the U.S. rates? There are 2 important causes (1) The U.S. Regulations of Banking System onthe international Capital outflows and (2) the fear of possible collapse in the Euro ? Dollar
markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This market has gained strength due to 2 reasons (1) The U.S. regulation policies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
announced during 1969 in U.S. and (2) The credit squeeze policy. Free convertibility of Euro? Currencies into U.S. Dollars have helped the development of Euro ? Dollar market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Relationship between Domestic and Euro Currency Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The interest rates in the national and Euro ? currency markets cannot be independentlydetermined. The extent to which there are additional costs, taxes, or risks involved in moving
dollars between the New York and London markets will have a proportionate effect on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest differential. Suppose such is not the case, then, naturally, the arbitrageurs would
obtain funds in the low cost markets and lend the same in the higher ? return ? market. There
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is a very minimal cost of shifting funds from the U.S. domestic market to the Euro markets.The difference is due to the currency controls or the risk involved in such movement.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EURO ? CURRENCY SPREADS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The term Spreads represents the margin between lending and deposit rates During the past3 decades, the lending rates have been lowest mainly because of the following factors.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.
Lack of reserve requirements.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.Regulatory expenses are either non ? existent or very minimal.
3.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
No compulsory lending to some priority borrowers at concessional rates.
4.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Information collection and processing is done quickly and with least cost sincemost of the borrowers are well ? known.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Maturity AnalysisThe Bank for International Settlements started publishing information bi ? annually since
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1978, entitled. The maturity Distribution of International Bank lending. There were 2
fundamental reasons (1) The less developed countries were facing outstanding debts to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international banks and (2). The information published by the world bank and theorganisation for Economic cooperation and Development (O.E.C.D.) on external debt
position of various countries is relatively out ? dated and less comprehensive when compared
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
with the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) data.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Maturity Period` refers to the residual time period remaining of the bank claims
but not their original maturities. The claims for maturity period are classified into 3
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
categories.
1.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Less than and including one year.2.
Above one year and upto and including 3 years and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.
Above three years.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Bond Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This is defined as a market for bonds which are sold anywhere in the world but not in
the geographical territory of the country of currency in which it is denominated. Mostly
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the funds raised by the borrowers in such market consist of foreign currencies i.e., otherthan the borrowers own currency for example, a U.S. company borrowing Euro ? Dollars,
outside U.S.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Classification of International Bond Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Euro Bond market and
2. Foreign Bond market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A bond issued is said to be a Euro ? Bond issue if such bonds are mainly sold in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
other countries than the country of origin.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A foreign bond is one which is placed by a domestic syndicate, on the market of asingle country and is denominated in that countries currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
QUALIFICATIONS OF A Non ? resident1.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Government or government Agencies or political sub ? divisions which are not
located in the country of issue.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.
International organisations like the International Monetary Fund and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Bank for Re-construction and Development.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.Officially sponsored international enterprises except when their registered office
is in the concerned country.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Bond Issues were started in New York. Some of the attractions for
borrowers in New York included,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.
Quick and efficient system of under ? writing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.
Lower interest rates thus reduce the cost of borrowing and.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.Large and adequate supply.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The interest rate disparity between the U.S. domestic market and the Euro Dollar market
was due to (1) the presence of investors willing to arbitrage between these 2 markets and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(2) because of the discontinuation of the discriminatory poling by the U.S. wherein it usedto impose withholding taxes only on the foreign investors.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The
placement
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ofEuro
?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bond
issue
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
wasdone
through
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
on
under-writing group and there was a growing popularity for privilege placed issues due to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
merits like quickness, simplicity etc.During the sixties and first half of seventies, approximately 75% of the Euro ? Bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
were dollar ? denominated. Later, there has been a fall in the share of dollar denominated
issues following a decrease in the dollar value. Consequently, non ? dollar issues mainly in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Japanese yen and the Deutsche Mark have increased.TYPE OF EURO ? BONDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Classification of Euro ? Bonds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.
Straight Euro ? Bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.Euro ? Bonds with more currencies.
(a) Multiple Currency bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(b) EMV Bonds
(c) Unit of Account bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(d) Parallel BondsThough the pre ? fix Euro gives an impression that such bonds are confined to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
European countries, the Euro Bond Market is truly international as those bonds are sold to
investors around the world and such issues need not comply with the national regulations and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
controls.Straight Euro ? Bonds represent a substantial part of the Euro Bond market in which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the Bonds are issued with a single currency. However, later, the bonds involving more than
one currency have started occupying on important position in the Euro ? Bond Market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sometimes, the creditor loses, if and only if all the currencies included in the multiple
currency contract depreciate simultaneously against others which are not included. As an
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
example, consider a Japanese leader - bank buying such multiple currency bond and opting
payment in the form of U.S. Dollars, or British pounds or Italian liras. If all these three
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currencies depreciate against, say, the Yen, than it loses and Vice versa. Anyhow the gainsare maximized and losses minimized in the event of any exchange rate variations.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
European Monetary Union (EMU) bonds, also referred to as the European Currency
Union Bonds are also multiple Currency Bonds . The difference being there are 6 major
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference currencies. For the borrower the basic advantage is that these EMU bonds bear alower interest rate than the previous type of bonds. The main disadvantage is an obligation to
compensate the creditor for the difference in exchange rate appreciation of these 6 currencies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
For the lender, there is enough protection since in the event of devaluation, he is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
entitled to obtain repayment in the least devalued currency and similarly he demands in caseof appreciation repayment in the form of the most unvalued currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SECONDARY MARKETS FOR EURO BONDSSecondary markets refer to the sale of bonds or any other security, which is already bought
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for the first time in a primary market and has been present only for name`s sake in Euro ?
Bond market. But, because of the price quotations both buying and selling prices for various
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro ? Bonds being made by the commercial banks, security firms and Bond brokers thesecondary trading has become easiest and gaining more popularity.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There is a 3 tier structure in the issue of Euro bonds, consisting of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(1).Issue Managers (2) Under writers and (3) sellers. In the case of U.S.A., the under ?
writers must purchase or Swallow the unsold portion of the issue, while in Eurobond,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
under writing, the underwrites make their best efforts to sell. They have wider options in
the event of portions of the bond issue remaining unsold, including the cancellation of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
unsold part if the under writers are reluctant to purchase.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Large sums can be raised at a stroke and the funds can be easily re ? distributed across
the countries it intends. A second option which is relatively risky and less preferable, could
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be that separate issues may be made in the needed countries.Euro Bond and Euro Currency ? A Comparison
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A borrower has two options between the Euro Bonds and Euro currencies. There are certain
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
merits and demerits of processing loans in the form of Euro currencies as well as Euro bonds,depending upon certain prevailing conditions.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eurobonds issues have the choice of fixed as well as floating rates. The Fixed Rate Bonds
have their own advantages since the currency inflows and outflows can be offset with a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
calculated rate. The interest rate on Euro Currency loans is variable. It benefits theborrower, if interest declines and vice versa.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Euro ? currency loans have to be repaid in a relatively smaller time ? periods less than
loans from Euro Bond market. Euro Currency loans with multiple currencies provide on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
easier opportunity to change over from one currency to another at stipulated dates, while itinvolves some complications in the case of Euro Bonds. The Euro Currency loans can be
raised quickly while it involves a relatively longer time for raising loans thr0ough the Euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bonds.FUNCTIONS OF EURO CURRENCY MARKETS.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.Cheap resource of working capital.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro currency loans attract lesser interest than the loans of the domestic economy.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interest rates are lowest because overhead costs are lower. Since the dealings are between
banks with good credit ? rating, the costs of credit checking and processing are less. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lending rates can ? thus, be fixed lower than the domestic market. Similarly, it is possible tofix deposit rates higher than in the domestic markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Liquidity
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The financial institutions find it highly profitable to hold their idle resources in
Euromarkets. Since there are lesser restrictions in the markets, the investors can make
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investments in bearer securities. It has an added advantage in the form of absence of tax
withholding on interest, Most of these deposits have maturities ranging from less than one
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
day to a few months. On an average, about 80% of these deposits have the maturity of 6months.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Facilities of International Trade.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
They provide easy loans which facilitate International Trade. Most of the Banks
prefer this form of financing to the traditional forms like the letter of credit (LC). Much of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
preference for Euro Currencies arise from the lower interest rates and the absence of
emphasis on procedural formalities. Considering the attractiveness of these funds, there has
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
been a sizable increase in the volume of transactions in these markets.4. Euro Debt Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These markets can be studied under 2 broad classifications (a) Euro Dollar loans and(b) Euro bond markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4(a). Euro Dollar Loans--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The demand for Euro ? Dollar loans was pushed up during 1960, indirectly by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
restriction imposed in obtaining loans within the U.S. These restrictions were the result of avoluntary restraint programme adopted in 1965. It was followed by certain mandatory
controls in 1968. These structures controlled the creation of loans within the U.S. Borrowers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are, therefore, forced to look for funds outside the U.S. The Euro ? Dollar loans provided the
much needed alternate source of funds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
From 1963 to 1974, The U.S. Interest ? Equalization Tax was in vogue. The tax
was a levy on U.S. residents earnings on foreign securities. To equalize the expenditure to a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
U.S. resident lender on account of the levy, the foreign borrowers were forced to offer higherinterest. Euro ? Dollar loans did not attract the interest ? equilisation as a result the interest
rates offered were much lower.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro currency loans, irrespective of the currency in which it is denominated, areeasier to obtain as compared to the loans denominated in home currencies since it is also
possible to obtain a loan of any currency within a country (e,g, Pound, Mark, Yen etc.,) in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
New York itself, it is easier for the borrowers to borrow locally than to approach the home
market of a currency individually (i.e., Pounds in London, Marks in Germany, Yen in Tokyo
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
etc.,)4(b). Euro Bonds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These bonds are of more recent origin. They are unsecured bearer debt instruments with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maturity of 5 years or more. The bond is sold in the markets other than those in the countryin whose currency it is issued.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Since Euro Bonds are not regulated strictly, their issue ? costs are lower than those of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
domestic issues. As such they had become an excellent source of raising long term capital.The issue of the bonds is generally made simultaneously in several markets on behalf of
international borrowers by syndicates.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
OTHER TYPES OF EURO CURRENCY INSTRUMENTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a).Bank Deposits
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These are conventional deposits of Euro ? currencies in Banks. Usually the period of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maturity is either 30 days or 90 days. They are seldom made for periods longer than 90 days.
Interest rates are pre ? fixed on the basis of the duration of the deposit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. SDR denominated Deposits.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro ? Currency deposits may be denominated in Special Drawing Rights (SDR) of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the International Monetary Fund. They are non ? negotiable deposits with specific maturitydates. They are, however, not as popular as Euro currency Deposits.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. Certificates of Deposits (CDs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
They are negotiable instruments, actively traded in the secondary markets. They are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
not term ? deposits, they offer a highest rate of liquidity.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7).International Banking Facility
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These are separate set of accounts with a Bank. They can accept foreign currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
deposits. If used to make loans to foreigners, they do not require insurance covers. In suchcases, the reserve requirements too are waived. Withdrawals can be made offer giving 2
days notice.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8). Euro ? Dollar Futures
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When the assets and liabilities of Euro banks are not equal in terms of volume and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maturity, they are subject to risks of exchange rate fluctuations. Euro Dollar Futures market
helps Euro Banks to avoid much risks by making a future sales.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CURRENCY OPTIONS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A currency option is an arrangement between an option holder and an Option
writer The option holder is the buyer and the option writer is the seller of an option. A
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency option gives the buyer the right, but not the obligation, to either buy or sell a
specified quantity of one currency in exchange for another at a pre ? determined exchange
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rate, known as the strike price.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
However, the option to buy or sell must be exercised on or before a specified expiry
date. Though the holder has no obligation to increase an option, the writer of the option must
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
comply with its terms and should be prepared to buy or sell the underlying currency when aholder decides to exercise and option. Now, in what follows, a brief description is provided
on the salient features of the currency option.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
FEATURES OF CURRENCY OPTION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Currency options are of 2 types, viz, (1) Over The Counter (OTC) options and (2) Exchange
Traded Options, (OTC) options can be arranged individually with a Bank, whereas the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Exchange Traded option can be purchased through a broker on options exchange such as Thephiledelphia stock Exchange (PHLX), Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME) etc.,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CALL OPTION Vs PUT OPTION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A call option gives its holder the right but not the obligation, to buy the specified amount orquantity of a currency usually against the U.S.$ at the strike price. On the other hand, a put
option given its holder the right to U.S.$
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
QUANTITY OF CURRENCY
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The option agreement specifies the Quantity of currency an option buyer can purchase or sell.
In the case of Exchange Trade options, the quantity is a standard amount. For example, on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PHLX, the currency options traded are, currently restricted to the following against the
U.S.Dollars.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Option
Quantity
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pound Sterling31,250
Australian Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A$50,000
Canadian Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C$50,000Japanese Yen
6,250,000
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ECU`s
ECVS 65,500
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Deutsche MarkDM 62,500
Swiss Frane
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SFr 62,500
Rench Frane
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
FFr 250,000Strike Price of the Currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Exchange Rate at which the holder has the right, but not the obligation, toexchange the currencies. When an option is the strike price must be higher, or lower or
exactly the same as the current spot rate. Thus a strike price could be (1) at ? the ? money (2)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in the money and (3) out of the money.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
At ? the - money - optionAn option whose strikes price is the same as the current market exchange rate. An at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the money option would be used by a customer who wants to guarantee today`s rate while
allowing himself some profit potential, if the exchange rates were to move in his favour.
In ? the ? money - option
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A currency option whose strike ? rate is more favourable than the current spot ? rate.Normally this type of option would attract a high premium, as the holder can make an
immediate exchange profit. By exercising his right.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Expiry Date
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The date on which the right to exercise the option ends.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SUMMARY
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There has been an introduction which traced the resource behind the evolution o the
Euro Dollar market, its growth, its popularity etc., The Euro Dollar deposits and loans and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Corresponding constituents in each of them were noted.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A list of countries which were traditionally involved with the Euro currency market
was presented. They were classified into the inside area and outside area.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Later, how the U.S. Money market interest rates influence the Euro ? market interest? rates was observed. Euro Currency spreads and maturities have been discussed. The
concept of international bond market was explained and its constituents, namely, the Euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bonds Market and the foreign Bond market were discussed at length within the Euro ? Bond
market, the various types of bonds involving a single and multiple currencies, their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
characteristics and advantages were noted. The functioning institutions which deal with themhas been explained.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Also, a comparative analysis of obtaining loans from bonds and from Euro Currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
has been made. Finally, the topic was would up with some aspects like who are the majorborrowers of loans from the Euro ? Bond market, which sectors got financed with such loans,
in which currencies, majority of bond issues have been made and which countries formed a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
major share in marketing the Euro ? Bonds etc.,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In general, a fairly good idea was given about the 2 institutions such as the Euro ?
Bond market as well as the Euro ? Currency market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
KEY WORDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro ? Currency Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A market where Euro ? Economics are deposited and but with involvement of the
Euro ? Banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro ? Currencies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Such currencies like the U.S. Dollar, Deutseche mark, Swiss Francs, Italian Lira,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Japanese Yen etc., in which the deposits and loans are made, are known as Euro ?
currencies
Maturity Period
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The remaining period of Bank claims at a particular date.OECD (ORGANISATION FOR ECONOMIC COOPERATION AND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEVELOPMENT)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It consists of Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France,Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Netherlands, New Zealand,
Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, United Kingdom and the United
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
States of America. The OCED has been the Chief Source of data relating to International
bonds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IBF (International Banking Facilities)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
London became the centre of international banking activities. It was due to the
restrictions imposed by the U.S. to bring back the Eurodollar business back to U.S. in 1981,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the IBF was announced, It is a set of institutions having very few regulations, which acceptforeign deposits and provide loans above $1,00,000/- to foreigners.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These IBFs have been prohibited from issuing negotiable instruments. They
Succeeded in bringing back the International Banking activities into U.S. But they themselves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
have been lagging behind in international bagging.NIF ( Note Insurance Facilities)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To withstand competition from the Euro Bond market, the Euro banks have created
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
NIF which allows the borrower to issue his own short ? term notes that are later distributed
by some financial institutions. Usually large and reputed companies use NIF to raise loans.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The NIF are unsecured loans and sometimes also called as a Euro commercial Paper (due tosimilarities with the Commercial paper of the U.S. Money market).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Asia Currency Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It was formed in 1968 with its head quarters in Singapore. Singapore has the most
liberal financial environment compared to its any other Asian counter part. In the recent past,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
it has started growing very rapidly, though compared to the Euro currency market, it is still
very insignificant. It functions basically to chanalise the Euro Dollas into Asia, particularly
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the South ? East Asia. It also facilitates the Euro Dollar deposits for the Asian investors.QUESTIONS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.What do you understand by the Euro ? Currency market? What are inside and
outside areas?.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.
Explain the Euro ? Currency spreads and maturity.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.What are Euro and Foreign Bonds? What has been the position of Dollar
denominated bonds in the Euro Bonds in the recent past?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.
Briefly discuss the Euro Bonds involving more than one single currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5.Explain the utility of Euro ? Currency Market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
BOOKS FOR FURTHER REFERENCE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.Dennis, Geoffrey E.J ? International financial flows: Statistical hand Book ?
Grahms and Trotman. Sussex. U.K. 198.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.
Rita M.Rodriges ? International Financial Management, practice ? Hall, New
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Jersy 1976.3.
Allan C.Shapiro ? Multi National Financial Management ? Practice hall, New
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Delhi 1995.
4.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Francisco L.Rivera ? Batiz & Luis Rivera Bakz ? International Finance and openeconomy; Macro Economics, MAC Millan N.Y.1989.
5.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
quriun Brain Scott. The New Euro Markets. Mac Millan Press. London 1975.
6.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Jeevanandam C. Foreign Exchange ? Sultan Chand & Sons, Daryagaj, NewDelhi ? 1998.
7.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Dewett K.K. and Verma J.D. ? Refresher course in Economic Theory ?
S.Chand and company Ltd., Ram Nagar, New Delhi 1997.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8.Ahuja. H.L. Macro Economics, Theory and practice, S.Chand & Sons, Ram
Nagar, New Delhi. 2002.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LESSON ? 2CREATION OF EURO DOLLAR
INTRODUCTION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In order to understand the creation of Euro ? Dollar it is necessary to trace thehistory of the economic scenario from 1944, because, before the establishment of Dollar
Standards, there were some efforts made by the world community to standardize the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange rate as Euro Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The background was that for a long time, say since 1930, the U.S. Dollar was ruling
the international money market. In Europe, originally there were 12 countries which had a lot
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of international business. The U.S. dollar has been considered as the generally recognized
currency number one, because, after 1930, the U.S. Dollar has not been devalued. Even now,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in the international business, the countries quote the prices of their exportable products onlyin terms of U.S. Dollar.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SOME INTERNATIONAL INSTITUTIONS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1).The International Monetary Fund (I.M.F).
2).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, (I.B.R.D) or world
Bank.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These were the outcome of the historical and significant international conference held
in 1944 at a place called Bretton woods, Bretton woods conference to charter a new
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international financial system, to replace the than prevailing gold standard.
This famous conference saw the birth of the I.M.F. and W.B. The purpose of I.N.F.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
has been to lend money for its poor members to pay for the deficit Balance of Payment.Similarly the world Bank (W.B.) was established with the prime objective of restructuring
and rehabilitating the war ? ravaged economies of the world, through financial acid.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A significant outcome of the Bretton woods conference was the adoption of Gold
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Exchange and Dollar Standards.Under the gold Exchange standard of 1944, the currencies of all other countries were
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
priced or pegged in terms of the U.S. Dollar and the U.S.Dolar was in turn priced in terms ofgold. The U.S. was required to maintain gold reserves, while other countries were required
to maintained gold reserves, while other countries were required to have a reserve of united
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
states Dollar (USD)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
After 1968 until 1973, it was possible to convert the foreign currencies only intoDollars, the whole system was suitably termed as the Dollar standard.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Under the Dollar Standard, whenever there was an increase in demand for any
currency, the central bank was required to supply the currency. The strength of U.S. Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
was on account of its increased demand for making payment for imports by countries.Another notable factor in the history of the creation of Euro Dollar was that the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
organisation of Petrolium exporting Countries (OPEC) had large scale receipts of USD The
U.S. was able to attract much of these dollars and hence, these Dollars were popularly termed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
as Petro Dollars.There was the establishment of a lending institution in Europe, called The Emergency
Fund. The share capital of this fund was contributed by all countries. As usual, the U.S. has
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
taken the major park of the share capital, by sending U.S.Dollar to Europe.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The U.S. Dollar which goes out of U.S. to Europe for this Emergency Fund wascalled as Euro Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This is how the so ? called Euro Dollar was created.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Following this nomenclature, other countries followed. For example Euro ? Yenof Japan, Euro ? Lira of Italy, Euro ? Marks of Germany etc., These different currencies
in these new names formed the capital of the famous lending institutions like The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Monetary Fund and The International bank for Reconstruction and
Development (now called as world Bank)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In a similar manner, other Countries belonging to the Group of Ten also followed.
They are (1) Belgium (2) Canada (3) France (4) West Germany (5) Italy (6) Japan (7)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Netherlands (8) Sweden (9) U.K.and (10) Switzerland.In all their share of the capital of the European Emergency Fund they have attributed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the adjective Euro for their Currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Moreover, Since 1st January 1986, the Value of one Special Drawing Right (SDR)was based on a basket of currencies, viz, US Dollar, German Mark Japanese yen, U.K. Pound
and the French Franc whenever any member country of I.M.F. goes in for a borrowal, they
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are using common name Euro Dollar, which will be converted into their national currency
later.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The world Bank also follows the nomenclature Euro Dollar for giving loans to
member countries to reconstruct their economies, which were in a bad condition as a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
consequence of II world war. (Most of these countries are still in European Union).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Later on, in the History of the creation of Euro Dollar we find a lot of Improvement,like The Group of Seven. This is the group of countries wheich were lending and
borrowing in terms of Euro Dollar. The are the richest and industrialised nations. They are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(1) Japan (2) West Germany (3) France (4) U.K. (5) Italy (6) Canada and (7) U.S.A.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This group of seven had proposed to build up a U.S. Dollar 50 Billion emergencybail out fund which would be used to help countries facing acute financial problems. For
such lending the term Euro ? Dollar was used.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EURO DOLLAR MARKETS.This market is spread over Europe, Middle East and Asia. Short term Euro markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are called as Euro Dollar Markets. Any currency, held outside its home country is referred to
as Euro ? Dollar ? Currency. For example U.S.Dollar, outside U.S.A. is always called as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro Dollar of course, this is based on their share in the capital of the EuropeanEmergency Fund.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Americans prefer to hold their Dollars outside the U.S. This may be attributed
sometimes, to the numerous financial service, provided by foreign (especially European)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Banks as compared with American Banks as well as the regulations and restrictions on capitalout flow by the U.S. Similarly, at times, the U.S. may force restrictions on the Americans
refraining them from depositing in foreign securities.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In such cases, it would be advantages for the Americans to have their dollar deposits
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
outside the U.S. and they can use their Euro ? Dollar deposits, whenever they require itwithout any fear of any restrictions, laid down by the U.S. Government.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These Euro ? Dollar Deposits gainded popularity with most of the American
corporations outside U.S. also, especially when the exchange restrictions were imposed on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
residence in the 1960s. Between the 1960s and 1970s, the U.S. Banks and other financialinstitutions had to abide by the restrictions placed on the maximum rate of interest that they
could pay on the deposits. Particular interest are the Q and M regulations placed bythe
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
U.S. Federal Reserve Board.
The Q regulations restricted the interest rates on deposits. But the U.S. Banks,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
outside U.S. were not subject to such restrictions. This had attracted large volumes of Dollardeposits outside the U.S.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The M regulation stipulated, holding of reserves against deposits. These
regulations were not applicable to deposits with overseas branches of U.S. Banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Yet another reason for Dollar deposits in other countries was the absence of deposit
insurance. The Dollar deposits inside the U.S. were required to be covered by deposit
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
insurance.
THE EURO ? DOLLAR LOANS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The demand for the Euro ? Dollar loans was pushed up during 1960s, indirectly bythe restrictions imposed in obtaining loans within the U.S. The restrictions were the result of
a voluntary restraint programme adopted in 1965. It was followed by certain mandatory
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
controls in 1968. Borrowers are forced to look for funds outside the U.S. consequently the
Euro Dollar Loans provided the much needed alternate source of Funds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
From 1963 to 1974, there was a levy of the interest equalization Tax within the U.S.
for the local U.S.Dollar deposits. But the Euro ? Dollar loans did not attract this tax and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
therefore the interest rates offered were lower.
EURO DOLLAR BONDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These are of more recent origin after 1974. They are the unsecured bearerinstruments with a maturity of 5 years and more. Since these Euro Dollar Bonds are not
regulated strictly, their issue costs are lower than those of domestic issues. Hence they had
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
become an excellent source of issues for raising the long term capital.
EURO DOLLAR FUTURES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When the assets and liabilities of Euro ? Banks are not equal in terms of volume and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maturity, they are subject to the risk of Exchange rate fluctuations. The Euro dollar
Futures markets help Euro Banks to avoid much risks by making a future` sales.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
FOREIGN EXCHANGE MARKETS FOR EURO DOLLARS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These markets have shot up into prominence as a natural response to the growing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
volume of International Trade. These markets facilitate the conversion of one currency intoanother, especially in Europe area, for various purposes like trade, payments for services,
developmentsl projects, speculation etc., Estimates put the total volume of trade done in a day
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to nearly over a trillion. This was a larger or bigger figure than the stock markets of the
world. Besides the conversion of various countries into Euro Dollar, the foreign exchange
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
markets provide services like the extension of credit and holding of other facilities also.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When we speak of International Trade, we know that a country would prefer to importgoods for which it does not have a Comparative cost advantage, while exporting those
goods for which it has a comparative advantage over others. Normally\, there is a time gap
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
between the dispatch of goods and receipt of money. Therefore the Euro Dollar credit
servicing and the conversion of Currencies within Europe is facilitated by the Euro dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
foreign exchange markets.CONSTITUTENTS OF EURO DOLLAR EXCHANGE MARKETS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These markets have no physical structure. This is because there is no common place
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
where people can assemble to buy and sell the Euro Dollars. Most of the transactions aredone over the counter (OTC), via Telephone, Telex or cable. There is also no fixed trading
time. Trading is done 24 hours a day all the days of the year. By and large, London, New
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
York, Singapore and Tokyo are the largest foreign exchange trading centres for Euro Dollar.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Market Makers for Euro Dollar1.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Banks which are engaged in the conversion of currencies on behalf of this customer.
2.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Non ? Banking institutions that are engaged in exchanging currencies for certainspecific purposes.
3.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Speculators who are engaged in buying and selling currencies to take advantage of the
exchange rate fluctuation and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.Arbitragers engaged in arbitrage activities to take advantage of the price differentials
in various exchange markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
OPERATIONS OF MARKET MAKERS FOR EURO DOLLAR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Foreign Exchange Banks operate in 2 levels. In the first i.e the retail level the banks
deal with individuals and corporations, The transactions for purchase and sale of currencies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are between the banks and its customers.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the second level, the transactions are wholesale in nature. This is done in the inter? bank market. Most of the operations are done directly by banks. However, at times, the
services of the Foreign Exchange Brokers are taken.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
THE EURO ? CURRENCY INSTRUMENTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(A) EURO DOLLAR DEPOSITS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The depositors in the Euro ? Dollar markets have basically 2 types of options.1.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Regular time ? deposits involving very limited periods i.e., over ? right call money or
other accounts and.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.The Certificates of Deposits (CDs) involving larger amounts (usually above 1,00,000
Euro ? Dollars) and with longer maturities between 3 to 6 months.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The flow ? time for such transfers of funds is expected to be very short so as to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
prevent the owner from losing larger sums of interest.(B).
Euro ? Dollar Loans
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Based upon the past transactions over a few decades, the normal range in which these
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
loans vary, is found to be between $ 5,00,000 upto $ 100 Million and or even more. The
maturity period ranges between 30 days to 5 to 7 years. However there are flexibilities in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
duration and modes of advancing loans and it all depends upon the nature of relationship theborrower has with the Euro - Banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
With regard to the aspects of interest ? rates an the Euro ? Dollar loans, these are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
floating rates rather than fixed. It is so, particularly for medium and longer maturities ofabout 3 years and beyond. Since these Euro ? Banks themselves borrow substantial funds
between them at the London Inter Bank offer Rates (LIBOR), they, I inturn, offer the loans to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
their borrowers at typically 1.5% over the LIBOR rate, established at six ? monthly intervals,
until maturity. It protects the Euro ? Banks profits.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(C). EURO ? DOLLAR SPREADS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The term Spread represents the margin between lending and deposit rates. During
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the past 3 decades, it has been observed that the lending rates have been lower mainlybecause of the following factors.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(a). Lack of reserve requirements
(b). Regulatory expanses are either non ? existent or very minimal.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(c). No compulsory lending to some priority borrowers at concessional rates.(d).
Information collection and processing is done quickly and with least cost since most
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the borrowers are well ? known.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Similarly the deposit rates of Euro ? Dollars tend to be higher than the rates provided
in the domestic markets for the following reasons.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Euro ? Banks are in a better position to offer higher rates as a consequence oflower regulatory costs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b.The Euro ? Banks are not conditioned with interest rates ceilings, unlike in the case
with most of the national markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
c.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In order to attract deposits that too on a large scale, the Euro Banks have beencompelled to offer more interest rates on deposits which would otherwise be
deposited in the domestic banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The International Euro ? Dollar Bond Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The International Euro ? Dollar Bond Market may be defined as a market for Bonds
which are sold anywhere in the world but not in the geographical territory of the country of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency in which it is denominated. Mostly the funds raised by the borrowers in such
market consists of foreign currency (i.e. other than the borrowers home currency) but on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
some occasions, the borrower can borrow from such international markets in his homecurrency (like a U.S. Company borrowing Euro Dollars.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The International Euro ? Dollar market can be classified into 2 categories namely.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(a).
Euro Bond Market and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(b).Foreign Bond Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A Euro ? Dollar Bond issued is said to be a Euro ? Dollar Bond issue if such bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are mainly sold in other counties than the country in whose currency the issue isdenominated. The organisation for Economic cooperation and Development (OECD) which
has been a prominent source of data regarding the international bonds has been defined as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
under.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A Euro ? Dollar foreign bond is one which is placed (on behalf of a non ? resident)by a domestic syndicate, on the market of a single country and is denominated in that
country`s Currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To be a non ? resident, a borrower must come from one of the following categories.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a.
Government or government Agency or political sub ? divisions which are not located
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in the country in which the issue is made.
b.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Organisation (like I.M.F. I.B.R.D etc.,)c.
Officially sponsored international enterprises except when their registered office is in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the country concerned.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Countries government as well as private firms started floating bond issues in New York andnot among the Europeon countries. Some of the attractions for the borrowers in New York
included:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Quick and efficient system of under ? Writing.2.
Lower interest rates and thus reduce the cost of borrowing and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.
Large and adequate supply
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
TYPES OF EURO ? DOLLAR BONDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These bonds have not been homogeneous in nature. They can be classified into thefollowing categories.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.
Straight Euro ? Dollar Bonds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.Euro ? Dollar Bonds with more Currencies
a.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Multiple currency Bonds.
b.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EMU Bonds (European Monetary Union)?.
Unit of Accounts Bonds and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(d).
Parallel Bonds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Euro ? Dollar Bond market is truly international as these Bonds are sold to
investors around the world and such issues need not comply with the national regulations and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
controls.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Straight Euro ? Dollar Bonds represent a substantial part of the Euro - Dollar Bond market in
which Bonds are issued with a single currency. Hence, bonds involving in more than one
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency have started occupying an important position in the Euro Dollar Bond market.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The multiple currency Bonds provide an entitlement to the creditor for opting the
payment of interest as well as the principal amount of the Bond in any pre ? determined
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
options of currencies. As for example, Consider a Japanese leader buying Such multiplecurrency bond and opting payment in the form of U.S. Dollars or British Pounds or Italian
Liras, If all these 3 currencies are depreciable against, say, the yen, then he loses. If the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
appoint happens, he gains.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In case, all currencies depreciate, he accepts payment in the form of the least
depreciated one, and if all currencies appreciate, he selects the payment in the most
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
appreciated one. This way, the gains are maximized and the losses minimized in the event of
any exchange rate variation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The European Monetary Union (EMU) Bonds, sometimes also referred to as the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
European currency Union Bonds are also multiple currency bonds For the borrower, the basic
advantage is that these EMU Bonds bear a lower interest rates (thus less consider) than the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
previous type of bonds.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
For the lender, there is enough protection since in the event of devaluation he is
entitled to obtain repayment in the least devalued currency and similarly he demands in case
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of appreciation repayment in the form of the most unvalued currency.The unit of Account is neither a means of payment nor an instruments of exchange,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
although it may become so under special circumstances, as for example, when a transfer is
made from one account to another an the books of a bank. The European Monetary
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Agreement has been following the unit of Account as the base currency unit.SECONDARY MARKET FOR EURO ? DOLLAR BONDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Secondary market refers to the sale of Bonds or any other securities already bought for the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
first time in a primary market has been present only for name`s sake in Euro ? Dollar Bondmarket. After mid ? 1980s, because of price quotations (both buying and selling prices) for
various Euro Bonds being made by the commercial banks, securities firms and bond brokers,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the secondary trading has become easier and gaining more popularity.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There is a 3 tier structure in the issuance of the Euro ? Dollar Bonds, consisting of (1)
Managers (2) underwriters and (3) sellers In case of U.S.A. the underwriters must purchase or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
swallow the unsold portion of the issue, while in Euro ? Dollar Bond underwriting, theunderwriters make their best efforts to sell they have wider options in the event of portions of
the Bond issue remaining unsold, including the cancellation of the unsold part, if the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
underwriters are reluctant to purchase.
COMPARISON BETWEEN EURO ? CURRENCY AND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EURO ? DOLLAR BOND LOANS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There are certain merits and demerits of processing loans in the form of Euro
Currencies and Euro ? Dollar Bonds, depending upon certain conditions.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro ? Dollar Bonds have the choice of fixed as well as floating rates. Fixed ratebonds have their own advantages since currency inflows and outflows can be offset with a
calculated rate. The interest rate on Euro Dollar Currency loans is variable. It benefits the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrower if interest declines and vice versa.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Euro currency loans have to be repaid in a relatively smaller time periods than
loans from the Euro Bank market. The Euro currency loans provide an easier opportunity to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
change over from one currency to another at stipulated dates, while it involves some
complications in the case of Euro Bonds. Euro ? currency loans can be raised quickly while
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
it involves relatively longer time for raising loans through Euro ? Dollar Bonds.KEY WORDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro ? Dollar Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A market where the Euro ? Dollars are deposited and but with the involvement of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro Banks.
Euro ? Dollars.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Such currencies as the U.S. Dollar Deutsche mark, French francs, Italian Lira,Japanese yen etc., in which deposits and loans are made as converted Euro ? Dollars.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Maturity Period
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The remaining period of bank claims a particular date.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
OECD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development 24 member members ?
countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IBF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Baking Facilities ? London is the Centre
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
NIF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Note issue FacilitiesAsia Currency Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It was formed in 1968. keeping Singapore as Head Quarters. It functions basically tochanalise the Euro ? Dollar deposits for Asian investors.
LESSON ? 3
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
INTRODUCTION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Emergence of Global currency Markets:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A significant development in the European Economic Communities (EEC) Financialsecenario was the emergence a new fixed Exchange rate mechanism. It is also called as the
Emergence of Global currency market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This system emerged from 1972 under this system the EEC countries Exchange rateswere maintained within a named band i.e., within 1 1/8% of the pre ? determined par values.
The movement of currencies was restricted to either side of the parity. The band for other
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange rates was wider. It was popularly termed as Snake in the Tunnel. This
technology came into use, keeping in mind the time path followed by the EEC exchange rate.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
However, the rising inflation differentials and current account in balances of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
European countries resulting from the oil crisis of 1973 purview of the snake In 1979 some
refinements were made to the European Monetary System (EMS) which was the base for the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
global currency market.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Under it the Parity Grid determines the lower and higher limits of Exchange rates,
between each pair of the member countries currency. The band has a width of 21.4% above
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and below the pair rates. Thus, the Central Banks of both the countries would be required tobuy and sell the currencies unconditionally. For e.g, if the German Mark is at lower support
point of the permissible range when compared with the British pound, the German Central
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bank would be required to buy the Marks and the British Central Bank would be required to
buy the Marks and the British Central Bank has to sell pounds un conditionally under the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EMS. The effective limits of the literal band are determined by the strong and weekcurrencies in the grid. The automatic adjustment incorporated in the system makes it
effective.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
THE EUROPEON CURRENCY UNIT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It represents a basket of currencies of the member countries, the weight assigned to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the European Communities currency depends an the proportion of the country`s GrossNational Product in the European community`s gross product, and its share of trade within
the community the basket is reviewed once in 5 years. All the European community`s
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Currencies are represented in the Basket. Only a few participated in the Exchange Rare
mechanism.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
THE GROUP OF SEVEN
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The group of seven consists of Seven richest and industrialized nations viz, (1) Japan
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(2) West Germany (3) France (4) United Kingdom (5) Italy (6) Canada and (7) U.S.A. Thepurpose was to bring down the unnatural external to value of U.S. Dollar to statilise the
Exchange Rates.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Group of Seven meet regularly to coordinate intervention by the government toprevent unwarranted fluctuations in Exchange Rates. This is in the interest of facilitating
smooth international trade.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Group of Seven has a proposal to build up a $ 50 Billion Emergency Fund
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which would be used to help countries facing acute financial problems. It also proposed tomake regulations necessitating greater disclosure so as to enable greater flow of information
to the markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EURO MARKETS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
They are unregulated money and Capital markets. These markets are spread over
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Europe, Middle East and Asia. Shot ? term Euro markets are called as Euro ? currency
Markets. Any currency held outside to home country is referred to as Euro ? currency. For
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
example when a Dollar is held as a deposit outside the U.S. is refered to as Euro ? Dollar,Similarly a deposit in Marks, outside Germany is called as a Euro ? Mark deposit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEVELOPMENT OF EURO ? CURRENCY MARKET
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Dollar was and still is widely used to settle the international payments. Although
there is an increase in European Deposits, denominated in Canadian Dollars, the pound
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sterling, Franc, Marks, Yen etc., by far the U.S. Dollar still remains the most popular Euro ?currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The preference for Dollars can be attributed to the relative political stability and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
absence of severe restrictions in the U.S. It thus facilitates high liquidity to Dollar ?denominated deposits.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There are many reasons which have helped to popularize Euro Dollar deposits. Someof these are discussed in detail here.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Americans could prefer to hold their Dollars outside the U.S. This may be attributed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sometimes to the numerous financial services provided by foreign banks as compared toAmerican Banks. Further, at regulations and restrictions are capital outflow by the U.S.
Similarly, at times the U.S. may lay restrictions an the Americans restraining them from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
depositing in foreign securities. In such cases it would be advantageous dfor the Americans to
have Dollar Deposits outside the U.S. as they can use their Euro Dollar deposit whenever
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
they require it, without fear of any restrictions being laid.During the 1960s, the U.S. banks and financial institutions had to abide by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
restrictions placed an the maximum rate of interest that they could pay an the deposits placed
with them of particular interest are the Q and M regulations placed by the U.S. Federal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Reserve Board. The Q regulations restricted the interest rates on deposits. The U.S. Banks,outside the U.S. were subject to such restriction. Many U.S. Banks outside the U.S. were not
subject to such restrictions.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This fact has attracted large volumes of Dollar Deposits outside the U.S. A large part
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of dollar deposits had flown out of the Country prior to de regulation and continued to remainthere through the tenure of the deposit, some of these deposits on maturity, were reinvested
in the U.S. since interest differentials ceased to exist.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Another contributory to the movement of dollar deposits outside the U.S. was the Mregulations. It stipulated holding of reserves against deposits. These regulations were not
applicable to deposits with overseas branches of U.S. Banks. On account of reserves, which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are idle funds, the cost of operation in U.S. was naturally much higher than abroad. The U.S.
Banks preferred to shift some of their dollar deposits outside the U.S. to less regulated or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
unregulated markets.Yet another reason for the dollar deposits outside the U.S. being more attractive was
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the absence of the need to pay for Deposit Insurance. The Dollar deposits inside the U.S.
were required to be covered by deposit insurance.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro Dollar markets also grew as a measure to avoid interest equalization tax levied
on U.S. lenders earnings abroad. Foreigners in U.S. have also in U.S. Have also shown
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
greater interest in Euro ? markets, since 1979 when Iranian assets were frozen by the U.S.
Between 1975 and 1988, the Euro Dollar market had recorded an annual average growth of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17% Euro deposits had steadily increased over the years, in spite of the removal ofrestrictions initially placed by the Federal Reserve.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EURO ? CURRENCY MARKET INTEREST RATES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These are wholesale markets facilitating inter ? bank transactions. Purchases and
sales of currency are transacted by Banks regularly. The interest rate for the transactions in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
London Inter Bank offer Rate (LIBOR). The interest rate in such cases is LIBOR plus a mark
up. The mark up varies between ? to 2 ? percent.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
FUNCTIONS OF EURO CURRENCY MARKETS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cheap source of working capital.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Euro ? currency loans attract lesser interest than the loans of the domestic
economy. Interest rates are lower because overhead costs are lower. Since dealings are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
between bank with good credit rating, the cost of credit checking and processing are less.
Lending rates can be fixed lower than the domestic market. Similarly, it is possible to fix the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
deposit interest rates higher than in the domestic markets.Liquidity
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Financial institutions find it highly profitable to hold their idle sources in Euro ?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Markets. Since there are less restrictions in the markets, the investors can make investments
in bearer securities. It has an added advantage in the form of in the form of absence of tax
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
withholding an interest. Most of these deposits have maturities ranging from less than oneday to a few months. On an average about 80% of these deposits have maturity of 6 months.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Facilitates International Trade
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
They provide easy loans which facilitate International Trade. Most banks prefer this
form of financing to traditional forms like the letter of Credit. Much of the preference for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro ? currencies arise from lower intrest rates and absence of emphasis an procedural
formalities. Considering the attractiveness of these funds, there has been a sizable increase in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the volume of transactions in these markets.Euro ? Debt Markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These can be studied under 2 broad classifications (1) Euro ? Dollar Loans and (2)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro ? Bond Markets.Euro ? Dollar Loans.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The demand for Euro ? Dollar loans was pushed up during 1960 in directly by therestrictions imposed in obtaining loans within the U.S. The restrictions were the result of a
voluntary restraint programme adopted in 1965. It was followed by mandatory controls in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1968. These strictures controlled the creation of loans within the U.S. Borrowers are,
therefore, forced to look for funds outside the U.S. Euro Dollars loans provided the much
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
needed alternate source of funds.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
From 1963 to 1974. The U.S. interest equalization tax was in vogue. The tax was a
levy an U.S. residents. Earnings on foreign securities. To equalize the expenditure to a U.S.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
resident lender, an account of the tax levy, foreign borrowers were forced to offer higherinterest. Euro ? Dollar loans did not attract interest equalization tax, as a result, the interest
rates offered were much lower.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro Bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These are of more recent origin They are un ? secured bearer debt instruments with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maturity of 5 years and more. The Bond is sold in the markets other than those in the countyin whose currency it is issued.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Since Euro ? Bonds are not regulated strictly, their issue costs are lower than those of
domestic issues. As such they had become an excellent source for raising long ? term capital
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the issue of the Bonds is generally made simultaneously in several markets on behalf ofinternational borrowers by syndicate.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
OTHER TYPES OF EURO ? CURRENCY INSTRUMENTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bank Deposits: These are conventional deposits of Euro ? currencies in Banks.Usually the period of maturity is either 30 days or 90 days. They are seldom made for periods
longer than 90 days. Interest rates are pre fixed on the basis of the duration of the deposit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SDR Dominated Deposits
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These are negotiable instruments actively traded in the secondary markets. These
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are not term deposits. They offer a high rate of liquidity.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Banking Facility--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
They are separate set of accounts with a Bank. They can accept foreign currency
deposits. If used to make loans to foreigners they do not require insurance covers. In such
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cases, the reserve requirements to are waived. Withdrawals can be made after giving 2 daysnotice.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro ?Dollar Futures--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When the assets and liabilities of Euro Banks are not equal in terms of volume and
maturity, they are subject to risks of exchange rate fluctuations. Euro ? Dollar futures
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
markets helps Euro ? Banks to avoid much risks by making a futures sales.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To understand clearly of the global currency markets, we have to know the meaning
and concept of global currency market, It is mainly because these markets did largely, if not
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
entirely function upto date upto 1980s, is Dollars.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
At present, the non ? dollar denominated deposits have a wide spread existence, in
such global currency markets. Also much of this market is new located outside Europe. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
term global currency markets refers to all such financial assets and liabilities denominated inU.S. Dollars but which are transacted outside the territory of U.S.A.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It should be remembered that such transactions cannot take place independently but
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
they will be in contact with their country of origin (U.S.A.) and some banks in the U.S. keepassociated with the transactions outside the country for Euro ? currency transactions. In case
of other Euro currencies, the concerned countries maintain such record of transactions.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The controls and regulations which had been in existence in U.S.A. were directlyresponsible for the evolution and growth of the Euro Dollar markets. It was precisely to
overcome such difficulties arising out of the monetary regulations which did not become
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
applicable on such markets outside the geographical territory of U.S.A. that these markets
have come into existence and are making tremendous growth.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
As an important instrument of the overall policy of U.S.A. there have been restrictions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
imposed by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board on the U.S. Commercial banks an payment of
interest rates, on deposits received from individuals.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The financial instructions operative in the global currency markets are.
1. The U.S. Banks (2) The consortia Movement and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. The European Banking Response.
SUMMARY
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The global currency Market have emerged only after II world war. The financial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
environment has been under going tremendous changes during the past 3 decades. Thetransactions from the fixed exchange rate system to the flexible exchange rate system has not
been without its own share of difficulties. However the wide spread feeling that market force
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
have to be rekoned with for financial well ? being of the economy, has made its adoption
even in developing and transitional economies much easier.).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Further the need for greater cooperation among nations in financial matter has forced
the growth of global institutions such as the I.M.F. W.B etc.,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These institutions are fostering the growth and development of rich and poor nations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
alike. It is possible that with the development of money, capital, and force marketsworldwide, the economic gap between nations would cease to exist in the years to come.
KEY WORDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Balance of Payment--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The measure of difference between the net inflow and the met outflow of domestic
financial liabilities.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bond
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A long term debt instrument
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Currency Risk
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Risk due to changes in exchange value of a currency that affects the returns an loans
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and investments denominated in foreign currency.Euro ? Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A U.S. Dollar denominated deposit made out side the U.S.Financial Sector.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The segment of economy comprising of financial intuitions and market instruments.LIBOR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
London Inter bank Offer rates. The prime rate at which international lending is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
made. It represent the cheapest rate at which funds flow between international banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Supply side Economics.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The view that Govt. policy should ensure on increase in private incentives to supply
additional goods and services.
LESSON ? 4
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Size and structure of European Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The European Market has 2 broad divisions in their size and structure. Here the term
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
size refers to the various institutions dealing with the European currency. The term
structure refers to the various countries of Europe with which the entire currency market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
revolves.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The 2 broad divisions of this European Markets are:-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.International Money markets and
2.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International capital markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IntroductionThe term European markets is used generally in a broad sense which includes both the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
money market and the Capital Market. If the financial transactions (lending and borrowing)
takes place between 2 or more countries, we tend to call that there exists European Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
among the participating countries (All the 12 leading countries of Europe). These are thespecific set of countries ? in the narrow sense of course, there are no restrictions among these
countries, unless otherwise Specified.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There are chances for this European markets to develop at any part of the worldsubject to legal regulations. Allowing such to organize and continue and also there is enough
attraction from the potential users of the European markets services.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
As on date, however there are only 3 most important international market centres in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the world ? London, Luxemberg, Paris, and Belgium. Most of the advanced countries inEurope have a well ? developed domestic markets but are reputed internationally. Contrary
to this, there are also some countries whose domestic markets are not so efficient and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
advanced but buy acquired a lot of international reputation, such as Luxemburg, Switzerland
etc., due to their favourable conditions.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Political stability, very less interference through controls and regulations by local
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
governments monetary authorities, efficiency and expenses of the agents dealing with such
market transactions, determine the basis for the development of any country as an
international financial centre. In countries where the lenders and borrowers and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
syndicates find it favourable, automatically is receives enough international alteration.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The term European market represent to such markets which primarily deal in short
term claims, with a maturity period of not exceeding 1 year. The term Maturity period
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should not be confused with the term original maturity period of a financial instrument.
Suppose that an instrument having an original maturity of say 10 years, but at a particular
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
date, it has its remaining period of say, 3 months (i.e., it has been issued 9 years and 9 monthsago originally), it must be considered as on that reference date, as a many market claim and it
should not be treated as that of a capital market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Functions of European money market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Money markets in any European nation are expected to serve 2 important purposes.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Firstly, they provide the means through which the central bank can influence its monetarypolicy, for example, if the central Bank, through its open market operations involving in the
purchases and / or rules of government securities, it affects commercial Bankers reserves and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
their credit ? creating capacities and money supply. Secondly, to the direct resources from the
sectors with surplus funds to the deficit ? sectors. For example, generally the surplus ? sector
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
consists of individuals, while the deficiat ? sectors consist of companies and governments.Characteristics of the European currency instruments.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The is a lot of variation in the currency instruments dealt with in the money markets (both
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
domestic and international) due to the type of the issuer (i.e., Institutions, Government orCompanies etc.,) the term of maturity (30 days, 3 months, and 6 months and 364 days ? size ?
(Small, medium and large) and such other factors, there exists some commonalities which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
may be called as their Characteristics. They are:-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.They can be bought and sold immediately.
2.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There is usually a very active secondary market for these instruments.
3.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The costs of transacting in these assets is usually lower and also relatively lowerthan their domestic counterparts (in case of international instruments).
4.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
They possess highest liquidity with them which is next only to the actual
currencies. and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5.A corollary which follows (from points 3 above is) that they are rightly given the
name as Near Money.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nature of European Money Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Any typical money market is highly competitive. There is almost a perfect knowledge
available with the rates published on a daily basis news papers, also available on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
telephone. In addition, the participants vary and they have a wide range of securities
which they can choose from within their own money markets of a foreign nation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
INTERNATIONALISATION OF CURRENCIES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is interesting to know as to how the financing got internationalized (more specificallywithin Europe). Borrowers, basic in recent years, 3 main sources of raising funds, namely
(1)Cash, generated internally (in case of firms, private finances, borrowing from the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
general pubic, commercial bank, Term ? deposits from the public etc ) (2) External Short
? term funds and (3) external long ? term funds. As regards external financing in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
concerned it could be either from lenders or investors. The investors buy the securitiesissued by the borrowers in the financial markets which are generally tradable or
negotiable.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The pattern of financing companies, by the nations financial markets, in U.K. they
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
obtain 60 to 70 per cent, while in Germany it is between 40 to 50 per cent while thecompanies, till 1975 got as high as 70 per cent from outside sources, it reserved
dramatically within a decade. By 1985 almost the same 70% of funds for Japanese
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
companies have been supplied by the internal sources.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There has been a financial de regulation which stared in the U.S. in 1981 and in Japan
in 1980. Following this, banks have been forced to commit funds with various institutions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
at the existing markets rates. Due to the consequent changes, the cost of obtaining bank
loans by the firms have risen such that they realised that they can get financed cheaper by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issuing Commercial paper by their bankers. Hence, the share of Banks has been n thedecline in the short ? term credit markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
With sophistication in Technology, communication and the removed of the controls in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
foreign markets. Firms, and other borrowers have started comparing the domestic andforeign markets and thus becoming irresponsive to changes in them. Also the gap
between these 2 markets has slowly disappeared. Thus, there has been a globalization of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Financial markets since early 1980s. This is responsible for on un preecedented amount
of compotation between the major financial centres and institutions. Thereby, hence has
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
been a considerable reduction in the costs associated with the issuance of new securities.Money Market Instruments in the New York Market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A Review of U.S. Money Market
To start with, the U.S. money market is a wholesale market for money instruments which
are of high quality and, of course, having short maturity periods. Though the Federal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Reserve system of U.S. classifies money market instruments to be having original
maturity of lower than one year, the bulk of the trading in U.S. takes place in very short ?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
term maturities. There is also a very active secondary market for such instruments.Though the New York market happens to be a large one, there is nothing like a central
exchange for such instruments. The work of total market transaction each day is of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
order of a few hundreds of Billions of dollars.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Federal Reserve system came into force in 1914 and since then the Federal
Reserve Bank (Commercial banks) by asking them to buy and sell the Federal Funds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Money Market Instruments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Major instruments constituting the U.S. Money market are Federal Funds, Treasury
Bills and government Agency Paper, Euro ? Dollars, certificates of Deposits (C.D.S.) and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
re ? purchase agreement.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Regarding the marketing of the above instruments, there is no secondary market in
case of the Federal Funds, though it exists in principle for the Bank accounts its is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
confined to a limited extent. There is an the other hand, a very active secondary market in
a the Treasury Bills and the Federal Governments Agency Papers / notes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Money Market instruments are many
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Federal Funds.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These federal fund are used by commercial Banks in meeting the reserve requirements
norm efficiently. From time to time the Federal Reserve Bank (U.S. Central Bank)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
changes the minimum reserve to be held by the commercial Banks, as a part of itsmonetary policy These Fed Funds are the most liquid assets which bear some interest.
There is very little credit risk and the borrowers and lenders are known to each other. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest risk on these Fed funds are the mot liquid assets which bear some interest. There
is very little credit risk and the borrowers and lenders are known to each other. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest ? rate serves as the base ? rates for the entire money market.2. Treasury Bills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These bills are popularly known as T bills, They consist of a set of securities issuedby the Treasury an behalf of the government to meet the latter`s spending obligations. There
are 3 categories of securities under the T ? Bills short, medium and long ? term maturities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These are called as Bills (if original maturity is less than 1 year) Notes (if it is between 1-
10 years) and Bonds (if it is more than 10 years).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
As regards the composition of investors for T bills is concerned, the pension Funds,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Companies and banks, the central banks of non U.S. Nations, sometimes, the foreign
institutional investors, individuals do buy them, if there is an attractive interest rate. These T
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
? Bills are totally free from default risk, and have active secondary markets.3. Euro ? Dollars.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Due to certain regulations in the U.S. Money market, the Euro ? Dollar market came
into existence. The Euro Dollars are the U.S. Dollar traded outside the territory of U.S.A. In
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the post ? war period, the strained selections between the format soviet Union and the U.S.A.
has, to a large extent, changed the nature of the Euro Dollar market. The balances held by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
entire eastern block of countries were transferred from banks of New York to namelyLondon, following apprehension of attachment by the U.S. government.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Presently the Euro ? Dollar market is seen as an extension of the domestic U.S.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
money market. Due to a lot of demand for such assets, there has been a tremendous growth ofthe market outside U.S. with about 70% of the wider Euro ? currency market consisting
exclusively of U.S. Dollars.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Certificates of Deposits (C.Ds)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The commercial banks have started using these certificates from late 1960s mainly to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
counter the corporate treasures from the large scale use of commercial papers and T.Bills to
fund the private firms. A CD is an unsecured liability (of Banks) having the denominations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of $1,00,000 and more. Their original maturities of 2 week to 5 years or more suggest thatthey are short to medium term instruments. The rate of interest on the C.Ds is paid on the
basis of the face ? values. Normally, institutions and companies are major investors who
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
prefer liquid low ? risk investments.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
At times, the Banks also issue long ? term CDs. There is a 2 way procedures for
payment of interest rates. If the terms of CD is 18 months or less a variable interest is paid
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
with a revision in interest rate once in 3 months, at the discretion of the Banks issuing them,
If the term exceeds 18months there will be a fixed rate of interest promised at the time of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issuing them.5. Banker`s Acceptance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A Banker`s Acceptance (BA) is an unconditional order in writing to pay a specifiedsum to the bearer or any other designated party by him at a particular time is future (i.e., not
instantly). If it is accepted by a Bank, it impiles that the Bank has guaranteed payment and it
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
becomes a negotiable instrument.6. Commercial Paper
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A commercial Paper (CP) is an unsecured promissory note issued by very largeprivate companies and financial companies having a short and original maturities. Majority
of the CPs have 30 days or less of original maturity, while most of the CPs have 270 days of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
original maturity. The Securities and Exchange commission (SEC) may rarely permit some
companies to issue CPS of more than 270days.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International money market is technically the Euro - Currency market. The prefix
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro is used for historical reasons because of the U.S.dollars, very largely deposited
outside U.S.A in Europe, particularly in London. The Euro ? currency market is operated by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
foreign banks called Euro ? Banks and U.S. Banks foreign brokers, operating in othercountries. The Euro ? currency markets enable the investors to hold short ? term claims on
commercial banks. Then loans are advanced on a floating rate basis calculated as a fixed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
percentage over the London Inter bank offer Rate (LIBOR).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Bank Market--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Under the Structure of European markets the developmental activity undertaken by
almost all countries after the Second world war. (both the war ? affected and the Third world
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
countries) necessitated the world economics to come closer and act as a united worldeconomy. In the pre ? 1944 period, there had not been much scope for international banking
activity excepting providing foreign exchange and facilitating foreign trade ? New activities,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
financial techniques etc have been incorporated since them.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
From 1973 Oil Crisis there we a need for the Petro Dollars re ? cycling. Here the
International banks played a very crucial, role in re cycling funds from the oil exporting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
countries (OPEC ? Organisation of petroleum Exporting countries) to the oil importing
countries. By 1979, nearly 1/3 of the total lending was to the least Developed countries
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(LDCS), and communist countries but together. Another note ? worthy point is that duringthe same year (1979) over 80% of the total outstanding loans were only denominated in U.S.
Dollars.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The European banks have very sound capital in Euro ? currency and a fast growing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market. However. They are very week in a competitive world. While the Japanese banks
have powerful corporate customers, larger asset base and one of the strongest economies of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the world. However they are unable to consolidate their position due to lack of dynamismand innovativeness and other domestic problems. Majority of the American banks have
relatively weak capital base, much of their loans advanced to the LDCs (High risk loans) but
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
with enough experience they have gained both within the nation as well as outside their
performance has been quite impressive Banks like Citi Corp., J.P.Morgan have been
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investing in areas like information systems, computers etc and are highly innovative.International European capital Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The structure and size of the European Market includes international capital markets,International investor, the Bond issue Drill and the instruments in New York and Tokyo
markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The importance of capital markets for the efficient transfer of funds between theborrowers and lenders cannot be overstaed. Individual who have insufficient wealth to take
advantage of all their investment opportunities that yield rates of returns, higher than the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market rate are able to borrow funds and invest more than they would without capital
markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
We know that countries need to borrow externally in the European market due to:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a. The gap between the current external receipts and payments.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b. The gap between domestic savings and investments.c. These external funds come in the form of grants loans and equity investments.
International Capital markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The role played by the commercial banks as a source of external finance for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
developing countries has comedown since the 1980s and this could be attributed to: -
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a. The losses sustained by the international banks on third world debt in 1980s.b. The imposition of capital adequacy norms which have made it difficult and costly, for the
Banks to take on additional assets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The international capital markets have grown in size and structure at a very rapidpace. The multilateral agencies such as the world Bank also raise bulk of their resources in
the world capital markets and this in a way, has added to the growing importance of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international capital markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The principal instruments dealt with in the international capital markets are (as in the
domestic market) (1) The Bond and equity issues (2) Euro Bonds (3) Foreign Bonds (4) Euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
conversable Bonds, Floating rate notes (5) The global depositings receipts (6) American
depository receipts, Asian Dragon Bonds etc are the various instruments dealt with in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international capital markets.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The major centres which deal in these instruments are the New york stock exchange,
The Tokyo stock exchange, the capital market of London, Luxemburg etc.,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The International Investor in European Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There are 2 categories among the International investors (1) The Institutional Investor
and. (2). The individual Investor.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The first category includes big mutual funds and personal funds. They are keen todiversify investments all over the world and willing to invest a part, albeit small of their
portfolios, in third world companies and stock markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
From the pure financial point of view, investors ought to consider the possibility ofexpending their investments beyond the geographical limit of their own countries, if only
because of the diversity of investment ? possibilities that are available. If the investment is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
larger than the assets in one country as large as the U.S.A, the investors may be able to
reduce the risk of their investment portfolio by diversifying across countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
With a growing awareness of the benefits of diversification, the funds in industrial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
countries are increasingly looking at the emerging markets for investments in equities. For
instance, in 1992 alone, U.S. outflows into bonds and equities exceeded U.S. $ 50 Billions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
when we take of Equity Investment, accompanied by technology and management from theforeign investors and is the largest element of Equally Funds for most of the countries.
Foreign Direct Investments totaled U.S.$226 Billions in 1990. The total net source flows
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
from OECD countries to developing countries in the form of FDI has steadily gone up from
about $11.3 Billions in 1985 to around $ 29 Billion in 1992. The higher returns on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investments in poor countries in estimated to increase the FDI flow from $40 Billion a year in1992 to around $80 Billion a year by the end of the country.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Portfolio investments, on the other hand are aimed at capital appreciation and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
portfolio investors also do not bring in any technology. Portfolio investments are of 4 types.1. Close ? ended country funds floated abroad.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
They operate in the same way as domestic mutual funds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Open ended country funds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These are also mutual funds but with no specific maturity date.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
They invest directly in stock markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Equity (or conversable bond) issues in foreign markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Portfolio investments to developing countries have more than doubled between 1989
and 1991 from $3.4 Billions to $7.3 Billions, accordingly to the world Bank Research
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Observer (January 1993)
BOND MARKET
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bond is a promise, under seal, to pay money. This term is generally used to designatethe promise made by a corporation, either public or private, to pay money to the bearer. The
public issue of bonds can be divided between those issued by Governments or their agencies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and those issued by private institutes.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In every country, bond issues represent 75% or more of the total issues of securities.
Equity shares account for the remaining 25% The issue of international bonds to finance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cross border capital flows has a history of more than 150 years. As early as 19th century, the
foreign issuers of bonds, mainly governments and Railway companies used the London
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market to raise funds.EURO BONDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When the Bonds are sold principally in countries other than the country of thecurrency in which the issue is denominated, it is called as Euro Bond issue for example, a
Dollar Bond issued in Europe is a Euro (Dollar) Bond in the Euro ? Bond market, The rates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of one ? currency bond are directly related to the long ? term rate in the home country of the
currency, the Euro ? rate for short maturities of that currency, the rates in other currencies,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and currency regulations and restrictions. For example, the Euro ? Dollar bond rare dependsall the U.S. long ? term rates, the Euro ? Dollar rates (and therefore an U.S. Short ? term
rates) and the long ? term rates in other countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
FOREIGN BONDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A foreign bond is an international bond sold by a foreign borrower, but denominated
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in the currency of the country in which it is placed. It is under written and sold by a nationalunderwriting syndicate in the lending country. For example, an Indian company might float a
Bond Issue in the U.S. Capital market, where it will be quoted and traded. Many foreign
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bonds were issued in the domestic markets of U.S. U.K., Germany, Japan, Netherlands,
Switzerland etc., The foreign bonds are referred to as Yankee Bonds (these issued in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
domestic markets of U.S). Bull dog Bonds (in U.K.), Samurai bonds (in Japan) etc.,--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The interest rate on foreign bonds are directly co ? related with the rates prevailing in
the given country adjusted by whatever regulation that affects the foreign bonds. In recent
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
times, the foreign governments have come to be the major borrowers in the foreign bondmarket.
Lesson ? 5
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Regulatory Systems of Foreign ExchangeThe well ? established Regulatory System of foreign exchange is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
spread over in all the activities of the foreign exchange market. Some
of them are explained here?under.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Foreign Exchange Derivations:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A derivative is a financial contract whose value depends on the values of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
one or more underlying assets, or indices of the asset values. The underlying assets could be(1)
Equities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(2)
Currencies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(3)Commodities
(4) Interest Rates and (5) Price Index.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The derivations account for approximately 80% of the financial market activity in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
developed world ? North America, Europe, and East Asia. Derivatives are almost likeinsurance. The difference is that the insurance protects against the firm ? specific risks
whereas the derivatives take care of the market risks. It is widely used as an instrument of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
risk management. Investors are increasingly making use of derivatives to hedge against the
risk of losses and enhance the value of their risks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
According to Mr.J.P. Morgan, the derivatives do not make risks disappear but they
make it possible to exchange a risk, you would rather not take for one, you are more willing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to accept. Derivatives are dynamic. The risk profile of derivatives transaction changes
constantly as markets and prices move up or down.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In to-day`s contest of open economics with floating exchange rates being the order of
the day, the world is a riskier place now than what it was 20 years ago. All business firms
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
face an ever ? growing exposure to risk from all sides ? volatility beyond a certain degree can
put a firm out of business, in spite of it being efficient otherwise.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Taxonomically, derivatives can be classified as options, futures, swaps and of course,
the forward exchange contracts. There are hybrids like swaptions, option and futures etc., But
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
we confine ourselves to the recent but emerging as the dominant instruments or products to
manage risk in the arena of international finance, namely (a) currency options (b) currency
futures and (c) currency swaps.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Currency Options:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A currency option is an arrangement between an option holder and an option writer.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The option holder is the buyer and the option writer is the seller of an option. A currency
option gives the buyer the right, but not the obligation to either buy or sell a specified
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
quantity of one currency in exchange for another, at a pre-determined exchange rate, which isknown as the Strike Price. However, the option to buy or sell must be exercised on or
before a specified expiry date.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Though, a holder has no obligation to exercise an option, the writer of the option mustcomply with its terms and should be prepared to buy or sell the under lying currency when a
holder decides to exercise an option.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Features of Currency Options:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Currency options are of 2 types, namely (1) over ? the ? counter (OTC) options and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(2) Exchange ? Traded options.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The OTC options can be arranged individually with a bank whereas the exchange -
traded options can be purchased only through a broker on an options exchange such as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Phildelphia stock Exchange (PHLX), Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME) etc.,Call options Vs put options:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A call options gives its holder the right but not the obligation, to buy the specifiedamount or quantity of a currency usually against the U.S. $ at the strike price. On the other
hand, a put option gives its holders the right to U.S. $.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Quantity of Currency:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The option agreement specifics the quantity of currency, an option buyer can purchase
or sell, In the case of Exchange - traded options, the quantity is a standard amount. For
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
example, on PHLX, the currency options traded are currently restricted to the following
currencies against the U.S. Dollar.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
OPTION
QUANTITY
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pound Sterling? 31,250
Australian Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A$ 50,000
Canadian Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C$ 50,000Japanese Yen
? 6,250,000
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ECUS
cus 62,500
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Deutsche MarkDM 62,500
Swiss France
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SFR62,500
French France
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
FFr 250,00Strike Price:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The exchange rate at which the holder has the right, but not the obligation, to exchange thecurrencies when an option is written, the strike price might be higher, lower or exactly the
same as the current spot rate. Thus a strike price could be (1) at ? the - money (2) in ? the ?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
money and (3) out ? of - the ? money
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
At ? the ? money ? option:--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An option whose strike price is the same as the current market price exchange rate.
Normally, an at -the ? money option would be used by a customer who wants to guarantee
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
today`s rate while allowing himself some profit potential if the exchange rate were to be morein his favour.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In ? the ? money option:--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An option whose strike rate is more favourable than the current spot rate. This would
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
attract a lower premium, but offers less protection to the holder.3. Premium:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The cost of the option paid up ? front by the purchaser to the writer of an option. It isnormally paid in 2 working days after deal date and represents to maximum amount that can
be lost by the holder. The writer charges the premium since he is willing to absorb the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency risk. The risk is that the option ? holder will exercise the option and the write of the
option will make and the difference between the strike rate and market rate of exchange on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the expiry date.Expiry Date:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The date on which the right to exercise the option ends.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
American and European option:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An American option can be exercised on or before its expiry date, for example: a 3
months American option purchased on January 1st can be exercised on any day on or before
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the expiry date i.e. on 1st April, European option, on the other hand, can be exercised only anthe expiry date. For instance, in the above example, if it were to be a European option, it can
be exercised only on the expiry date i.e. 1st of April.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
American options are preferred when the holder is uncertain about the exact date of an
underlying transaction for which the option is being used as a hedge, for example, if a U.K.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
company expects to receive $ 1 Million between the end of March and at the end of April,which it will then, sell for sterling, if it could arrange an American OTC put option with a
Bank to sell $ at any time upto 30th April, so that the option can be exercised as soon the $ are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
received. Whereas with a European option the company would have to wait until 30th April,
regardless of when the $ are received, if it wished to exercise the option.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
If the currency options are bought to hedge an exposure in a particular currency, the
buyer must feel at the risk of reduction justifies the premium to be paid, an option is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
preferred to the other alternatives of hedging such as futures, forward exchange Control act.In general, the option route is a desirable method of hedging a currency exposure for a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
buyer, who can lock ? in a worst possible exchange rate to avoid the risk of an adverse rate
movement and at the same time benefit from any favourable movement in the rate by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
choosing to allow the option to lapse and buy or sell in the spot market.4. Currency option versus forward contracts:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Forward exchange contracts, are widely used for hedging a currency exposure as they
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
enable a company to lock ? in a rate which is acceptable to the company for a future currencytransaction. Currency options could also be used for the same purpose. It would be possible
to buy a currency option with a strike price equal to the currently available rate for a forward
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
contract, so that the option holder would secure an exchange rate that is at worst, the same as
the forward rate. However, the advantage of a currency option have a forward exchange
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
contract lies in the fact that the option holder has the choice not to exercise the option andinstead transact at the spot rate, if the rate movement is in his favour.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Limitation of option:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(1)Regular use of option involves high premium costs. The buyer of an option must
be satisfied that these costs justify the risk that is being hedged.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(2)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Only a limited number of currencies are available in traded options. The tradingcentres are also limited in number.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Currency Futures
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A currency future is a contract for the purchase or sale of a standard quantity of onecurrency in exchange for another currency at a specified exchange rate, to be delivered at a
specified future time. Normally the maturity dates of currency futures are 10th March, 10th
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
June, 10th September and 10th December. These are bought and sold on a future exchange at
the stock exchange.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Trading in currency futures began on 16th May 1972 at the International Monetary
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Market (IMM) which is a division of Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CCME). Most of thecurrency futures are for a major currency against the U.S. $. The currency futures contracts
that are traded on the CME are in sterling (?), Deustch Marks (DM) Japanese Yen (?) swiss
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Francs (sFr) French Francs (FFr) Canadian Dollars (C$) and EcUs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The exchange provides 3 essential elements.1.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An efficient central market which brings together differing view points of future
values.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.An open market available to all participants including inter-bank foreign exchange
dealers and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.
A market that eliminates certain credit risks. The clearing house acts as the seller
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to every buyer and as a buyer to every seller in each futures transaction.5. SWAPS:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A swap is an arrangement between 2 parties for the exchange of a stream of cash ?flows over a specified term. The Currency swaps involve the exchange of a stream of cash ?
flow in one currency for a stream of cash ? flows in another currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The swap market can be said to date from 1981, the year in which IBM and worldBank effected a swap transaction. There are many types of swaps such as Currency swaps,
Interest Rate Swaps etc. All these swaps work on the principle that different institutions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
have different comparative advantages, and that as a result, there can be gains from any 2
institutions trading with each other, Now, we will discuss in detail about the currency swaps
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and interest rate swaps.Currency swaps
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These are the agreements to exchange payments in one currency for these in another.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The structure of a currency swap in similar to a forward contract or futures contract in foreign
exchange, most of these swaps involve the U.S. $ on one side of the transaction, However,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
direct currency combination like the D.M. & Y are also gaining importance. A currency swapnormally consists of the following 3 elements.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.
There is an exchange of principal at the beginning of the swap. One party
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchanges one currency for another currency at an agreed rate of exchange.2.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
At regular intervals, normally 6 monthly or annually, there is an exchange of
payments. It is convenient to think of these as interest payments on the swapped
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
amount of principal. But it must be remembered that swaps are not loans. Theamount to be exchanged by each party is calculated as a Swap Rate on the
amount of principal exchanged. This might be fixed rate or floating rate.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
At the end of the term of the swap, there is a re-exchange of the principal amountswith each party repaying the currency that was received at the start of the swap
period. The rate of exchange is therefore exactly the same as for the initial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange of principal.
Interest Rate Swaps
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An interest rate swap is an agreement between 2 parties to exchange fixed interest ratepayments for floating interest rate payment or vice versa in the same currency, calculated
with reference to an agreed national amount of principal.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The principal amount which is equivalent to the value of the underlying assets orliabilities that are swapped is never physically exchanged but is used merely to calculate
interest payments. The purpose of the swap is to transform a fixed rate liability into a floating
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rate liability and vice versa. The floating rate that is used in most swaps is calculated with
reference to London Inter Bank Offer Rate (LIBOR). Interest rate swaps have a similar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
structure to interest rate futures in the sense that the terms of the future obligations under theswap are determined today. The motive underlying an interest swap is to exploit a
comparative advantage and to make a gain from the swap.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LESSON 6The major instruments constituting the U.S. Money market are the following.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Federal Funds2.
Treasury Bills
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.
Euro ? Dollars
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.Certificates of deposits
5.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bankers Acceptance and
6.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Commercial paperLet us briefly discuss about these instruments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Federal Funds:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These are popularly called as Fed Funds. These funds are used by the commercial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Banks in meeting the reserve requirement norms efficiently. From time to time the Federal
Reserve Bank (U.S. Central Bank) changes the minimum reserve to be held by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
commercial banks as a part of its monetary policy. These Fed Funds are the most liquid assetswhich bear some interest. There is very little credit risk and the borrowers and lenders are
known to each other. The interest risk on these Fed Funds serves as the base rates of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
entire money market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the pre-1979 era, these have been used as a service primarily to implement the
monetary policy. In the early 1980s it has been used as an instrument to control money
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
supply shifting away the emphasis from controlling interest rate, following volatile interestrates in money market by rate 1980s, again the fed funds are used to manage the interest rate
in money market. The rate of interest on the fed funds is the single most important one in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
entire U.S. money market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Treasury BillsThese treasury bills (otherwise called as T. Bills) consist of a set of securities issued,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
by the treasury, on behalf of the government to meet the latter`s spending obligations. There
are 3 categories of securities under the T. Bills ? short ? medium and long term maturities.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These are called as Bills (if the original maturity is less than 1 year) Notes (if it isbetween 1 ? 10 years) and Bonds (if it is more than 10 years).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
As regards the composition of investors for T. Bills, pension funds companies and
Banks of non-U.S. nations, sometimes, foreign institutional investors, institutional do buy
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
them if there is an attractive interest ? rate. These T. Bills are totally free form default riskand have active secondary market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Euro ? Dollars:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Due to certain regulations in the U.S. money market, the Euro ? Dollar market came
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
into existence. Euro ? Dollars are traded outside the territory of U.S.A. In the post ? warperiod, the strained relations between the former soviet Union and U.S. has, to large extent,
changed the nature of the Euro ? Dollar market. The balances held by the entire Eastern block
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of countries were transferred from banks of New York to mainly London following
apprehensions of attachment by U.S. Government.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Presently, the Euro-Dollar market is seen, simply as an extension of the domestic U.S.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
money market. Due to a lot of demand for such assets, there has been a tremendous growth of
the market outside U.S. with about 70% of the wider Euro ? Currency market consisting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exclusively U.S. Dollars.4. Certificates of Deposits (CDs):
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The commercial Banks have started using these certificates of deposit (CDs) from late1960s mainly to counter the corporate treasures from the large scale use of commercial
papers and denominations of $1,00,000 and more. The original maturities of 2 weeks to 5
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
years or more, suggest that they are short to medium term instruments. The rate of interest on
the CDs is paid on the basis of the face values. Normally institutions and companies are the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
major investors who prefer liquid low ? risk investments.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
At times, banks also issue long ? term CDs. Here, there is a 2 way procedure withrespect to payment of interest rates. If the terms of CD is 18 months or less, a variable interest
is paid with a revision in interest rate once in 3 months or 6 months, at the discretion of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Banks issuing them.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Banker`s Acceptances (B.A.)--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A Banker`s acceptance is an unconditional order in writing to pay a specified sum to
the bearer or any other designated party, by him at a particular time in future (i.e. not
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
instantly) if it is accepted by a bank, it implies that the bank has guaranteed payment and itbecomes a negotiable (tradable) instrument.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In most of the countries, the BAs are used to finance international trade. In some
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cases, as in U.S.A. a part of the international trade is also financed using the BAs. Themechanism involved is simple. The exporter issues a time draft, specifying the name of the
bearer and time at which the payment may be made. Once the goods have been physically
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
possessed by the importer, the importer accepts the draft and returns to the exporter.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The exporter has 2 options, namely, he may either discount the draft with a Bank ( i.e.
offering at a lesser value than its face value because of obtaining liquid cash) or he may keep
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
it with him till to maturity date (normally a maximum of original maturity of 6 months).
There is little default risk in the use of the B.A.s and they have got popularized as a low ?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cost source to finance foreign trade, because of very nominal discount rate.6. Commercial Paper:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A commercial paper (CP) is an unsecured promissory note issued by very large
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
private companies and financial companies having a short and fixed maturities. Majority of
CPs have 30 days or less of original maturity; while most of the CPs have 270 days of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
original maturity. The securities and exchange commission (SEC) may rarely permit somecompanies to issue CPs of more than 270 days.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
If companies are very popular, they will issue CPs directly without the involvement of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Banks. The financial companies generally issue CPs directly to the investor while othersmake use of investment dealers. The discount rate (at which it is soled) depends on factors
like reputation of issuer, maturity (remaining) and the sum. Due to higher default risk and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lesser liquidity, they fix higher rates of discount.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The preceding section we have seen some important money market instruments (of
U.S.A.) and their basic features. Let us now turn to the instruments dealt in the international
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International money market is technically the Euro ? Currency market. The prefix
Euro is used for historical reason because of the U.S. Dollar were largely deposited outside
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
U.S.A. in Europe particularly in London, Again the currency which is forming the larger
share in the Euro ? Currency markets happens to be the U.S. Dollar. Although in the recent
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
past, other (non ? dollar) currencies have started becoming significant (for example).Deutsete mark and swiss francs), still the dollar continues to be the single most important
currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Euro-currency market is operated by foreign banks called Euro Banks and U.S.Bank`s foreign branches (operating in other countries). Generally, there is some amount of
ambiguity between the 2 markets namely, the Euro ? currency and Euro ? Bank markets. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro ? currency markets enable the investors to hold short ? term claims are commercial
banks. Normally, loans are advanced on floating rate basis, calculated as a fixed percentage
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
over the London Inter Bank Offer Rate (LIBOR).--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Most of the loans are of 6 months duration. Shorter periods are also possible. Thesecommercial Banks, in turn, function as intermediaries between investors and final borrowers.
Banks transform the short-term claims into long ? term claims on the final borrowers. While
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in Euro ? Bond market, banks play a significant role, Basically Euro Bonds are directly
issued by the financial borrowers. These Euro ? Bonds are traded outside the country in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
whose currency, the bond is denominated (i.e. Euro ? Dollar Bonds, for example, will be soldoutside U.S.A. since such bonds are denominated in U.S.s currency)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
* * * * * * * * *
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Unit III
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKETS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
NATURE AND FUNCTIONS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International financial markets undertake intermediation by transferring purchasing
power from lenders and investors to parties who desire to acquire assets that they expect top
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
yield future benefits. International financial transactions involve exchange of assets between
residents of different financial centres across national boundaries. International financial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
centres are reservoirs of savings and transfer them to their most efficient use irrespective ofwhere the savings are generated.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There are three important functions of financial markets. First, the interactions of
buyers and sellers in the markets determine the prices of the assets traded which is called the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
price discovery process. Secondly, the financial markets ensure liquidity by providing amechanism for an investor to sell a financial asset. Finally, the financial markets reduce the
cost of transactions and information.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Money and Capital Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Like their domestic counterpart, international financial markets may be divided into
money and capital markets. Money markets deal with assets created or traded with relatively
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
short maturity, say less than a year. Capital markets deal with instruments whose maturity
exceeds one year or which lack definite maturity. Again on lines similar to domestic markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in the international financial markets also we have primary and secondary markets dealingwith issue of new instruments and trading in existing instruments and trading in existing
instruments and negotiable debt instruments, respectively. In international financial markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
as in the domestic markets there is a symbiotic relationship between primary and secondary
markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CATEGORIES OF MARKETS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
According to Garbbe, international financial markets consist of international markets
for foreign exchange, Euro currencies and Euro bonds. In view of the development and rapid
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
growth of swaps and globalization of equity markets, international financial markets havebeen categorized into five markets here: foreign exchange market: lending by financial
institutions; issue and trading of negotiable instruments of debt; issue and trading of equity
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
securities; and lastly internationally arranged swaps. The rates of foreign exchange as well asinterest rates fluctuate and to hedge against the risk of loss arising out of changes in them
derivative instruments are traded in the organized exchages as well as in over the counter
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
markets. Most of the derivatives except the interest rate swaps are short term in nature.
Derivatives involve creation of assets that are based on other financial assets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Money Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A money market is a market for instruments and a means of lending (or investing) and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowing funds for relatively short periods, typically regards as from one day to one year.Such means and instruments include short term bank loans. Treasury bills, bank certificates
of deposit, commercial paper, banker`s acceptances and repurchase agreements and other
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
short term asset backed claims.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
As a key elements of the financial system of a country, the money market plays acrucial economic role that if reconciling the cash needs of so called deficit units (such as
farmers needing to borrow in anticipation of their later harvest revenues), with the investment
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
needs of surplus units (such as insurance companies wanting to invest cash productively prior
to making long term investment choices). Holding or borrowing liquid claims is more
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
productive than holding cash balances. A smoothly functioning money market can performthese functions very efficiently if borrowing lending spreads (or bid offers spreads for traded
instruments) are small (operational efficiency), and if funds are lent to those who can make
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the most productive use of them (allocation efficiency). Both borrowers and lenders prefer to
meet their short term needs without bearing the liquidity risk or interest rate risk that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
characterizes longer term instruments, and money market instruments allow this. In additionmoney market investors tend not to want to spend much time analyzing credit risk, so money
market instruments are generally characterized by a high degree of safety of principal. Thus
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the money market sets a market interest rate that balances cash management needs, and sets
different rates for different uses that balance their risks and potential for productive use.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Unlike stock or futures markets, the money markets of the major industrial countries have nocentral location; they operate as a telephone market that is accessible from all parts of the
world.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The international money market can be regarded as the market for short term
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
financing and investment instruments that are issued or traded internationally. The core ofthis market is the Eurocurrency market, where bank deposits are issued and traded outside of
the country that issued the currency. Other instruments to be discussed in this chapter such as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro commercial paper and floating rate notes, serve some what different purposes andattract a different investment clientele. However, each is to a degree a substitute for each of
the other instruments, and the yield and price of each are sensitive to many of the same
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
influences, se we may feel justified in lumping them together in something called a market.
The fact that many of the other instruments of the international money market are priced off
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LIBOR, the interest rate of Eurodollar deposits, suggest that market participants themselvesregard the different instruments as having a common frame of reference.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Today many domestic cash and derivative instruments, such as US. Treasury bills and
Eurocurrency futures contracts are traded globally and so are effectively parts of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international money market. Euromarkets instruments simply represent part of a spectrum offinancial claims available in the money market of a particular currency, claims that are
distinguished by risk, cost and liquidity just like domestic money market instrument.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
However domestic money markets are called upon to play public as well as private roles. The
latter include the following three functions.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The money market, along with the bond market, is used to finance the governmentdeficit.
The transmission of monetary policy (including exchange rate policy) is typically
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
done through the money market, either through banks or through freely traded money
market instruments.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The government uses the institutions of the money market to influence creditallocation toward favored uses in the economy.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Returns on Money Market Instruments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The manager of cash will wish to consider the alternative money market instruments shehas at her disposal by comparing their returns, risks and other characteristics. In principle, the
rage includes all the instruments in two dozen or so domestic money markets open to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international investors. Realistically, through one would normally limit one`s attention to a
few major currencies and to the more liquid instruments.
For some the starting point would be US Treasury bills and some will be constrained to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
that class of risk. Most international investors will look for a better return than can be had in
government Treasury bills, however, so their staring point would be short term Euro deposits.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To compare instruments one should be able to express their returns on a comparablebasis. Doing so is complicated by the different maturities and payment characteristics of even
the limited range of investments considered here, and by the different delivery and accrued
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest calculations adopted by participants in different markets.
The basis idea of a retunes is that you invest a sum of money today and you get some
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
more back at a later date. The increase, expressed as an annualized percentage of the originalinvestment, is typically how we measure return. Thus if you invest Y100 today and you
receive Y107 in one year the return is 7 percent. In practice this idea takes three different
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
forms.
1. The bank discount rate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. The add on yield3. The yield to maturity, known in the Euromarkets as the bond equivalent yield.
1. The bank discount rate method is a formula devised to make calculations easy to do by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
hand but its use persists in these days of financial calculations and computers for money
market instruments such as Treasury bills, banker`s acceptances and commercial paper.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These carry no coupon but are sold on a discount basis from a face principal value of 100.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Discount 360Bank discount rate =
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
100
Days
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Where Discount is the dollar amount of discount from the fact value of $100 and Days is the
actual number of days to maturity.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. The add on yield is used in Eurodollar ? and Euro currency deposit calculations because
these are typically issued at a price of 100 and the coupon added on at the end.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The formula change to--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interest Payment 360
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Add-on yield=
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
100
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DaysWhere
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interest payment is the dollar amount of payment made at maturity on an
investment of $100.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Days is the number of days to maturity,for example, if the interest payment on a 90 day Eurodollar deposit is $ 2.5, then the
add on yield is 10 percent
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The trouble with the add on yield is that it ignores compounding, which car be importantbecause a one year Euro deposit that pays interest semiannually is more desirable than one
that pays annually. To take compounding into amount we need the yield to maturity or the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bond equivalent yield.
1. The bond equivalent yield or yield to maturity is the rate that equates the present value of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
all future interest and principal payments with the market price of the instrument. If as in theEurobond market, interest is paid annually, we can solve the following equation for r, the
yield to maturity:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C CC FV
P =
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
------ + -------- + .. ---------- + ----------
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 + r (1 + r)2 (1 + r)n (1 + r)n
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
WhereP is the present market price of the instrument
C is the annual coupon payment
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
N is the number if years to maturity
FV is the face value of the instrument (usually 100)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
For portion of a year we use the 30/160 conversion, which assumes that each month has 30
days ad each year 360 days.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eurocurrency Time Deposits and Certificates of Deposit
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The overwhelming majority of bank deposits in the Eurocurrency market take theforms of non negotiable time deposits. An investor puts her money in credit suiss, London
branch, today: she get is back, plus interest in three months time. Canceling a time deposit is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
awkward and expensive, so the investor sacrifices liquidity. Those who want greater liquidity
invest in shorter maturities. A very high proportion of Eurodollar time deposits, especially in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the interbank market, mature in one week or less.Alternatively, the invest can buy a negotiable Euro certificate of deposit (Euro CD),
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which is simply a time deposit that is transferable and thus has the elements of a security.
Some banks are a little reluctant to issue CDs, because they would prefer not to have their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
paper traded in a secondary market, especially at times when the bank might be seekingadditional short term funding. The secondary paper might compete with the primary paper
being offered. Other will issue CDs readily if investors prefer them, perhaps paying ?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
percent or ore below their equivalent time deposit rate to reflect the additional liquidity andthe somewhat greater documentary inconvenience of CDs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Other banks (particularly if they wish to have their names better known in the market)
might deliberately undertake a funding program using Euro CDs. In this circumstance, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CDs are to be distributed like securities, so as to increase awareness of the issuers name andraise a larger volume of funds for longer maturities than might be possible in the
conventional eurodeposit market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bankers Acceptances and Letters of Credit
Banker`s acceptances are money market instruments arising, typically, from international
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
trade transactions that are financed by banks. The banker`s acceptance (BA) itself representsan obligation be a specific bank to pay a certain amount on a certain date in the future. To
simplify a bit, it is a claim ob the bank that differs little from other short term claims such as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CDs. Indeed Bas, when they are traded in a secondary market, trade at a return that seldom
deviates much from comparable CDs issued by the same bank.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Letters of credit (L/C) are documents issued by banks in which the bank promises to pay a
certain amount on a certain date, if and only if documents are presented to the bank as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
specified in the terms of the credit. A letter of credit is generally regarded as a very strong
legal commitment on the part of a bank to pay if the conditions of trade documents are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fulfilled.In a typical export transaction, the exporter will want to be paid once the goods arrive
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(and are what they are supposed to be) in the foreign port. So the exporter asks for acceptance
is the importers bank of a time draft (essentially an invoice that requests payment on a future
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
date). Upon acceptance by the importers bank, the innocuous little time draft becomes avaluable document, a banker acceptance. Acceptance means that the bank obliges itself to
pay the face amount upon the due date.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The means by which an exporter gets paid is be selling this BA to its own bank, which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
can hold it as an investment or sell it in the secondary market, when it becomes \a moneymarket instrument. Bankers acceptances are sold at a discount from face value, like Treasury
bills and commercial paper, and yields are quoted as discount yields. Why should the bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pay the exporter? The reason is that it has promised the exporter hat it will do so upon
presentation of documents conveying title to the goods. That promise is what we gave
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
described as the letter of credit.Stand by letters of credit are related instruments entailing a commitment to pay on the part
of a bank, but they normally do not involve the direct purchase of merchandise or the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
presentation of title documents.Euronotes and Eurocommercial Paper
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These instruments are short term unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations
and banks. Euronotes, the more general term, encompasses note issuance facilities, those that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are underwritten, as well as those that are not underwritten. The term Eurocommercial paperis generally taken to mean notes that are issued without being backed by an underwriting
facilities that is, without out the support of a medium term commitment by a group of banks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to provide funds in the event that the borrower is unable to roll over its Euronotes on
acceptable terms. The Euronotes market takes the form of non underwritten Eurocommercial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
paper (ECP), so the actual paper that an investor will find available for investment is likely tobe ECP.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Like US commercial paper, Euronotes and ECP are traded by conversion on a
discount basis, and interest is calculated as actual/360, meaning that the price is set as 100
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
minus the discount interest rate multiplied by the actual number of days to maturity, over360.
International Financial Market Instruments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Funds are raised from the international financial market also through the sale ofsecurities, such as international equities or Euro equities, Euro bonds, medium term and short
term Euro notes and Euro commercial papers.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Equities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International equities or the Euro equities do not represent debt, nor do they representforeign direct investment. They are comparatively a new instrument representing foreign
portfolio equity investment. In this case, the investor gets the divided n and not the interest as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in case of debt instruments. On the other hand, it does not have the same pattern of voting
right that it does have in the case of foreign direct investment. In fact, international equities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are a compromise between the debt and the foreign direct investment. They are theinstruments that are presently on the preference list of the investors as well as the issuers.
This has enabled Euro equity issues to surge to US $ 7.3 billion during 1990 and to US $ 44
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
billion in 1995 (BIS, 1997) from a mere US $ 2.7 billion during 1985.
Benefit to Issuer/ Investor
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The issuers issue international equities under certain conditions and with certain
objectives. First, when the domestic capital market is already flooded with its shares, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issuing company does not like toad further stress to the domestic stock of shares since suchadditions will cause a fall in the share prices. In order to maintain the share prices, the
company issues international equities. Secondly, the presence of restriction on the issue of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
shares in the domestic market facilitates the issue of Euro equities. Thirdly the co company
issues international equities also for the sake of gaining international recognition among the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
public. Fourthly, international equities bring in foreign exchange which is vital for a firm in adeveloping country. Fifthly, international capital is available at lower cost though the Euro
equities. Sixthly, funds raised through such an instrument do not add to the foreign exchange
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exposure.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
From the viewpoint of the investors, international equities bring in diversificationbenefits and raise return with a given risk or lower the risk with a given return. If investment
is made in international equalities along with international bonds, diversification benefits are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
still greater.
Procedure of Issue
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When a company plans to issue international equity, it decides about the size of the
issue, the market where the equities are to be issued, the price of the issue, and about many
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
other formalities. It approaches the lead manager normally an investment bank ? which has a
better knowledge of the international financial market. The lead manager examines the risk
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
factors of the issue as well as its prospect. It suggest about the details of the issue as alsowhether the shares are to be routed through the American depository or through the global
depository. When the lead manager gives a green signal, the issuing company prepares the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
prospectus, etc. and takes permission from the regulatory authorities. After getting approval
from the regulatory authorities, it deposits the shares to be issued with the custodian bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
located in the domestic country. The custodian bank is appointed by the depository inconsultation with the share issuing company.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When the shares are deposited with the custodian bank, the latter asks the depository
located in a foreign country to issue depository receipts in lieu of the shares held. The ratio
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
between the number of shares and the number of depository receipt is decided well before theactual issue, In fact, the fixing up of the issue price or the ratio between the depository
receipts and the shares depends upon a host of economic variables. Generally the issues are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
priced at discount insofar as the earning per share drops in proportion to the increase in
capital. The market price of depository receipt in international market is largely dependent
upon earnings potential, industry fundamental, and macro economic fundamentals.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The depository, which is a bank or financial institution situated in a international
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
financial centre, functions as a link between the issuing company and the investor. O gettinginformation from the issuing company about the launch, the depository issues the depository
receipts. The American depository issues American depository receipts (ADRs), while the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
depository in the international financial market outside the USA issues global depository
receipts (GDRs).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When GDRs are purchased by the investors, the proceeds flow from the depository to
the custodian bank and from the custodian bank to the issuing company. The company enters
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the name of the investor in the register of the shareholders. The investor has the right to
surrender GDRs and to take back the investment. For the surrender, the investor deposits the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
GDRs with the depository who in turn informs the custodian who will issue the sharecertificates in exchange for the GDRs. The proceeds from the sale of shares are converted
into foreign investors. It may be noted here that once the GDR is surrendered in exchange for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the shares, such shares cannot be converted back into GDRs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Again the investors can sell the GDR back in the issuing company`s domestic capitalmarket. In order to discourage this practice, the issuer introduced a clause, known as lock in
period, during which this practice is prohibited.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the process of the issue, the role of underwriting and listing is very important. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lead manager functions normally as an underwriter and charges underwriting fee, the listingagent, who is normally the lead manager, makes an application to the stock exchange for
listing. The agent guides the issuing company and helps it file the required documents with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the stock exchange. After the formalities are complete, GDRs are traded on the stock
exchange. There are also international clearing houses, such as Euro ? clear and CEDEL that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
facilitate the settlement of transactions.The question of voting rights is also important. Since GDR investors keep changing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
from time to time, they do not seem very much interested in the voting rights even though
these cannot be denies to them. There are different procedures followed in this respect. One is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
that the issuing company and the overseas depository enter into an agreement which enables adepository to vote either with the majority voters or according to the wishes of the
management. In the other procedure, it is understood that the depository votes in the same
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
proportion as the rest of the shareholders do. Again, there is one more alternative where the
depository votes in accordance with the instructions of a nominee of the management.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The cost of international equity is normally not large, although commission,
management fee, etc, are paid to the lead manager according to the different functions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
performed by it. The depository incurs some expenses. Theses approximate to 3 ? 4 per centof the issue amount.
Documentation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There are many documents used in the process of the issue of international equity.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These are:1. The prospectus containing detailed information about the issue and the issuer.
2. The depository agreement the agreement between the issuing company and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
depository ? that contains, among other things, the rules followed for converting the
shares into GDRs and back.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. The underwriting agreement concluded between the issuing company and theunderwriter, normally the lead manager, accompanies the issue.
4. A copy of the agreement concluded between the custodian and the depository is also
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
enclosed.
5. A copy of the trust deed is enclosed which provides for the duties and responsibilities of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the trustee regarding servicing of the issue.6. A copy of the agreement with the listing stock exchange is annexed so that the investors
are well aware of the secondary market for the issue.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Besides a subscription agreement is also enclosed the means of which the lead manager
and the syndicate members agree to subscribe to the issue.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
INTERNATIONAL BONDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International bonds are a debt instrument. They are issued by international agencies,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
governments and companies for borrowing foreign currency for a specified period of time.The issuer pays interest to the creditor and makes repayment of capital. There are different
types of such bonds. The procedure of issue is very specific. All these need some explanation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
here.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of International Bonds
Foreign bonds and Euro bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International bonds are classified as foreign bonds and Euro bonds. There is a
difference between the two, primarily on four counts. First, in the case of foreign bond, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issuer selects a foreign financial market where the bonds are issued in the currency of that
very country. If an Indian company issues bond in New York and the bond is denominated in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a currency other than the currency of the country where the bonds are issued. If the Indiancompany`s bond is denominated in US dollar, the bonds will be used in any country other
than the USA. Then only it will be called Euro bond.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Secondly, foreign bonds are underwritten normally by the underwriters of the country
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
where they are issued. But the Euro bonds are underwritten by the underwriters of multinationality.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thirdly, the maturity of a foreign bond is determined keeping in mind the investors of
a particular country where it is issued. On the other hand, the Euro bonds are tailored to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
needs of the multinational investors. In the beginning, the Euro bond market was dominatedby individuals who had generally a choice for shorter maturity, but now the institutional
investors dominate the scenes who do not seek Euro bond maturity necessarily to march their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
liabilities. The result is that the maturity of Eurobonds is diverse. In England, Euro bonds
with maturity between 8 and 12 years are known as intermediate Euro bonds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Fourthly, foreign bonds are normally subjected to governmental regulations in the
country where they are issued. For example in the case of Yankee bonds (the bonds issued in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the USA), the regulatory thrust lies on disclosures. In some of the European countries, the
thrust lies on the resource allocation and on monetary control. Samurai bonds (bonds issued
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in Japan) involved minimum credit rating requirements prior to 1996. But the Euro bonds arefree from the rules and regulations of the country where they are issued. The reason is that the
currency of denomination is not the currency of that country and so it does not have a direct
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
impact on the balance of payments.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Global bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is the World Bank which issued the global bonds for the first time in 1989 ands
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11990. Since 1992, such bonds are being issued also be companies. Presently, there are sevencurrencies in which such bonds are denominated namely, the Australian dollar, Canadian
dollar, Japanese yen, DM, Finnish markka, Swedish krona and Euro. The special features of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the global bonds are:
They carry high ratings
They are normally large in size
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
They are offered for simultaneous placement in different countries
They are traded on home market basis in different regions.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Straight bondsThe straight bonds are the traditional type of bonds. In this case, interest rate is fixed.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The interest rate is known as coupon rate. It is fixed with reference to rates on treasury bonds
for comparable maturity. The credit standing of the borrower is also taken into consideration
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for fixing the coupon rate.Straight bonds are of many varieties. First, there is bullet redemption bond where the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
repayment of principal is made at the end of the maturity and not in installments every year.
Second, there is rising coupon bond where coupon rate rises over time. The benefit is that the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrower has to pa small amount of interest payment during early years of debt. Third, thereare zero coupon bonds. It carries no interest payment. But since there is no interest payment,
it is issued at discount. It is the discount that compensates for the loss of interest faced by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
creditors. Such bond was issued for the first time in 1981. Fourth in case of bond with
currency options, the investor has the right to receive payments in a currency other than the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency of the issue. Fifth, bull and bear bonds are indexed to some specific benchmark andare issued in two trenches. The bull bonds are those where the amount of redemption rises
with a rise in the indeed. The bear bonds are those where the amount of redemption falls with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a fall in the index. Finally, debt warrant bonds have a call warrant attached with them.
(Warrants are zero coupon bonds.) The creditors have the right to purchase another bond at a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
given price.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Floating rate notes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bonds, which do not carry fixed rate of interest, are known as floating rate notes(FRNs). Such bonds were issued for the first time in Italy during 1970 and they have become
common in recent times. The interest rate is quoted as a premium or discount to a reference
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rate which is invariably LIBOR. The interest rate is revised periodically, say, at every three
month or every six month period, depending upon the period to which the interest rate is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
referenced to. For example, if the interest rate is referenced to one month LIBOR, it would berevised every month.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
FRNs are available in different forms. In the case of perpetual FRNs, the principalamount is never repaid. This means they are like equity shares. They were popular during
mid 1980s, but when the investors began to ask for higher rate of interest, many issuers could
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
not afford paying higher rates of interest. Such bonds lost their popularity.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Secondly, there are minimax FRNs where minimum and maximum ratesare mentioned. The minimum rate is beneficial for the investors, while the
maximum rate is beneficial for the issuer. If LIBOR rises beyond the maximum
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rate, it is only the maximum rate that is payable. Similarly, the minimum rate is
payable even if LIBOR falls below the minimum.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The third form is the drop lock FRN where the investor has the right to convert the
FRN into a straight bond. Sometimes the conversion is automatic if the reference rate drops
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
below a mentioned floor rate.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Fourthly, there is flop flop FRN. It was first issued b the World Bank. In this case, theinvestor has the option of converting FRN into a three month note with a flat three month
yield. Again the note cab is converted into a perpetual note after the completion of the thee
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
month period.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Fifthly, there are mismatch FRNs. In this case, the interest rate is fixed monthly, butinterest is paid six monthly. In such a situation, the investor may go for arbitrage on account
of difference in interest rates. Such FRNs are also known as rolling rate FRNs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sixthly, one of the recent innovations has come in form of hybrid fixed rate reverse
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
floating rate notes. They were used in Deutsch mark segment of the market in 1990. Theseinstruments paid a high fixed interest rate for a couple of years. The investors received the
difference between LIBOR and even a higher fixed interest rate. They reaped profits with the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lowering of LIBOR.
Convertible bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International bonds are also convertible bonds meaning that these variant are
convertible into equity shares. Some of the convertible bonds have detachable warrants
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
involving acquisition rights. In other cases, there is automatic convertibility into a specified
number of shares.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Convertible bonds command a comparatively high market value because of the
convertibility privilege. The value is the sum of the naked value existing in the absence of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
conversion and the conversion value. The conversion price per share is computed by dividing
the bonds face value by the conversion factor, where the conversion factor represents the
number of shares into which each bond could be exchanged. Suppose, a bond having a face
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
value of $ 1000 can be exchanged for 15 shares the conversion price will be equal to;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1000/15 = $ 66.66
Thus, if the market price of share is less than $ 60, bondholders will not be interested in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
converting the bond into equity share. This is so because for a bond of $ 1000, a creditor will
get 15 shares or $ 900 only. But if the market price of share is $80, the investors will convert
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the bond into equity shares and sell the equity shares in the market. This way each bond for $1000 will fetch $ 1200. In other words, the price of convertible bonds depends upon the price
of the equity shares.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the case of bonds with detachable warrants, the warrant can be detached from the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bond and cab be traded independently. The issuer has a double source of financing. Thebonds remain outstanding even if the warrants are exercised.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
From the viewpoint of the borrowers, convertible bonds cost less because they have
lower coupon. They also help decrease the debt equity after conversion. From the investor`s
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
point of view, convertible bonds represent a better option as the investors get a fixed incomein the form of interest prior to conversion. After conversion, they become the owner of the
company.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cocktail bondsBonds are often denominated in a mixture of currency. Such bonds are known as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cocktail bonds. There are two forms of cocktail bonds ? one is denominated in SDRs
represent a weighted average of five currencies, while the Euro represents a basket of 11
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currencies. The investors purchasing the cocktail bonds get automatically the currencydiversification benefits. The foreign exchange risk on account of depreciation of any one
currency is offset be appreciation of another currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Procedure of Issue
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There are different stages involved in the issue of international bonds. Since the issuer? normally a government or a company ? does not have a detailed idea about the international
financial market, nor it is easy for the issuer to perform several formalities, it approaches a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lead manager who advises the issuer on different aspects of the issue. Normally, the lead
manager is a commercial bank or an investment bank. The issuer selects a particular lead
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
manager on the reports published by different agencies about the performance of theinvestment banks I the area of lead managing. The lead manager advises the issuer regarding
the main features of the issue, the timing, price, maturity and the size of the issue and bout
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the buyer`s potential. The lead manager takes help from the co-manager, although the bulk ofthe work is done by itself.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
After getting advice from the lead manager, the issuer prepares the prospectus and
other legal documents. In this process, the issuers own accountant, auditors, legal counsel are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
very important for designing the issue in accordance with the financial need of the companyas well as with regulatory provisions existing in the country. Sometimes the advice of the
lead manager is also sought in order to make the issue suitable for indicators prevailing in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international financial market. The lead manager charges fee for the advice. The fee is known
as management fee. When all this is over, the issuer takes approval from the regulatory
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
authorities. After the approval, it launches the issue.The second stage begins when the issue is launched. Investors look at the credit rating
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the issuer as well as who is underwriting the issue. This is why the lead manager along
with co managers helps in the credit rating of the issuer by a well recognized credit rating
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
institution. At the same time, it functions as an underwriter and charges underwriting fee.The third stage begins after the underwriting process is complete. This stage includes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the process of selling the bonds. More often, the lead manager functions as a selling group
and for that it charges commission at varying rates.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The investors, on the other end, are individuals. They are institutions, such as
investment trust, banks and companies. They often purchase the bond through their buying
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
agents. There are also trustees who are usually a bank appointed by the issuer. Their duty is
to protect the interest of the investors, especially in vase of default by the borrower.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sometimes the lead manager acts as a trustee. Finally, there are listing institutions. Theyenlist the bonds for secondary marketing. The secondary market for international bonds is
mainly an over the counter market, although the bonds are listed with the stock exchages.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It may be noted that the entire procedure of the international bond issue is complete
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
within a specified time span. After the press release of the prospectus, it takes 27 days. Thefirst 12 days are spent on sales campaign which is known as the offering period. On the 12th
day, underwriting agreement is signed, which is known as the pricing day. During the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
following 15 days, bonds are sold and delivered and the necessary payments made.
Documentation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Documentation requirements for a bonds issue are complex. There are seven
documents that are required. The first is the prospectus. It informs about the issuer, its
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
management and about it`s past, present and future operation. It also covers the political and
economic make up of the country. The second is the subscription agreement. It comprises
denomination, coupon rate, issue price and maturity of the bond, underwriting commitments,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
details of selling arrangements, closing date and the terms of payment, names of the paying
agents and trustees, details of lilting conditions under which agreement cab be terminated, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
legal jurisdiction and rules regarding compensation in case of misrepresentations or breach ofwarranties. The third important document is the trust deed which is an agreement between the
issuer and the trustee for an orderly servicing of the bond. The fourth document is the listing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
agreement that shows listing centers. The fifth document is the paying agency agreement
executed between the issuer and the bank that pays the agent for servicing of the bond. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sixth document is the underwriting agreement that brings in confidence among the investors.The last document is a copy of the selling group agreement that tells about the agencies
involved in the sale of the bond. All these documents accompany the bond certificate.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Secondary Market Operation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Facilitates do exist for secondary market operation for foreign bonds and Euro bonds.In the case of the former, listing is done on a particular stock exchange in a particular
country. But for Euro bonds, many financial centers are involved. This is why transaction
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
takes place in over the counter market. However listing with international stock exchange
helps Euro bonds in determination their price, depending upon the performance of the issuer
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and the demand for the issue. When the price is determined and the issue is ready for sale, thestock exchange helps the deal. Normally, there is spread of one half of one per cent between
bid and offer prices. Settlement instructions are routed through the clearing house located in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Brussels and Luxembourg, and delivery of bonds is made against payment. Clearing may also
take place through book entries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sometimes, before the secondary market starts functioning, the particular Euro bond
is in great demand. Such trading is known as grey trading, although such cases are rare.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
For smooth operation of the clearing houses and operation of the secondary market,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
there is an Association of International Bond Dealers, which was set up under Swiss law asfar back as in 1969. It frames rules for smooth operation.
Development of International Bond Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Foreign bonds emerged on a substantial scale as early as in 1950s. The US dollar was
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
then the strongest currency. In order to obtain US dollar, issuers from different countriesissued bonds in the US financial market. These Yankee bonds were very popular. However,
with weakening balance of payments, the US Government imposed restrictions on the issue
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of Yankee bonds in 1960s. The restrictions provided impetus for the emergence of Euro
bonds. The first Euro bond was issued b an Italian borrower, Autos trade in 1963. Many other
Euro bonds were issued subsequently. But since bank lending dominated the financial scene
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
till early 1980s, sizeable growth in Euro bond market took place only thereafter. The total
bond volume increased from US $ 38 billion in 1980 to US $169 billion in 1985 and to US $
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
230 billion in 1990 (BIS, 1992).During 1990s, owing to greater liberalization in the international financial market,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which was more apparent in Germany, France and Japan, the size of the bond market grew at
a faster rate. By March 1995, the amount involved was over US $ 2210 billion. In 1995, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
straight bonds dominated the scene as they accounted for over three fourths of the issue.FRNs accounted for around one ? seventh. The rest was accounted for by convertible bonds.
Again, it was found that Japanese yen denominated bonds were mainly fixed rate bonds,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
while floating rate bonds were denominated mainly in A British pound. The Swiss franc
denominated bonds were normally the convertible bonds (BIS 1997). Yet again, around two
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fifths of the total issues in 1995 were denominated in US dollar, a little less than one fifth inJapanese yen, about one seventh in DM, and the rest of the bonds were denominated in other
currencies. In the case of bonds issued by the firms and governments of developing countries,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
57 per cent of the issue was represented by US dollar and over one- quarter was denominated
in Japanese yen. The share of DM was hardly one- tenth. The value of yen bonds increased
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
during 12990s because may Latin American Brady bonds came to be denominated in yen inview of greater attraction for them among Japanese investors (BIS 1997).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In 1995 the average size of maturity of international bonds was 4.3 years, but
subsequently, it rose due to longer term bonds issued by many corporations. Again, after the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Mexican crisis of 1994, some of the Latin American governments tried to re establishbenchmarks in international financial market and issued international bonds. This resulted in
the growth of sovereign bonds during these years.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SHORT ? TERM AND MEDIUM ? TERM INSTRMENTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro Notes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro Notes are like promissory notes issued by companies for obtaining short term
funds. They emerged in early 1980s with growing securitization in the international financial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market. They are denominated in any currency other than the currency of the country wherethey are issued. They represent low cost funding route. Documentation facilities are the
minimum. They can be easily tailored to suit the requirements of different kinds of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowers. Investors too prefer them in view of short maturity.When the issuer plans to issue Euro notes, it hires the services of facility agents or the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lead arranger. On the advice of the lead arranger, it issues the notes, gets them underwritten
and sells them through the placement agents. After the selling period is over the underwriter
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
buys the unsold issues.When the issuer plans to issue Euro notes, it hires the services of facility agents or the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lead arranger. On the advice of the lead arranger, it issues the notes, gets them underwritten
and sells them through the placement agents. After the selling period is over, the underwriter
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
buys the unsold issues.The Euro notes carry three main cost components: 1, underwriting fee; 2, one time
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
management fee for structuring, pricing and documentation; and 3, margin on the notes
themselves. The margin is either in the form of spread above/below LIBOR or built into the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
note price itself.The documentation is standardized. The documents accompanying notes are usually
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
underwriting agreement, paying agency agreement, and information memorandum showing,
among other things, the financial position of the issuer. The notes are settled either through
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
physical delivery or through clearing.In course of time, a few variants of Euro notes issue system have evolved. The first is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the revolving underwriting facility in which there is a sole placement agent who allocates the
notes among investors at a uniform pre set yield. The second is the tender panel system in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which the placement agent forms a panel of banks for placing Euro notes on behalf of theissuer. The tender panel members submit tenders to the placement agent indicating the
amount and price of notes they would like to acquire. In this case, price is set by open
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
competition and so it goes in favour of the issuer. But the placement agent may not have the
same level of commitment as it is found in the case of the sole placement agent. The third
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
variant is continuous tender panel in which the underwriters constitute a tender panel for eachdraw down of notes. They buy them, if left unsold, during the offer period. This system
brings in competition among the underwriters.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro Commercial papers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Another attractive form of short term debt instrument that emerged during mid ?
1980s came to be known as Euro commercial paper (ECP). It is a promissory note like the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
short term Euro notes although it is different from Euro notes in some ways. It is not
underwritten, while the Euro notes are underwritten. The reason is that ECP is issued only by
those companies that possess a high degree of rating. Again, the ECP route for raising funds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is
normally
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investordriven,
while
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the
Euro notes is said to be borrower driven.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ECP came up on the pattern of domestic market commercial papers that had a
beginning in the USA and then in Canada as back as in 1950s. The prefix Euro means that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the ECP is issued outside the country in the currency in which it is denominated. Most of the
ECPs are denominated in US dollars, but they are different from the US commercial papers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
on the sense that the ECPs have longer maturity going up to one year. Moreover, ECPs arestructured on the basis of all in costs, whereas in US commercial papers, various charges,
such as front end fee and commission are collected separately.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The detailed features of ECPs vary from one country to another. They involve market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
based interest rate, LIBOR. The issue is normally arranged through placement agents as inthe case of Euro notes. The amount varies from US $ 10 million to US $ 1 billion or above.
The ECPs are issued either in interest bearing form or in a discounted form with interest built
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in the issue price itself. On completion of the maturity, they are settled generally at the
clearing houses, such as Cedel (Luxembourg) Euro clear (Brussels), First Chicago (London)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or Chases Manhattan (London) so that the physical delivery is avoided. The settlement iscomplete normally within two days.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ECPs face minimal documentation. Over and above, they are not underwritten. This is
why their use has been large since their very inception. The outstanding amount of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
transaction through ECPs rose from US $ 13.9 billion in 1986 to US $ 79.6 billion in 1991.By March 1995, the amount was US $ 81.3 billion, over three fourths of which were
denominated in the US dollar (BIS, 1997).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Medium- term Euro Notes
Medium term Euro notes are just an extension of short term Euro notes as they fill the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
gap existing in the maturity structure of international financial market instruments. They are acompromise between short term Euro notes and long term Euro bonds as their maturity
ranges between one year and five to seven years.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The short term Euro notes are allowed to roll over repeatedly over five to seven years.
Every three or six months, the short term Euro notes are redeemed and a fresh issue is made.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Alternatively, a medium term Euro note is issued to get medium term Euro note is issued toget medium term funds in foreign currency without any need for redemption and fresh issue.
Medium term Euro notes are not underwritten, yet there is provision for underwriting.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This is for ensuring the borrowers that they get the funds even if they lack sufficientcreditworthiness. They are issued broadly on the pattern of US medium term notes that are
found there since early 1970s. Medium term Euro notes carry fixed rate of interest, although
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
floating rates are also there. In recent years, multicurrency structure has come up. The issuers
are mainly banks, sovereigns and international agencies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The medium term Euro notes been popular. The outstanding amount, which was justUS $ 0.4 billion at the end of 1986, grew to US $ 9.6 billion by 1990 and to US $ 347.1
billion by March 1995 (BIS, 1997). The galloping growth in such issues shows the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tremendous popularity of this instrument.
Of late, the Euro market has come up with global medium term note issues. Under
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
this programme, issues of different credit ratings are able to raise funds through accessingretail as well as institutional investors. This is a comparatively new programme.
Overview of the Financial International Financial Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When a multinational enterprise finalizes its foreign investment project, it needs to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
select a p-particular source, or a mix of sources of funds to finance the investment project.Here it may be noted that a ,multinational enterprise position itself on a better footing than a
domestic firm as far as the procurement of funds is concerned. A domestic firm gets funds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
normally from domestic sources. It does get funds from the international financial market too
but it is not as easy as in case of a multinationals enterprise. The latter can use the parent
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
companies funds for its foreign investment project. It can also get funds from the host countryfinancial market, but more importantly, it tries to get funds from the international financial
market. It selects a particular source or a mix of sources or a particular type or types of funds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
that suits its corporate objectives.
CHANNERLS FOR INTERNATIONAL FLOW OF FUNDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The international financial market can be compartmentalized into two segments. One
is the international money market which is represented by the flow of short term funds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International banks or the short term securities come under this segment. On the other hand,
the international capital market forms the other segment where medium and long term funds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
flow.Irrespective of such a distinction between the two segments, there are a number of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
agencies and instruments through which funds move to the be official or non official. Among
the official agencies, are the multilateral institutions, such as international development banks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and regional development banks, and the bilateral agencies, such as the differentgovernmental agencies. Multilateral or bilateral funds can be Concessional or
nonconcessional. The highly concessional funds or funds having a large grant element are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
known as official development assistance.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKET
Offical sources
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
- Multilateral agenciesInternational development banks, such as the world Bank, IFC, etc
Regional development banks, such as Asian Development Bank, etc
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
- Bilateral agencies or the different governmental agencies
Non governmental agencies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
- Borrowing and lending market involving international banks- Securities market
Debt securities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Equities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The non official channel comprises the borrowing and the lending streams such as the
international banks on the one hand, and on the other, the securities market in which the Euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
equities and the debt instruments, such as international bonds, medium term Euro notes, short
term Euro notes and Euro commercial papers are sold and purchased. It may be noted that the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
operation of the international financial market spreads beyond the lending and borrowing offunds or the sale and purchase of securities. Swap is also very common and it forms and
integral part of international financial market. If a borrower needs fixed rate funds but has
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
access to the floating rate loan market, he can go in for an interest rate swap in order to
exchange the floating rate loan for the fixed rate loan. Similarly, it a borrower does not get
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
loan in a particular currency, the loan can be swapped for obtaining the desired currency.CHANING STRUCTURE OF THE INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKET
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Multilateral Agencies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When one studies the development of the international financial market over the pasthalf century, many structural changes are manifest over the years. This has been in fact the
result of the changing supply position of and demand position for international funds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
consequence upon the large scale adoption of economic development programmes, growth ofinternational trade, and the fast growing activities of the multinational corporations. On
scrutinizing the official channels, it is found that up to the mid 1940s, there was no
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
multinational agency to provide funds and only in 1945 was the international Bank for
Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) established that provided in the beginning loans for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reconstruction of the war ravaged economies of Western Europe and then from 1948 beganproviding development loans. The IBRD function was limited to lending and so the provision
of equity finance lay beyond its scope. Moreover it lent only after the guarantee by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowing government. To overcome these problems, the International Finance Corporation
(IFC) was established in 1956 which provided loans even without government guarantee and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
provided equity finance as well. However one unsolved problem remained. It was that thepoorer countries of the developing world were not in a position to utilize the costly resources
of the IBRD because those funds carried the market rate of interest (Sharan, 1991). For their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
benefit, another sister institution was created in 1960 named as International Development
Association (IDA). The two institutions IBRD and IDA together came to be known as the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
World Bank.When IBRD was established, its main objective was not to mmake direct laos but to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
encourage privatre investment. It began lending on a large scale only whe the desired amount
of private investment failed to come up. Lending then became its major function but the issue
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of encouragement to international investment remained. And to this end, the MultilateralInvestment Guarantee Agency (MIGA) was established in 1988 to cover the non commercial
risks of the foreign investors. All these four institutions ? IBRD, IDA, IFC and MIGA ?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
together are now known as the World Bank Group.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When the World Bank Group emerged as a major funding agency, it was felt that itslending norms did not equally suit different member countries because the economic and
political conditions as well as the requirements of the different regions of the globe were
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
different. Thus, for tuning of the funding in line with varying requirements of the different
regions, it was decided to set yup regional development banks open the pattern of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international development banks. The decade of the 1960s marked the establishment ofregional development banks in Latin America, Africa and Asia. The Asian Development
Bank began operation from December 1966.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bilateral Agencies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The history of bilateral lending is not older than that of multilateral lending. Duringthe first half of the twentieth century, funds flowed from the empire to its colonies for
meeting a part of the budgetary deficit of the colonial government but it was not ma normal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
practice, nor was it ever considered as the external assistance thaw we mean in the presentday context. Bilateral economic assistance was for the first time announced by the US
president Truman in January 1951. In fact the motivation behind the announcement was
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
primarily political and economic. The cold was between the USA and the then USSR was at
units peak those days and the US government tried to befriend the developing countries to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bring them into its own camp in order to make itself politically more powerful. It would USeconomy to come close to the developing economies and also to get the desired raw material
and foodstuffs therefore. The economic assistance could help build the infrastructural
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
facilities in the developing countries that could in turn help increase the US private
investment in those countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the second half of the 1950s, the USSR bloc too announced its external assistance
programme in order to counter the US move. By the later 1950s, many other governments of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) announced external
assistance programmes and bilateral lending came into full bloom from the 1960s. In some
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cases, government joined hands with private agencies and the export credit came to form asizeable part of the bilateral assistance programme.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
FACTORS BEHIND EMERGENCE OF EURO BANKS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It may be mentioned that after Stalins death, the then USSR moved away from theclosed economic policy and its trade with the West and the South began to expand since the
later 1950s or the early 1960s. Those days the US dollar was the most desired currency in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international transactions, so the USSR earned US dollars through trade and tried to earn
more of this currency in view of its great strength in international transaction. Since the cold
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
was between the two super powers was then at its peak, it preferred to keep its earned dollarsin a bank outside the USA. London and a few other European financial centres were the best
choice as they possessed the requisite infrastructure and a stable political climate. Those
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dollar deposits in London and other European country based banks came to be known as Euro
dollars and the banks accepting such deposits came to be known as Euro banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the wake of the foreign exchange crisis of 1955 ? 57, the British government
placed restrictions on the use of pound sterling for external transactions and the dollar was in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
great demand in the UK for external transactions, in view of the readily available supply of
dollars. Moreover, the emerging convertibility of some European currencies by late 1950s led
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to the emergence of an active foreign exchange market in Europe linking the US dollar withthose European currencies. These links enhanced in turn, the use of the US dollar by the
banks located in Europe.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The emergence of Euro banking got support from some capital control measures by
the US government in the wake of the balance of payments crisis in the 1960s. In early 1965,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the introduction of voluntary foreign directly to the non residents, whereas this provision did
not apply to foreign branches of the US banks. As a result, the foreign operation of the US
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
banks shifted from those located in the USA to those located in other countries, mainly ionEurope. Statistics show that the number of US banks having foreign branches rose from 11 in
1964 to 125 in 1973, the number of foreign branches of those banks moved up from 181 to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
699 during this period and the assets of those branches whet up from US $ 7.0 billion to US $
118 billion during the same period (Johnston, 1982).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Some of the European governments imposed restrictions on holding of deposits by
non residents in domestic currency and on paying of interest on non resident deposits. This
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
encouraged the non residents to hold deposits in Euro banks that were not subject top such
regulations. The US Government too imposed an interest rate ceiling when credit was tight
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and the market interest rate had risen. The US banks could not raise the interest rate. On thecontrary, the Euro banks that were not under the purview of such ceilings, raised interest rate
on deposits and attracted depositors away from the US based banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Again, when domestic credit was restricted, companies borrowed from Euro banks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
normally at lower rates of interest, and the increased lending and deposits contributed to thegrowth of the Euro banks. It was not only that the US banks came to be based in Europe; the
European banks too spread their branches overseas perhaps as a defensive measure. Statistics
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reveal that the number of overseas branches increased from 1860 in 1961 to 3764 in 1973.
The number of foreign branches of UK based banks alone rose from 1105 to 1973 during the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
same period (Bhatt, 1991).Off ? shore Banking Centre`s
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the 1970s, a new type of international banks emerged that were different from the
traditional banks or from the Euro banks and that came to be known as off ? shore banking
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
centres (OBCs). The distinctive feature of the OBCs was that they dealt with non residentsonly; although like the Euro banks, they did not deal in the currency o9f the host country. In
fact, they channeled funds from one country to another without influencing the domestic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
financial market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
OBC a proliferated in those places and in those countries where: the governmentalcontrol and regulations were the least interfering, tax rates were very low, necessary
infrastructure for their smooth operation, such as good systems of communication, a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
supportive climate and an experienced financial community, etc. existed, and which werepolitically and economically stable.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Looking at the specific cases, one finds that it was the non-flexibility of governmental
restrictions that discouraged the growth of OBCs in Germany, France and Japan. On the other
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
hand, it was this flexibility that helped London, Luxembourg, Singapore, Hong Kong andmany others to attract OBCs. OBCs grew in the Bahamas, Luxembourg, Cayman Islands and
in Panama in view of low rates of taxes. Better communication facilities and availability of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
experienced personnel were the additional factors for London based OBCs. Presence of
exchange control measure came in way of the growth of OBCs in the Latin American
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
countries. On the contrary, Kuwait and Bahrain attracted OBCs on account of leastgovernmental interference. Whatever might the reasons for their growth have been, the OBCs
attracted a large number of borrowers and lenders. The foreign currency liabilities of OBCs
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in European reporting countries rose from US $ 79.3 billion in 1970 to US $ 801 billion in
1979 and the total liabilities of US banks branches in the Bahamas and Cayman Islands alone
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
grew fro m US $ 4.8 billion to US $ 121.8 billion during the same period (Johnson, 1982).Syndication of Lending
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Another structural change that took place during the 1970s was evident in the form of
syndicated lending. In the wake if the international oil price rise, a number of oil ? importing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
countries experienced huge deficit on their current account. Consequently, they had to resortto bigger loans that were normally not within the capacity of a single bank to provide. The
banks joined hands for providing these large loans. They did it so also re reduce the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
individual risk of lending. Besides, from the borrower`s point of view, the cost of the
syndicated loans was smaller than the sum of the cost of individual loans borrowed from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
many banks. Whatever the reasons for the coming together of the banks, such lending cameto be known as syndicated lending. Such loans served the interest of both lenders and
borrowers and so they took a great leap forward. Taking birth in early 1970s, they crossed US
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
$ 88 billion mark by 1980 and reached US $ 320 billion by 1995 (IMF, 1997).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Syndicated loans are different from general loans in that one of the lending banks isthe lead manager who originates the transaction, structures it, selects the lending members,
supervises the documentation, and in many cases, services the loan after agreement is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
complete. It serves as a link between the borrower and the other banks of the syndicate. It
collects interest and principal from the borrower and disburses the collected amount among
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the co-leaders. For its functions, the lead bank charges and additional fee.Move towards Securitisation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There was a big leap in bank lending during the 1960s and more particularly during
the 1970s after the international banks had acquired the surplus of oil exporting countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
During the 1980s, however, a number of factors emerged on the international economy scene,
which led to a shift from bank lending to growing Securitisation in the international financial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market. With the stagnant oil prices, the international banks could not sustain any sizeableincrease in loans, and external indebtedness in some of the borrowing countries turned
unmanageable. The borrowers found themselves unable to repay loans. M?xico`s refusal to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
repay loans added fuel to the firs. The risk of repayment got so considerable that the banks
hesitated in lending. A drop in long term interest rates during the 1980s, with the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reappearance of positive real interest rates, and more importantly, a rising trend in the yieldfrom the long term bonds, investors preferred to invest in international bonds. The rising
intermediation cost associated with bank lending also pushed the borrowers away from bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowing to borrowing through the use of securities (Honeygold, 1989). Moreover, the
securities proved highly liquid as the investors could sell them in the secondary market which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
had also developed along with the growth in Securitisation.The more commonly used securities were international bonds for long term funds,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
medium term Euro notes that were meant for medium term funds, and Euro bonds had taken
birth in the earlier decade, but the other instruments emerged in the 1980s. The Euro equities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
were also issued through the global depository. Known as portfolio equity investment theybecame an important vehicle for transfer of resources in the international financial market
during the later 1980s and 1990s.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Banks` Off ? Balance Sheet Activities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The slump in the banks lending activities during the 1980s resulted not only in greater
use of international securities but also in a shift in favour of the off balance sheet activities of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the international banks. It was because the banks had to maintain their earnings and the
capital adequacy norms in the wake of the eroded lending business. These activities were
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
nothing but the participation of the banks in the foreign exchange market. The banks involvedthemselves greatly in the swap deals, in the forward currency market, and in the market for
currency options. The revolution in the telecommunication system and the greater use of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
computers eased their job considerably.
Apart from the fallen lending business, the other factor responsible for the growing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
off balance sheet activities was the fierce competition with the non banking financial
companies. The banks were compelled to adopt additional functions in order to prove their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
superiority over the non banking companies.Impact of structural change
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Whatever the reasons for the structural change, there has definitely been product
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
innovation and improvement in financial technology in the international financial market thathas helped the borrowers as well as the lenders and investors. All this has led to a
considerable cut in transaction cost and to greater efficiency in the allocation n of capital that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
might have a positive bearing on the world output. This is not all; with international
diversification of the investment portfolio, the risk of investment has been reduced. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
financial market now has greater liquidity as a result of which the volume of credit hasincreased. However, it cannot be denied that this has had an adverse effect on the traditional
activities of the international banks. Since different segments of the international financial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market are closely interwoven as a result of improvement in communication facilities, the
shock in one part of the market is transmitted easily to other markets. Again, sometimes, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international financial market experiences an excess iof liquidity which is not a healthy signbut the benefits from the structural change seem to outweigh the costs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SELECTION OF SOURCES AND FORMS OF FUNDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When a firm selects a particular source or form of funds, it does so in order to suit itscorporate objectives. Some of the major objectives are the minimization of the effective cost
of funds, matching the raised funds with target debt- equity, and the target current-liability-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
long-term-liability ratio, and avoidance of lengthy legal and procedural formalities.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Minimisation of Cost of Funds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Minimisation of the cost of capital is the very motive behind selection of the sources
of funds. The effective cost of the funds depends inter alia on the rate of interest and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
changes in the exchange rate or in the value of the borrowed currency. The effective cost ofborrowing in a foreign market is obtained as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Kbf = (1 + rf) (1 + Ef) ? 1
Where rf is the rate of interest in the foreign market and Ef is the change in the exchange rate.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
For example, if interest rate in the London money market is 12 per cent compared to
14 per cent in New York, and the pound sterling is expected to appreciate by 4 per cent, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
effective cost of borrowing in pounds would be--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(1.12 x 1.04) ? 1 = 16.48%
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In this case, the multinational enterprise will borrow from the New York moneymarket despite the fact that the rate of interest is lower in the London money market because
the effective cost of borrowing in pounds at 12% interest rate is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(0.6) x
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In case where the firm borrows from more than one financial market, the weightedaverage of effective cost of borrowing in different currencies is computed. Suppose the firm
borrows not only in pounds but also in Japanese yen. Because there is 60.0 probabilities for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.0 depreciation and effective cost of the yen with 13.0% interest rate is
(0.6) x
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
= 0.10514 = 10.51%
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
If the firm borrows in the two currencies in equal proportion, the weighted average of
effective cost of the total borrowing is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(15.58% + 10.51%)/2 = 13.05%
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In this case, the firm would like to borrow from the Japanese financial market in
greater proportion so that the effective cost of total borrowing becomes lower.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Again the effective cost of total borrowing will be lower if there is negative
correlation in the movement of the value of different currencies. The cost may move up if the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
correlation coefficient is positive. So the firm takes into account not only the expected change
in the value of the currencies but also the correlat5ion coefficient of the expected change in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the value of different currencies so as to lower the effective cost of total borrowing.In this case, the firm would like to borrow from the Japanese financial market in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
greater proportion so that the effective cost of total borrowing becomes lower.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Again the effective cost of total borrowing will be lower if there is negativecorrelation in the movement of the value of different currencies. The cost may move up if the
correlation coefficient is positive. So the firm takes into account not only the expected change
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in the value of the currencies but also the correlation coefficient of the expected change in the
value of different currencies so as to lower the effective cost of total borrowing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Borrowing to conform to Capital Structure NormsThe other question concerning sourcing of funds is related essentially to minimizing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the cost of capital, but not through selection of currency of borrowing but by adhering to the
capital structure norms. The net income approach suggests that with rise in debt equity ratio
in the capital structure, the weighted average cost of capital slips downwards. It is because
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cost of debt is tax deductible and so it is lower than the cost of equity. The more the share of
the cheaper form of capital in the capital structure, the lower is the overall cost of capital. On
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the other hand, Miller and Modigliani feel that with the increase in debt ratio, the risk borneby the equity holders increases and as a result, the weighted average cost of capital remains
the same despite any change in the debt equity ratio. The wide disparity between these two
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
approaches has led to a middle approach, according to which, up to a certain level of debt
equity ratio, the weighted average cist of capital goes on declining, but beyond that point, it
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tends to increase (sharan, 1991).Whenever a multinational enterprise raises funds, it does it through mixing debt
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
capital with equity in a way that minimizes the cost of capital. However, the multinational
firm is in a better position than a domestic firm as far as supporting a higher debt ratio is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
concerned because its cash flow is greatly diversified over different countries. The study ofsekely and Collins (1988) examines the capital structure norms among 677 firms in 9
industries in 23 countries and finds that the debt ratio may be large or small depending upon
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
economic, social, cultural and political factors. Since these factors vary among countries, the
capital structure norms too vary widely among them. On the whole, debt ratio is found to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
large in Scandinavian, Mediterranean and some of the Asian Countries. It is low in case ofsome of the South Asian, Latin American and Anglo American countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An important question that arises is whether the affiliates of the multinational
corporations should follow the host country norms or be guided by their parent company
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
norms. If the norms in the home country and the host country are similar, there is no problem,but if they are different, it becomes an important decision. If the capital structure norms
conform to the local norms in the host country, they are well in line with the monetary and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
financial policy of the host government. They help evaluate return on equity investment
relative to local competitors in a particular industry. On the other hand, when the norms
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
conform to the parent company global target debt ratio, they are more suited to maximizingthe global profit. They may have a comparative advantage over the local firms in the host
country. Moreover, a high debt ratio in one country may offset the low debt ratio in another
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
country; and on the whole, it is best suited for the firm as a whole.
Selection of an optimal Maturity
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
While raising funds from the international financial market, a multinational firm likes
to maintain a proper balance between the short term liabilities and the long term liabilities.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There is no confusion about financing of fixed assets because they are financed with longterm capital bet as far as financing of current assets is concerned, determining the best ratio
between the long term capital and the short term capital is an important issue. The normal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
view is that the permanent current assets should be financed with long term capital and the
fluctuating part of the current assets should be financed with short term capital. This is but a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
trade off between liquidity and profitability. Long term capital is more liquid but lowersprofitability. Short term capital, on the other hand, does not pushdown profitability so much
but is less liquid. However, if the finance manager is conservative, he uses more of long term
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
capital. If he is aggressive Short term capital is greatly used. Thus whenever a multinational
enterprise raises funds, it has in mind a perfect trade off between short term capital and long
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
term capital.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Avoidance of Legal and Procedural Formalities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Any firm raising funds does not like to undergo too many procedural formalities.
From this viewpoint, the issue of international bonds is too complex, much more complex
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
than the Euro notes. Again the borrowing programme can be designed only in the framework
of local laws. If the government prohibits the issue of a particular instrument, the borrower
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cannot issue it despite its cost efficiency. For example, prior to 1992, the Indian Governmenthad not allowed the Indian companies to issue Euro equities or Euro Convertible bonds.
Sometimes these considerations become really significant.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 International Financial Markets and Instruments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The gap between savings and investment is widening gradually in the developingcountries. The growing demand for capital inflows in the developing countries forced them
to depend on external sources for debt or equity capital.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The need for external borrowings in a country's economy can be gauged from the national
income and balance of payment position. From the macro economic theories, the current
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
account surplus or deficit in BOP of a country is nothing but the difference between thedomestic savings and domestic investments. If the domestic savings exceed domestic
investment a surplus in current account would result increasing the reserves of the country. A
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
deficit in current account would emerge if the domestic savings is less than domesticinvestment.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To recall from the chapter on BOP, national income can be defined in the following formats.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Y=
C + I + G + (X ? M)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Y
=
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C + S + TWhere,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Y
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
=National Income
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
X : Exports
C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
=Consumption
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
M : Imports
I
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
=Investment
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
S : Private savings
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
G=
Government
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
T : Tax
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
By equating (i) and (ii) we get
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C + I + G + ( X ? M)
=
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C + S + Ti.e. I + G + (X ? M)
=
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
S + T
ie. S + (T ? G)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
=
I + ( X ? M)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Since (T ? G) gives the public savings, we can write the above relationship as Private savings
+ Public savings = I + (X ? M)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
.....(iii)
If (X ? M) gives the net of foreign exchange inflows/outflows of the current account in BOP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
statement we can conclude in a broader perspective, that the gross domestic savings are equal
to the sum of gross domestic capital formation and foreign investment.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Basing on BOP position of a country, the sources of external funds can be broadly classifiedinto the following categories :
i.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
External assistance in the form of aid.
ii.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Commercial borrowings.iii.
Short-term credit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iv.
Foreign direct investment.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The flow of external funds into a country depends on various factors like the policyguidelines of the country on commercial borrowings by individual entities, the exchange
control regulations of the country, the interest rate ceilings in the financial sector and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
structure of taxation. The integration of financial markets across countries has opened up theinternational markets and large varieties of financial instruments have merged to suit the
changing needs of the international investor. In this chapter, we briefly discuss various
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
instruments that are available in international financial markets.
The financial markets across countries facilitate the financial intermediation /
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
disintermediation and transfer of surplus funds from the savers to the deficit units. Thegradual liberalization of the financial sector in the developing countries initiated in early '70s
started providing multiple instruments to the savers and the issuers converging the needs of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
suppliers of the resources with that of the users of the resources.
ORIGIN OF INTERNATIONAL FINANACIAL MARKETS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The genesis of the present international markets can be traced back to 1960s, whenthere was a real demand for high quality dollar-denominated bonds from wealthy Europeans
(and others) who wished to hold their assets outside their home countries or in currencies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
other than their own. these investors were driven by the twin concerns of avoiding taxes in
their home country and protecting themselves against the falling value of domestic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currencies. The bonds which were then available for investment were subjected towithholding tax. Further, it was also necessary to register the ownership of the bonds.
Dollar denominated Euro-bonds were designed to address these concerns. These were issued
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in bearer forms and so, there was no record of ownership and no tax was withheld.
Also, until 1970, the International Capital Market focused on debt financing and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
equity finances were raised by the corporate entities primarily in the domestic markets. Thiswas due to the restrictions on cross-border equity investments prevailing until then in many
countries. Investors too preferred to invest in domestic equity issues due to perceived risks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
implied in foreign equity issues either related to foreign currency exposure or related to
apprehensions of restrictions on such investments by the regulators.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Major changes have occurred since the '70s which have witnessed expanding andfluctuating trade volumes and patterns with various blocks experiencing extremes in fortunes
in their exports/imports. This was the period which saw the removal of exchange controls by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
countries like the UK, France and Japan which gave a further boost to financial market
operations. In addition to this, the application of new technology to financial services, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
institutionalization of savings and the deregulation of markets have played an important rolein channelizing the funds from surplus units to deficit units across the globe. The
international capital markets also became a major source of external finance for national with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
low internal savings. The markets were classified into Euro Market, American Market andOther Foreign Markets.
The following figure shows the various sources of external finance and various
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
channels for accessing external funds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Figure 1IMF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IFC
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ADB
Country Funds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Global Mutual Funds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pensio Funds
Commercial Banks etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Surplus
Deficit
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Units
Units
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Financial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Money--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Capital
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Markets--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
India's presence in International Markets
India has made its presence felt in the international financial markets though to a very
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
small extent. There has been a total turnaround in the market sentiment for Indian papersince 1991-1992 ? albeit with a difference.
So far the traditional avenues for raising capital abroad have been through bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowings, syndicated loans, lines of credit, bonds and floating rate notes. Access to theinternational capital markets was only through debt instruments and was mostly limited to
financial institutions and public sector units, although there were a few cases of private
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
companies also. With the downward revision of India's credit rating to the non-investment
grade, borrowing in the international capital markets dried up with most of the Lenders being
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
off limits (crossing the exposure limit) on India. The picture has since changed. There werea variety of reasons for the international markets to view India differently reforms.
Improved perception of India's economic reforms
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Improved export performanceModest to healthy economic indicators
Inflation contained to single digit
Improved Forex reserves position
Improve performance of Indian companies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Improved confidence of the FIIs in the economyLack of investment opportunities worldwide and
Decline in rate of return on investments in developed markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It was in March 1992, that the government first permitted a few Indian companies to tap the
international equity market and till date a number of Indian companies have successfully
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
taken the equity / equity-related route.INSTRUMENTS AVAILABLE IN THE INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKETS
As in any domestic capital structuring we can segregate international financing into two
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
broad categories. These are :
i.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Equity financing andii.
Debt financing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The various instruments used to raise funds abroad include; Equity, straight debt
or hybrid instruments. The following figure shows the classification of international
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
capital markets based on instruments used and market(s) accessed.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Figure 2
International Capital Markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Bond market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Equity Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Foreign bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro Bond
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Foreign EquityEuro Equity
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
- Yankee Bonds- Euro/Dollar
- ADR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
- GDR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
- Samurai Bonds- Euro / Yen
- IDR/EDR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
- Buildog Bonds
- Euro /Pounds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Debt Instruments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The issue of bonds to finance cross-border capital flows has a history of more than 150 years.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the 19th century, foreign issuers of bonds, mainly governments and railway companies,used the London market to raise funds.
International bonds are classified broadly under two categories:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Foreign Bonds : These are the bonds floated in the domestic market denominated in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
domestic currency by non-resident entities. Dollar denominated bonds issued in the USdomestic markets by non-US companies are known as Yankee Bonds, Yen denominated
bonds issued in Japanese domestic market by non-Japanese companies are known as Samurai
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bonds and Pound denominated bonds issued in the UK by non-UK companies are known as
Bulldog Bonds. Similarly, currency sectors of other foreign bond markets have special
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
names like Rambrand Dutch Guilder, and Matador Spanish Peseta etc.Eurobonds: The term 'Euro' originated in the fifties when the USA under the Marshall Plan
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
was assisting the European nations in the rebuilding process a after the devastation caused by
the Second World War. The dollars that were in use outside the US came to be called as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
"Eurodollars". In This context the term Euro` signifies a currency outside its home country.The term 'Eurobonds' thus refer to bonds issued and sold outside the home country of the
currency. For example, a dollar denominated bond issued in the UK is a Euro (dollar) bond,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
similarly, a Yen denominated bond issued in the US is a Euro (Yen) bond.The companies wishing to come out with shorter maturities have an option to issue
Euronotes in the European Markets. The important ones being Commercial Paper (CP), Note
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Issuance Facilities (NIF) and Medium-Term Notes (MTNs).
Euro-Commercial Paper issued with maturity of up to one year, are not underwritten
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and are unsecured .Note Issuance Facilities (NIFs) are underwritten and have a maturity of upto one year. Standby NIFs are those formally designated instruments which back
Commercial Paper to raise short-term finances. A variation of NIF is the Multiple
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Component Facility (MCF), where a borrower is enabled to draw funds in a number of ways,
as a part of overall NIF program. These options are referred to as short-term advances and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
banker's acceptances, and afford opportunities for choosing the maturity, currency andinterest rate basis.
Medium-Term Notes, on the other hand, are non-underwritten and are issued for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maturities of more than one year with several trances depending upon the preferred
maturities. It is to be noted that in similar circumstances, a typical CP program allows for a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
series of note issues having regard to the maturity of the overall program.The borrowings in the international capital markets are in the form of Euro Loans
which are basically loans from the bank to the companies which need long-term and medium-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
term funds. Broadly, two distinct practices of arranging syndicated credits have emerged in
Euromarkets, club loans and syndicated loans. The Club Loan is a private arrangement
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
between lending banks and a borrower. When the loan amounts are small and the parties arefamiliar with each other; lending banks form a club and advance a loan hence the name of
club loan. Syndicated Euro credit, however, has a full-fledged public arrangement for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
organizing a loan transaction. It is treated as an integral part of the financial market
mechanism with a wide network of banks participating in the transaction over the globe.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Typically, a syndicated loan is available for a maturity of seven years with shorter periodtransactions having a maturity of 3 to 5 years.
Equity Instruments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Until the end of 1970s, International Capital Markets focused on debt financing and
the equity finances were raised by the corporate entities primarily in the domestic markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This was due to restrictions on cross-border equity investments prevailing until then in manycountries. Inventors too preferred to invest in domestic equity issues due to perceived risks
implied in foreign equity issue either related to foreign currency exposure or related to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
apprehensions of restrictions on such investments by the national authorities.Early '80s witnessed liberalization of many domestic economies and globalization of
the same. Issuers from developing countries, where issue of dollar/foreign currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
denominated equity shares are not permitted, are now able to access international equity
markets through the issue of an intermediate instrument called 'Depository Receipt'.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A Depository Receipt (DR) is a negotiable certificate issued by a depository bankwhich represents the beneficial interest in shares issued by a company. These shares are
deposited with a local 'custodian' appointed by the depository, which issues receipts against
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the deposit of shares.
According to the placements planned, DRs are referred to as (i) Global Depository Receipts
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(GDRs) (ii) American Depository Receipts (ADRs) and (iii) International DepositoryReceipts (IDRs). Each of the Depository Receipt represents a specified number of shares in
the domestic markets. Usually, in countries with capital account convertibility, the GDRs
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and domestic shares are convertible (may be redeemed) mutually. This implies that, an
equity shareholder may deposit the specified number of shares and obtain the GDR and vice
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
versa. The holder of GDR is entitled to a dividend on the value of the underlying shares ofthe GDR (issued normally in the currency of the investor country). As far as Indian
companies are concerned, the dividends are announced as a percentage of the value of GR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sans premium in rupee terms converted at the prevailing exchange rate.
However, until the global Depository Receipts (GDRs)/American Depository
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Receipts (ADRs/International Depository Receipts (IDRs) are converted, the holder cannotclaim any voting right and also, there is no foreign exchange risk for the company. These
types of instruments are ideal for companies which prefer a large shareholder base and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international presence. The company will be listed at the prescribed stock exchange
providing liquidity for the instrument.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Quasi-instrumentsThese instruments are considered as debt instruments for a time-frame and are
converted into equity at the option of the investor (or at company's option) after the expiry of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
that particular time-frame. The examples of these are Warrants, Foreign Currency
Convertible Bonds (FCCBs), etc. Warrants are normally issued along with other debt
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
instruments so as to act as a 'sweetener'.FCCBs have a fixed coupon rate with a legal payment obligation. It has greater
flexibility with the conversion option - at the choice of the investor ? to equity. The price of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the conversion of FCCB closely resembles the trading price of the shares at the stockexchange. Also, the company may incorporate a 'call option' at the choice of the issuer to
obtain FCCBs before maturity. This may be due to the adverse market conditions, changes in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the shareholding pattern, changes of tax laws etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A Euro Convertible Bond is issued for investment in Europe. It is a quasi-equity issuemade outside the domestic market and provides the holder with an option to convert the
instrument from debt to equity. An added feature now-a-days is to allow conversion of Euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Convertible Bond into GDR. Till conversion, interest is paid in US dollars and bond
redemption is also done in US dollars, thus while the investor would prefer the convertible
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bond as an investment instrument, the issuing company tends to prefer a GDR. An investorcan exercise the conversion option at any time or at specified points during the convertible
life. The investor exchanges the convertible bond for a specified number of shares.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PLAYERS IN THE INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKETS
Borrowers/Issuers, Lenders/Investors and Intermediaries are the major players of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international markets. The role of these players is discussed below.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Borrowers/IssuersThese primarily are corporates, banks, financial institutions, government and quasi-
government bodies and supranational organizations, which need Forex funds for various
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reasons. The important reasons for corporate borrowings are, need for foreign currencies for
operation in markets abroad, dull/saturated domestic market and expansion of operations into
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
other countries.Governments borrow in the global financial market for adjusting the balance of payments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mismatches, to gain net capital investments abroad and to keep a sufficient inventory of
foreign currency reserves for contingencies like supporting the domestic currency against
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
speculative pressures.Further, the supranational organizations like the International Monetary Fund (IMF),
World Bank, International Finance Corporation, Asian Development Bank, etc., borrower
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
usually, long-term funds to finance diversified financing, sometimes linked to swaps for
hedging current/interest rate exposures. These supranational are also typical examples of
large entities appearing in the global markets as both issuers and borers.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Lenders / Investors
In case of Euro-loans, the enders are mainly banks who possess inherent confidence
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
on the credibility of the borrowing corporate or any other entity mentioned above. In case ofa GDR, it is the institutional investors and high net worth individuals (referred as Belgian
Dentists) who subscribe to the equity of the corporate. For an ADR, it is the institutional
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investor or the individual investor through the Qualified Institutional Buyer who puts in the
money in the instrument depending on the statutory status attributed to the ADR as per the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
statutory requirements of the land.Investors in the global markets come in a large range who invest to suit their own
requirements, investment objectives, risk taking abilities and liabilities. The investor range
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
includes private individuals investing through Swiss banks, the IMF and the World Bank.
The other major investors are insurance companies, professional pension fund managers and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investment trusts. In the United Kingdom, with London still a major force in theinternational finance market, it is the pension fund and insurance companies which are the
major investors in the equity markets and bond markets. In the USA and Japan, the private
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
player has an important role in the equity markets. In Germany, on the other hand,
commercial banks play a dominant role as investors.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Institutional investors can also be classified as :--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Market Specific Investors: Specialize in specific instruments like equity, convertibles, fixed
interest bonds, floating rate bonds, etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Time Specific Investors: Specialize in specific maturity instruments like long-term,medium-term, short-term etc.
Industry Specific Investors: Specialize in specific industries like chemical, pharmaceutical,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
steel, automobiles etc.
Intermediaries
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The intermediaries involved in International Capital Markets include Leadmanagers/Co-lead Managers, Underwriters, Agents and Trustees, lawyers and Auditors,
Listing Agents and Stock Exchanges, Depository Banks and Custodians.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An overview of the functions performed by each of them is given below:
i)
Lead and Co-managers: The responsibilities of a Lead Manager include
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
undertaking due diligence and preparing the offer circular, marketing the issues
including arranging the road shows. Lead manger, sometimes in consultation with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the issuer, can choose to invite a syndicate of investment banks to buy some of theBonds/DRs and help sell the remainder to other investors. 'Co-managers' are thus
invited to join the deal, each of whom agrees to take a substantial portion of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issue to sell to their investor clients. Quite often there will be more than one lead
manager as mandates are sometimes jointly won, or the investment bank which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
actually won the mandate from the issuer may decide that it needs anotherinstitution to ensure a successful launch.
Two or more managers may also reflect the fact that a geographical spread of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
placing power is required or deemed appropriate.
One of the lead manager will 'run the books' for the issue. This essentially
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
involves arranging the whole issue, sending out invitation telexes, allottingBonds/DRs etc.
ii)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Underwriters : The lead manager(s) and co-managers act as underwriters for the
issue, taking on the risk of interest rate / markets moving against them before they
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
have placed Bonds/DRs. Lead manager(s) may also invite additional investmentbanks to act as sub-underwriters, thus forming a larger underwriting group. a
third group of investment banks may also be invited to join the issue as members
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of selling group, but these institutions only receive a commission in respect of any
Bonds /DRs sold and do not act as underwriters. The co-managers and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
underwriters are also members of the selling group.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Figure 3
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Selling Group
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LeadCo-Manager
Underwriting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Selling Group
Manager
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Group
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iii)Agents and Trustees: These intermediaries are involved in the issue of
bonds/convertibles. The issuer of bonds/convertibles, in association with the lead
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
manager, must appoint 'paying agents' in different financial centers, who will
arrange for the payment of interest and principal due to investors under the terms
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the issue. These paying agents will be banks.iv)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Lawyers and auditors: The lead manager will appoint a prominent firm of
solicitors to draw up documentation evidencing Bond/DRs issue. The various
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
draft documents will be scrutinized by lawyers acting for the issuer and in duecourse by the co-managers and any other party signing a document related to the
issue. Many of these documents are prepared in standard forms, but each needs to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be reviewed carefully to ensure that all parties to the transactions are fully
satisfied with the wording. The issuer will also appoint legal advisors to seek
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
advice on matters pertaining to Indian/English/American law and to comment onnecessary legal documentation. Auditors or reporting accountants will become
involved as well, supplying financial information summaries and an audit report
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which will be incorporated into the 'offering circular'. The auditors provide
comfort letters to the lead manager on the financial health of the issuer. Further,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
they also provide a statement of difference between the UK and the Indian GAAPin case of GDR issue.
v)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Listing Agents and Stock Exchanges : The listing agent facilitates the
documentation and listing process for listing on stock exchange and keeps on file
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
information regarding the issuer such as Annual Reports, Articles of Association,the Depository Agreement, etc.
The Stock Exchange (Luxembourg/London/AMEX/NYSE as the case may be)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reviews the issuers application for listing of the bonds/DRS and provides
comments on offering circular prior to accepting the securities for listing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
vi)Depository Bank: Depository Bank is involved only in the issue of DRs. It is
responsible for issuing the actual DRs. disseminating information from the issuer
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to the DR holders, paying any dividends or other distributions and facilitating the
exchange of DRs into underlying shares when presented for redemption.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
vi)
Custodian : The custodian holds the shares underlying DRs on behalf of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Depository and is responsible for collecting rupee dividends on the underlyingshares and repatriation of the same to the Depository in US dollars/foreign
currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
vii)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Printers : The printers are responsible for printing and delivery of thepreliminary and final offering circulars as well as the DRs/Bond certificates.
see Appendix-IV for information about various intermediaries involved in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international issues of SCICI Ltd. (Convertible Issue) and EID Parry Ltd. (GDR
issue).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
RESOURCE MOBILIZATION - THE DECISION CRITERIA
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Resource mobilization at competitive cost is a critical issue which confronts every
management. In the past, Indian companies could access only the domestic capital market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Liberalization process has opened new avenues for Indian companies in terms of markets andinstruments.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i.
Currency Requirements: A decision has to be taken about the currency needs of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the company, keeping in view the future expansion plans, capital imports, exportearnings/potential export earnings. A conscious view on the exchange rate also
needs to the taken.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ii.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pricing: Pricing of an international issue would be a factor of interest rates andthe value of the underlying stock in the domestic market. Based on these factors,
the issue price conversion (for convertible) premium would be decided. Given the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
arbitrage available between interest rates in rupees and say, US dollars, and given
the strength of the rupee, as well as the resilience a company can have in its
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
operations against exchange fluctuation risk, due to export earnings, it is possibleto take advantage of the low interest rates that are prevailing in the international
markets. The above is possible without dilution of the value of the underlying
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
stock. This is so, because, in the case of international issues, open pricing/book
building is possible, which has the advantage of allowing the company to
maximize the proceeds, enabling the foreign investors to set the premium ensuring
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
transparency and creating price tension.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iii.Investment: AT present greater flexibility is available in structuring an
international issue in terms of pure equity offering, a debt instrument or a hybrid
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
instrument like Foreign Currency Convertible Bond (FCCB). Each company can
take a view on instrument depending upon the financials of the company and its
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
future plans.iv.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Depth of the Market: Relatively larger issues can be floated, marketed and
absorbed in international markets more easily than in the domestic markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
v.
International Positioning: Planning for an international offering has to be a part
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the long-term perspective of a company. An international issue positions the
issuing company, for a much higher visibility and an international exposure.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Besides, it opens up new avenues for further fund-raising activities.vi.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Regulatory Aspects: For an international issue, approvals are required from the
government of India and the Reserve Bank of India, whereas for a domestic issue
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the requirements to be satisfied are those of the SEBI and the stock exchanges.vii.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Disclosure Requirements: The disclosure requirements for an international issue
are more stringent as compared with a domestic issue. The requirements would,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
however, differ depending upon the market addressed and the place where listingis sought.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
viii.
Investment Climate: The international offering would be affected by factors like
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the international liquidity and the country risk, which will not have an effect in adomestic issue. With the current country rating, companies have to depend on the
strength of their balance sheets to raise funds at competitive rates the international
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EQUITY INSTRUMENTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Global Depository ReceiptsThe advent of GDRs in India has been mainly due to the balance of payments crisis in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
early '90s. At this time India did not have enough foreign exchange balance even to meet the
requirements of a fortnight's imports. International institutions were not willing to lend
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
because of non-investment credit rating of India. Out of compulsions, rather than by choice,the government (accepting the World Bank suggestions on tiding over the financial
predicament) gave the permission to allow fundamentally strong private corporate to raise
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
funds in international capital markets through equity or equity-related instruments. The
Foreign Exchange Regulation ct (FERA) was modified to facilitate investment by foreign
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investors up to 51% of the equity-capital of the companies. Investment even beyond thislimit is also being permitted by the Government.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Prior to this, the companies in need of the foreign exchange component or resources for their
projects had to rely on the government of India or otherwise rely partly on the government
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and partly on the financial institutions. These foreign currency loans utilized by thecompanies (whether through the financial institutions or through the government agency)
were paid from the government allocation from the IMF, World Bank or other Government
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
credits. This, in turn created liability for the remittance of interest and principal, in foreign
currencies which was to be met by way of earnings through exports and other grants received
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
by the government. However, with a rapid deterioration in the foreign exchange reservesconsequent to Gulf War and its subsequent oil crisis, the companies were asked to get their
own foreign currencies which led to the advent of the GDRs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
THE INSTRUMENT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
As mentioned earlier, GDRs are essentially those instruments which possess a certain number
of underlying shares in the custodial domestic bank of the company. That is, a GDR is a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
negotiable instrument which represents publicly traded local-currency-equity share. By law,
a GDR is any instrument in the form of a depository receipt or certificate created by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Overseas Depository Bank outside India and issued to non-resident investors against the issueof ordinary shares or foreign currency convertible bonds of the issuing company. Usually, a
typical GDR is denominated in US dollars whereas the underlying shares would be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
denominated in the local currency of the Issuer. GDRs may be ? at the request of the investor? converted into equity shares by cancellation of GDRs through the intermediation of the
depository and the sale of underlying shares in the domestic market through the local
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
custodian.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
GDRs, per se, are considered as common equity of the issuing company and are entitled todividends and voting rights since the date of its issuance. The company effectively transacts
with only one entity ? the Overseas Depository ? for all the transactions. The voting rights of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the shares are exercise d by the Depository as per the understanding between the issuing
company and the GDR holders.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ISSUANCE OF GDR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The following are the sequence of activities that take place during the issuance of GDRs :
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a.Shareholder Approval Needed : The issuance of an equity instrument like the GDR
needs the mandate of the shareholders of the company issuing it. The terms of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issue will have to be decided before such a mandate is sought from the shareholders.
There should be an authorization from the Board of Directors for floating a Euro-issue
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and for calling a general meeting for the purpose. A committee of directors isgenerally constituted and conferred with necessary powers for the approval of (i) the
offering memorandum; (ii) Fixation of issue price (iii) opening of bank account
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
outside India and operation of the said account and (iv) for notifying the stock
exchange about the date of the board meeting when the proposal will be considered
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and also inform it about the decisions taken.After all this, the shareholders should approve the issue by a special resolution passed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
at a general meeting as per Section 81 of the Companies Act, 1956. It stipulates that,
if a company proposes any issue of capital after two years from the formation of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
company or at any time after one year from the allotment of shares that the companyhas made for the first time after its formation ? whichever is earlier ? the company has
to offer such issues first to the shareholders of the company.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b.
Appointment of Lead Manager: Lead Manager is an important cog in the wheel of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the Euro-issue and is the vital link between the government and investors with the
issuers. Practically, it is the lead manager who is responsible for the eventual success
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or failure of a Euro-issue when all the other factors are same. Hence, the choice of asuitable lead manager is as significant as any other issue activity. An ideal lead
manager is selected after preliminary meetings with merchant bankers. The merchant
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bankers are evaluated on various parameters such as (i) Marketing ability (ii)
Marketing research capability (iii) Market making capability (iv) Track record (v)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Competitive fee structure and (vi) Placement skills. A beauty parade, which isbasically the presentations made by the various merchant bankers, is held by the
company to help it decide on the final choice of the lead manager after they are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
filtered by the above parameters. The final appointment of lead manager is done after
the approval by the government.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The lead manager advises the company in the following areas after taking into
consideration the needs of the company, the industry in which the company is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
engaged, the international
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
monetary and securities markets, the general economic conditions and the terms of
the issue viz., quantum of issue, type of security needed to be issued (GDR in this
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
case), stages of conversion, price of equity, shares on conversion, rate of interest,
redemption date etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
c. Finalization of Issue Structure : On completion of the formalities of issue structure
in consultation with the lead manager, the company should obtain the final approval
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
from the government. For this purpose, the company should furnish the information
about the entities involved in the GDR issue and the following parameters to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
government.i.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Lead Managerxii.
Indian Custodian
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ii.
Co-Lead Manager
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
xiii.Isue structure and denomination of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
underlying shares represented by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the GDRsiii.
Currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
xiv.
Issue amount
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iv.Issue Price (approximate range in xv.
Green Shoe option
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
case of GDR)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
v.Form and Denomination
xvi.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Warrants attached, if any
vi.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Negative Pledge provisionsxvii.
Listing modalities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
vii.
Taxation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
xviii.Selling commission
viii.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Commissions
xix.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Underwriting commissionix.
Reimbursable expenses
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
xx.
Legal expenses, printing expenses,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
depository fees, and other out-of-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pocket expenses
x.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Governing Lawsxxi.
Taxation procedure
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
xi.
Overseas Depository Institution
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The government, after considering all the above information will give a final approval for the
issue ? if satisfied.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Table ? I
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bookrunners of International Bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Amt US$Pos
Manager or Group
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Iss.
% Share
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(bn)1
Salomon Smith Barney International
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
172.75490
10.27
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2
Deusche Bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
144.05576
8.56
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
137.83593
8.19
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4
JP Morgan
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
131.76427
7.83
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5
Merrill Lynch & Co
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
126.97431
7.55
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6
Credit Suisse First Boston
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
119.92512
7.13
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7
Lehman Brothers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
104.05413
6.19
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8
Goldman Sachs & Co
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
89.39299
5.31
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9
UBS Warburg
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
81.39333
4.84
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10 Barclays Capital
69.73
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3114.09
11 ABN AMRO
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
61.57
314
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.6612 BNP Paribas
51.67
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
289
3.07
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13 HSBC44.55
471
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.65
14 Bresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
44.04261
2.62
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
15 Bank of America
21.78
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
581.29
16 Societe Generale
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19.54
89
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.1617 Bear Stens & Co
18.37
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
53
1.09
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18 Hypovereinsbank ? Bayerische Hypo-16.98
122
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.01
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
und Vereinsbank--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19 Credit Agricole Indosuez
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16.93103
1.01
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
20 Commerzbank Securities
16.93
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1411.01
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Total
1,682.26
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6542100.00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
THE DOCUMENTATION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Documentation for Euro equities is a complex and elaborate process in the procedure
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of GDR launch. A typical Euro-issue consists of the following main documents :
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a.
Prospectus
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Depository agreementc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Custodian agreement
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
d.Subscription agreement
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
e.
Paying and conversion agency agreement
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
f.
Trust deed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
g.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Underwriting agreement andh.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Listing agreement.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A brief discussion on the contents and the relevance of each of these documents is
given below:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Prospectus : As in domestic equity market, the prospectus is a major documentcontaining all the relevant information concerning the issues ? like the investment
considerations, terms and conditions, use of proceeds, capitalization details, share
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
information, industry review and overall description of the issuing company. As a
marketing strategy, companies generally issue a preliminary prospectus which is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
referred to as pathfinder which will judge the potential demand for the equity that isbeing launched in the markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The aspects that need to be covered in the main prospectus may be grouped as
follows
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Financial Matters : Apart from the financials of the company, the prospectus
should include a statement setting out important accounting policies of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
company and a summary of significant differences between Indian GAAP andthe UK GAAP and the US GAAP (in case of an ADR).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ii.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Non- financial Matters : This may cover all aspects of management with theinformation relating to their background, names of nominee directors along
with the names of the financial institutions which they represent and the names
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of senior management team. All other non-financial aspects that influence theworking of the company need to be mentioned in the prospectus.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iii.Issue Particulars : The issue size, the ruling domestic price, the number of
underlying shares for each GDR and other information relevant for the issue as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
such, may be mentioned here.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iv.
Other Information : Statement regarding application to a foreign stock
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange for listing the securities and issuing of global certificates to a
specified nominee as operator of the Euro-Clear (international clearing house
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in Euro-securities) system like Cedel (one of the major clearing houses inEurobond market clearing, handling and storing the securities).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Option provided to the lead manager to cover over-allotments, exercisable onor before the business day prior to the closing date of subscribe for additional
securities in the aggregate up to a specified limit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Depository Agreement : This is the agreement between the issuing company and theoverseas depository providing a set of rules for withdrawal of deposits and for their
conversion into shares. Voting rights of a depository are also define. Usually, GDRs
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or Euro convertible bonds are admitted to the clearing system, and settlements are
made only by book entries. The agreement lays down the procedure for the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
information transmission to be passed onto the GDR holders.c.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Underwriting Agreement: As in domestic equity market, underwriters play the role of
'assurers' for picking the GDRs at a predetermined price depending on the market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
response. The agreement is for this purpose, between the company (guided by its leadmanager) and the underwriter.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
d.
Subscription Agreement: The lead manager and the syndicated members form a part
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the investors who subscribe to GDRs or Euro convertible bonds as per thisagreement. There is no binding, however, on the secondary market transaction on
these entities i.e. market making facility.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
e.
Custodian Agreement: It is an agreement between the depository and the custodian.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In this agreement the depository and the custodian determine the process of
conversion of underlying shares into depository receipts and vice versa. For the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
process of conversion of the GDRs into shares, (popularly termed as RE-materialization) shares have to be released by the Custodian.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
f.
Trust Deed and Paying and Conversion Agreement: While the trust deed is a standard
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
document which provides for duties and responsibilities of trustees, the paying andconversion agreement enables the paying and conversion agency which performs a
typical banking function by undertaking to service the bonds until the conversion, and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
arranging for conversion of bonds into GDRs or shares, as necessary.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
g.Listing Agreement : As far as the listing is concerned, most of the companies which
issue a GDR prefer Luxembourg Stock Exchange as the listing requirements in this
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange are by far, the most simplest. The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and
the Tokyo Stock Exchange (TSE) have the most stringent listing requirements.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
London Stock Exchange and the Singapore Stock Exchange fit in the middle withrelatively less listing requirements than the NYSE and TSE.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The listing agents have the onus of fulfilling listing requirements of a chosen stock
exchange. The requirements of London Stock Exchange are provided in the 48-hour
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
documents. The 48-hour documents are the final documents that have to be lodged atthe exchange not later than mid-day, at least two business days prior to the
consideration of the application for admission to listing. These documents, among
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
other things should include the following :
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An application for admission to listing.Declaration of compliance in the appropriate form issued by the exchange.
Three copies of the listing particulars / equivalent offering document relating to the
issue. The contents of these documents should meet the relevant requirements.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A copy of any shareholders' resolution that is relevant to the issue of such securities.
A copy of the board resolution authorizing the issue, the application for listing and the
publication of the relevant documents.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In case of a new company, a copy of the incorporation certificate, memorandum of
certificate and articles of association.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
THE LAUNCH
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Two of the major approaches for launching of a Euro-Issue are Euro-Equity Syndication and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Segmented Syndication. Euro-Equity syndication attempts to group together the placementstrengths of the intermediaries, without any formal regional allocations. Segmented
syndication, on the other hand, seeks to form a geographically targeted syndicated structure,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
so as to achieve broader distribution of paper by approaching both institutional and retail
investors. As compared to Euro syndication, segmented syndication can be expected to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
achieve orderly and coordinated placement by restricting the choice of syndicate memberswith definite strengths in specific markets.
MARKETING
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is not only the Indian issues which thrive on suave marketing, but also the GDR andother International bond offerings. A judicious mix of financials and marketing would help
in raising the investors interest in the issue. Most of the marketing activities are handled by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the lead manager in consonance with the advertising agencies. A back-up material consisting
of preliminary offering circular, recent annual report, interim financial statements, copies of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
newspaper articles about the business of the company and a review of the structure andperformance of the Indian stock market, among other things is prepared.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Road shows form a pre-dominant facet of the launch of any GDR. They are a series
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of face-to-face presentations with fund managers and analysts and is a vital part of marketingprocess. Road shows, which involve much more than must inform about the company are
getting increasing attention from the investors and the fund mangers. Road shows for Euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
equities acquire considerable greater degree of risk than under any other financial instrument.Road Shows are backed by the information of the financials and operations and a view
regarding the future profitability and growth prospects. This gives an opportunity to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investors (generally, fund managers) to interact with the senior management of the issuing
company and understand the activities of the issuer company which may eventually lead to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the investment in the company. These are normally conducted at the financial centers of theglobe like London, New York, Boston, Los Angeles, Paris, Edinburgh, Geneva, Hong Kong,
etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The back-up material prepared will support presentations made by the company`s
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
senior personnel inviting the fund managers to invest in the company. The price that ispreferred for a particular number of shares is noted by the boo-runner at each of such
presentations and the eventual price that is most likely to find favor with the fund manager is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
finalized. This will go a long way in making the issue to be accepted.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PRICING AND CLOSING
This forms the most vital part of the whole process of a GDR issue. The pricing is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
key to the overall performance of a GDR after the same has been listed. The price is
determined after the underwriters response has been considered and an inference of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
response may be drawn.The final price is determined after the Book Runner closes the books after the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
completion of the Road Shows. The book-runner keeps the books open for 1-2 weeks, for the
potential investors to start placing their orders/bids with details of price and quantity. After
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
analyzing all the bids at the end of book-building period, lead managers, in consultation withthe issuer, will fix a particular price for the issue which will be communicated back to the
bidders/investors and a fresh demand figure is arrived at. If there is excess demand, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
company can go in for green shoe option` where it can issue additional GDRs in excess of
target amount.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A tombstone advertisement will be issued in the financial press to publicize
syndicated loans and other funding deals. Following this, the GDRs will get listed in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
notified stock exchange signaling the consummation of the process of the issue of stockexchange.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The time period that is generally needed for typical GDR issue is given in the
following table. The table is arranged sequentially so as to convey information on the step-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
by-step process that is followed.Table 2 : Indicative Time Table
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Stage
Administrative
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Time inweeks
Initial Decision
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i.
Meeting between issuer and lead
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 and 2manager and planning of an issue
ii.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Issue structure finalized with due
regard to domestic regulatory
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
environmentiii.
Draft documentation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iv.
Due diligences process
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
v.Board meeting proceeded by
shareholder`s approval
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
vi.
Fixing parties to issue (including
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
depository/custodian)Approvals and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i. Official approvals ?steps initiated
3 and 4
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
drafts finalization ii. Comfort and consent letters finalizedwith auditors
iii. Legal opinion formats drafted and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
finalized
iv. Approvals obtained
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pre-launchi.
Road show preparations and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7 and 8
formalities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
presentationsii.
Pathfinder prospectus finalized
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iii.
Listing preparations in final
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
stagesLaunch of issues
i.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Roadshows organizedii.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Documentation circulated among
syndicate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iii.Investors contacted
Pricing and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i.
Final terms fixed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Closing
ii.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Allocation of securities to
investors
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iii.Final prospectus to be kept
ready
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iv.
Final listing documents lodged
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
with stock exchangev.
Subscription agreement signed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
vi.
Delivery of global certificate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
vii.Closing documents signed
viii.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Payment to the issuer
ix.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Tombstone advertisementSource : Global Capital Markets : Shopping for finance; PR Joshi, Tata Mc-Graw,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1996 ed.
COSTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The cost incurred by the company is proportional to the issue size. The lead manager,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
justifiably, takes the lion`s share in the issue expenses of the GDR. With the increased
acceptance of marketing as a vital tool for the success of the issue, the cost that is incurred on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
marketing is fast increasing. The following table gives an indication on the total expansesincurred by a GDR issue.
Table 3 : GDR Issue : Fees and Expenses
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Item
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pre cent of issue amount
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Underwriting Fee
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0.60 ? 1.00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Management Fee
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0.60 ? 1.00
Selling Commission
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.80 ? 3.00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Total Fees--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.00 ? 5.00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Source : Global Capital Markets, P.R. Joshi.
Other expenses include lead manager`s expenses, printing costs, accounting fees,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
listing fees, road show expenses, etc.There has, however, been a considerable fall in the quality of the GDR issues made by
the Indian companies. The sole reason why some of the Indian companies came out with a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro-issue was their eagerness to flaunt the GDR issue as a symbol of being well known in
the international markets. Some of the companies coming out with GDRs could not explain
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the core business they are in and also whether they have judiciously utilized the investmentmade by the GDR holders.
Table ? 4
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Present Scenario
Indian GDR Issues as on 05.11.98
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IssueIssue
Share
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
GDR
Issue
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sizeCompany Name
Month &
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
price
(Rs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Per(no.Mn)
Year
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Mn)
GDR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Arvind MillsJan-94
9.78
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
125
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12.78Ashok Leyland
Mar-95
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12.79
137.5
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
310.77
BSES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Mar-96
14.4
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1253
8.68
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bajaj Auto
Oct-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
25.3110
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.43
Bombay Dyeing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nov-939.2
50
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1
5.43
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CESCApr-94
10.67
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
125
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11.72Century Textiles
Sept-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
254
100
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10.39
Core Healthcare
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Jul-94
12.6
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
701
5.56
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Crompton Greaves
Jul-96
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7.8650
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6.61
D C C Ltd.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
May-9413.55
25
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5
1.85
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Dr. Reddy`s LabJul-94
11.16
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
48
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.3EI Hotels
Oct-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9.3
40
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14.3
E I D Parry India
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Jul-94
8.39
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
401
4.77
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Finolex
Jul-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16.655
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.31
Flex Industries
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nov-958.05
30
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2
3.73
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Gujarat AmbujaDec-93
5.95
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
80
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13.45G E Shipping
Feb-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
15.94100
5
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6.27
Guj. Narmada Valley Fert.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Oct-9412.75
62
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5
4.86
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Garden Silk MillsMar-94
26.28
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
50
5
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.9Grasim
May-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
20.5
100
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14.88
Himachal Futuristic Comm.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Aug-95
9.3
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
504
5.38
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Hindustan Development Corp.
Sep-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.0576
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
37.07
Hindalco
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Jul-9416
100
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1
6.25
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ICICIAug-96
11.5
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
230
5
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
20Indian Aluminium Co.
Feb-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6.76
60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
18.88
India Cements
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Oct-94
4.22
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
901
10.66
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Indian Hotels
May-95
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16.686.2
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5.19
Indian Rayon
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Feb-9422.51
125
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1
5.55
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Indo Gulf Fertilisers & Chem.Feb-94
4.51
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
100
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
22.17Indo Rama Synthetics India
Mar-96
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11.37
50
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
104.4
IPCL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Dc-94
13.87
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
853
6.13
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
I T C Ltd.
Oct-93
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7.6569
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9.02
J.K. Corp.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Oct-948
55
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1
6.88
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Jain Irrigation SystemsFeb-94
11.12
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
30
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.7J C T Ltd.
Aug-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16.96
45
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
102.65
Kesoram Industries
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Aug-96
1.6
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
301
18.75
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
L&T
Feb-96
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
15.35150
2
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9.77
Mahindra & Mahindra
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Nov-934.48
75
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1
16.73
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
NEPC-MiconNov-94
3.18
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
45
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14.15Oriental Hotels
Dec-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12.75
30
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12.35
Ranbaxy
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Jul-94
19.37
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1001
5.16
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Raymond
Nov-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10.6160
2
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5.66
Reliance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Feb-9424.1
300
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2
12.45
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SBIOct-96
14.15
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
369.98
2
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
26.15S.I. Viscose
Aug-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6.37
45
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17.06
Shriram Industrial Enterp
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Oct-94
14.64
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
403
2.73
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SAIL
Mar-96
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
12.97125
15
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
9.64
Sanghi Ployesters
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Aug-949.56
50
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5
5.23
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SPICSep-93
11.15
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
65
5
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5.83Sterlite Industries India
Dec-93
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17.88100
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5.59
Tata Power Co.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Feb-94710
65
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10
0.09
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
TelcoAug-96
14.25
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
200
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14.04Tube Investments Of India
May-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6.57
45
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
16.83
United Phosphorus
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Feb-94
20.5
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
551
5.36
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Usha Beltron
Oct-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10.735
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.27
VSNL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Mar-9713.93
448
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0.5
32.16
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VideoconJan-94
8.1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
90
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11.11Wockhardt Ltd.
Feb-94
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
14.35
75
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
15.23
MTNL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Dec-97
11.96
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
358.82
30
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
* ADR ? listed at Nasdaq.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
American Depository Receipts
Until 1990, companies had to issue separate receipts in the US (ADRs) and in Europe
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(IDRs) to access both the markets. The weakness was that there was no cross-border trading
possible as ADRs had to be traded, settled and cleared through the Depository Trust
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Company (DTC) in the Us, while the IDRs could be Rule 144A and Regulations of the SECof the US allowed non-US companies to raise capital in the US market without having to
register the securities with the SEC or changing the financial statements to reflect the US
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
accounting principles. Rule 144A is designed to facilitate certain investment bodies called
Qualified Institutional Buyers (QIBs) to invest in overseas (non-US) companies without those
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
companies needing to go through the SEC registration process.The Instrument
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ADR is a dollar denominated negotiable certificate, it represents non-US company`s
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
publicly traded equity. It was devised in the late 1920s, to help Americans invest in overseassecurities and to assist non-US companies wishing to have their stock traded in the American
Markets. ADRs are divided into 3 levels based on the regulation and privilege of each
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
company`s issue.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i.ADR Level-I : It is often the first step for an issuer into the US public equity
market. Issuer can enlarge the market for existing shares and thus diversify the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investor base. In this instrument only minimum disclosure is required to the SECand the issuer need not comply with the US GAAP (Generally, Accepted
Accounting Principles) This type of instrument is traded in the US OTC market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The issuer is not allowed to raise fresh capital or list on any one of the national
stock exchanges.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ii.ADR Level-II : Through this level of ADR the company can enlarge the investor
base for existing shares to a greater extent. However, significant disclosures have
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to be made to the SEC. The company is allowed to list in the American Stock
Exchange (AMEX) or New York Stock Exchange (BYSE) which implies that the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
company must meet the listing requirements of the particular exchange.iii.
ADR Level-III : This level of ADR is used for raising fresh capital through public
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
offering in the US Capital Markets. The company has to be registered with the
SEC and comply with the listing requirements of AMEX/NYSE while following
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the US-GAAP.The reason for this may be attributed to the stiff disclosure requirements and accounting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
standards as per he US GAAP. The following table gives an indication on the difference
between the US and Indian GAAP.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Table 5Summary of Significant differences between the Indian Accounting Standards and the
US GAAP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
India
USA
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Financial StatementsNo Specific format is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
necessary as long as they comply with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Prepared in accordance
the disclosure requirements of the US
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
with the requirements of Schedule VI
Accounting Standards.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the Companies Act, 1956--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Consolidation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Consolidation of group
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Not required
company accounts is mandatory.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Earnings Per Share Data
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Disclosure is mandatory.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
No
disclosure
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This includes the EPS calculated using
requirements except those under
the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
weighted
average
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sharesSchedule VI, Part IV to the Companies
outstanding (simple and complex
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Act, 1956
capital structures) method and fully
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
diluted EPS (considering the effect of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
warrants or options outstanding).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Taxation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Deferred tax assets orNormally provided for,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
liabilities should be booked using the
based on the taxes payable method.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
asset-liability approach.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Revaluation of assets not
Fixed Assets and Depreciation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
permitted. Depreciation is over theRevaluation of assets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
useful economic lines of assets.
permitted. Depreciation in based
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Depreciation and profit/loss on sale is(usually) on rats set out in Schedule
based on historic cost.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
XIV to the Companies Act, 1956.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Permitted and is shown
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Investment in Own Shares
as reduction from shareholders equity
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Expressly prohibited--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Costs are expenses as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
R&Dincurred.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Costs can be capitalized
subject to the conditions of AS-8,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
R&D, issued by the ICAI.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
India
USA
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Related Party Transactions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Disclosures are stringentNo specific disclosures
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and require descriptions of nature of
required. Auditors have a duty to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
relationships and control, transactions,report certain transactions entered into
amounts involved and amounts due.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
by related parties as defined under theCompanies Act, 1956.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
GoodwillTreated as any other
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
No standard except for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
intangible asset and is capitalized andbrief references in AS-10, fixed assets
amortized. The maximum carry
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and
AS-14,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Accountingfor
forward period is 40 years.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
amalgamations. Goodwill arising from
amalgamations can be written-off over
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5 years.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Concept does not exist.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pre-operative Expenses--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Allowed to be deferred
and written-off over a period of 3-5
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
years or 10 years.Mandatory
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
disclosures
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
aboutcurrent
and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
long-term
Assets and Liabilities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
components separately. CurrentNo mandatory disclosure
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
component normally refers to one year
of current and long-term components.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the period of the operating cycle.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Exchange gain/loss istaken to the income statement. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Foreign Currency Transactions
concept of capitalization of exchange
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Exchange fluctuations on
fluctuations arising from foreign
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
liabilities incurred for fixed assets can
currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
liabilitiesincurred
for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be capitalized.
acquiring fixed assets does not exist.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Mandatory
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for
SEC-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
registered
companies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to
report
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Segmental Reportingrevenues
and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
net
income
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
byRequirements exist for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
geographic
regions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
anddisclosure of quantitative particulars
products/business lines; report sales to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
only as prescribed in Schedule VI to the
outstanding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
receivablesfrom
Companies Act, 1956.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
unaffiliatedcustomers;,
report
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
identifiable assets by geographical
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
regions and products/business lines.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Mandatory for all assets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Impairment EvaluationFuture undiscounted cash flows from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
No Standards.
use and disposal of the assets are first
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
compared to its carrying value to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
determine the impairment situation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Impairment loss is then recognized onthe basis of the fair value of the asset.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Disclosure
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ofthe
facts
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
circumstances that led to impairment ismandatory.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Mandatory fair values areFair Value Disclosures
ascertained based on certain specific
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Schedule VI (Directors to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
principles for items, such as loans,state expressly if, in their opinion, the
current assets, current liabilities etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
current assets are not expected to
realized their cost if they are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sold)Requirements exist for disclosureof quantitative particulars only as
prescribed in Schedule VI
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Source : KPMG Peat Marwick.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Intermediaries that are involved in an ADR issue perform the same work as in the case of a
GDR issue. Additionally, the intermediaries involved will liaison with the QIBs for investing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in ADRs. Some of the well known intermediaries for ADRs/GDRs are, Merrill Lynch
International Ltd., Goldmann Sachs & Co. James Capel & Co., Lehman International, Robert
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Fleing Inc, Jardine Fleming, CS First Boston, JP Morgan, Etc.Regulatory Framework
At the outset, it should be clear that the regulatory framework for the ADRs is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
provided by Securities and Exchange Commission which operates through two main statutes,
the Securities Act of 1933, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Securities
Exchange Act provides for the disclosure and its periodic updating. As far as Indian
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
regulatory procedures are concerned, the Ministry of Finance is yet to come out with
comprehensive set of guidelines.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rule 415 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, refers to Shelf Registration and
applies to the issue of ADRs. Under this rule, select foreign companies are offered the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
facility to register the necessary documents before the actual issuance of securities. For this,
issuers are required to prepare the prospectus in two parts: Basic and supplementary. While
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the basic prospectus has to be filed at the time of shelf registration, the supplementaryprospectus has to be filed at the time of the actual issuance of the securities. Wrapping
around the basic prospectus, the supplementary prospectus records the recent developments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in addition to filing a detailed financial condition statement. Underwriting arrangements, the
certifications of auditors and legal counsel have to be procured for the actual issue of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
securities. New shelf filings, are required if the issuer seeks to raise larger amounts thanoriginally '1ndicated. Also, the issuer has the option to go in for de novo registration.
Shelf registration has been found to be useful to issuers as it reduces the incidence of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fees considerably. More importantly, shelf registration affords the issuers opportunities for
quickly accessing the markets as "the offering process is substantially simplified.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
POTENTIALThough there has been an increase in the limit of FII investment in an Indian
company to 10% with the increase in the overall investment limit to 30%, FIls eager to invest
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in certain blue chip companies are finding the GDRJADR route as convenient to invest in
such companies. The first company to have received the approval to issue ADR is BPL
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cellular Holdings. The approval is given on caseto-case basis by the Ministry of Finance.DEBT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
INSTRUME
NTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eur
o
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b
o
n
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ds
The process of lending money by investing in bonds originated during the 19th
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
century when the merchant bankers began their operations in the internationalmarkets~ Issuance of Eurobonds became easier with no exchange controls and no
government restrictions on the transfer of funds in international markets. Slowly, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
US dollar came to be accepted as an international currency and New York joined the
family of money centers of the world. The first Eurobond was made for US$ 15
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
million only for the Italian motorway company - Autostrada, and the total Eurobondvolume in the year of 1963 was US$ 150 million. World Bank entered international
markets in a big way to raise finance by issuing bonds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
THE INSTRUMENTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
All Eurobonds, through their features can appeal to any class of issuer or investor.The characteristics which make them unique and flexible are,
a.No withholding of taxes of any kind on interests
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
payments.
b. A fundamental requirement is that the bonds are in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bearer form with interest coupon attached,c. The bonds are listed on one or more stock exchanges but
issues are generally traded in the over-the-counter
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market.
Typically, a Eurobond is issued outside the country of the currency in which it IS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
denominated. It is like any other Euro instrument and through intemationa: syndication andunderwriting, the paper is sold without any limit of geographical boundaries. Eurobonds, are
generally listed on world's stock exchanges, usually on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There were various innovations in the structuring of bond issues during the eighties.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These structures used swap technique to switch from one currency to another, or toacquire multi-currency positions. Another variation was in the form of equity-related
bonds as convertibles or bonds with equity warrants. Zero-coupon bonds were issued
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
capitalizing on the tax treatment.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bond issue structures can be classified into two broad categories: Fixed rate bonds
(also referred as straights) and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Floating-Rate Notes (FRNs).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Table 6: Top 20 Bookrunners Jan. 1 to Dec. 31 2001
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pos. Bank NameAmt US$ (m) No.
% Share
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Barclays
46,079.20
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2278.94
2. Citigroup Inc
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
38,404.22
184
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7.453. Deutsche Bank AG .
31,660.44
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
156
6.14
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. JP Morgan28,078.71
119
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5.44
5. Royal Bank of Scotland
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
27,929.72192
5.42
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6. HSBC
22,644.77
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1304.39
7. BNP Paribas
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
22.275.19
140
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.32Dresdner Kleinwort
8.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
19,345.40
110
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.75Wasserstein
9. ABN-AMRO Bank NV
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
15,854.36
98
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.07West LB
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
15,105.90
109
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.9310.
Total
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
515,694.38
1,116
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
100.00Source: Dealogic Loanware.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Fixed Rate Bonds / Straight Debt Bonds : Straight Debt Bonds are fixed interestbearing securities which are redeemable at face value. These unsecured bonds which
are floated in domestic markets or international markets, are denominated in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
respective currency with interest rates fixed on the basis of a certain formula
applicable in a given market. The bonds issued in the Euro-market referred to as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro-bonds, have interest rates fixed with reference to the creditworthiness of theissuer. The yields on these instruments depend on short-term interest rates. LIB OR is
the most commonly used benchmark for measuring the yields on these bonds. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest rate on dollar denominated bonds are set at a margin over the US treasury
yields. The redemption of straights is done by bullet payment, where the repayment
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of debt will be in one lump sum at the end of the maturity period, and annualservicing. Further, there is no tax deduction at source on the income of these bonds.
These bonds are listed either on London, Luxembourg or Singapore stock exchanges.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In addition to the fixed rate bonds, there are the zero coupon bonds which do not paythe investors any interest and therefore, are not taxable on a year-to-year basis.
Instead, the differential between maturity value and the issue price could be treated as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
capital gains and taxed at a lower rate accordingly. The first zero-coupon bond was
floated in Euromarkets in 1981 for Pepsico which was made at a price of 67.5% for a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maturity of three years, with repayment at 100% on the maturity date. This hasprovided a yield of 14.14% to the investors.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b. Floating Rate Notes (FRNs): FRNs can be described as a bond issue with a maturity
period varying from 5-7 years having varying coupon rates - either pegged to another
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
security or re-fixed at periodic intervals. Conventionally, the paper is referred to as notesand not as bonds. The spreads or margin on these notes will be above 6 months LIB OR
for Eurodollar deposits.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The bulk of the issues in the seventies were denominated in US dollars. Later, the concept
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
was applied to other currencies, like Pound Sterling, Deutsche Mark, European currency unitsand others. Extensive usage of these FRNs is done by both American and Non-American
Banks who would borrow to obtain dollar without exhausting credit lines with other banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thus, FRNs represent an additional way to raise capital for them. To cater to the varying
shifts in the investor preferences and borrowers' financial requirements, variations have been
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
introduced in the basic FRN concept. FRNs have thus been restructured into the followingtypes:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Flip-Flop FRNs: The investors have the option to convert the paper into flat interest
paying instrument at the end of a particular period. The investor could change his
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mind and convert the note into perpetual note once again at maturity. World Bank hadcome out with a FRNs issue with perpetual life and having a spread of 50 basis points
over the US treasury rate. Every 6 months the investors had the option of converting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the FRN into 3-month note with a flat 3-month yield. The investor could also revert
his decision and change it to a perpetual note.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Mismatch FRNs: These notes have semi-annual interest payments though the actual
rate is fixed monthly. This enables investors to benefit from arbitrage arising on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
account of differentials in interest rates for different maturities. They are also knownas rolling rate FRNs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Mini-Max FRNs: These notes include both minimum and maximum coupons. The
investors will earn a minimum rate as well as a maximum rate on these notes.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Depending on the differential between these rates the spreads are earned on thesenotes. These notes are also known as collared FRNs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Capped FRNs: An interest rate cap is given over which the borrower is not required to
service the notes, even if Libor goes above that level. Typically, the investors have
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
margins higher than that is normally applicable.VRN-Stl1lctured FRNs: These represent long-dated paper with variable interest
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
spreads, with margins over Libor. The margins rise for longer maturities.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Perpetual FRNs: These notes which are irredeemable are also known as perpetual
floaters or undated issues
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
PRO
CE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DU
RE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Coming out with a bond issue is the most complex and elaborate of theprocedures of all the funding programs. Bonds need to be carefully designed and
executed, especially as these are placed with international clientele.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The success of the bond issue depends not so much on costs as on the position
and capabilities of the bidders for launching the issue. The cheapest bid therefore,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
may not be the best bid because the track record and current market standing of thebidders would have to be carefully weighed while choosing the lead manager.
Therefore, the mandate of the bond issue has to be awarded after proper deliberation
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
on the modalities involved. The bids should include all necessary information relating
to the placement strategy, market support operations, listing details, paying agency
arrangements, delivery and handling of notes and trustee arrangements.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
After the receipt of a mandate, the mandated bank (referred to as lead manager
or arrangers) has to initiate steps for the formation of a syndicate group to complete
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bond issue formalities. Since, it is the key member of the syndicate group, it isresponsible for a series of tasks starting with the launching of the issue till its
closure.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a.
Syndication: In particular, the Arranger's (lead managers) duties commence with a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
credit appraisal of the issuer on the basis of a financial and operational data. The leadmanager has to
organize detailed negotiations with the issuer for the purposes of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
settling various terms and conditions. A time table too has to be drawn for going' through
various stages of bond issue floatation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is also the lead managers' responsibility for drafting documents with the help of legal
counsels.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bond issue documentation comprises, besides prospectus, subscription
agreement, underwriting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
agreement, selling agency agreement, paying agency agreement,listing agreement and the trust
deed. These agreements have the same kind of properties
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
as in the case of a GDR issue mentioned
earlier in the chapter.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Traditionally, international markets have been following open priced syndication
procedures. Under this, the lead manager keeps pricing open until the subscription
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
agreement is actually signed. The lead manager assesses not only the market mood but the
precise level at which an issue would be supported and subscriptions can be procured in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
adequate measure.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International markets have also come up with an innovative method of syndication
referred to as bought-outdeal process. Under this system, pre priced issue (pre-printed by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lead manager andco-management group) are presented to the market and the issuer knows
the exact issue 'price and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
coupon rate before the former is launched in the market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b.
Launching, Offering and Closing: Placement of new bond issues in markets follows a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
standard route. On receipt of various approvals and authorizations by the issuer, news
concerning bond issue floatation is carried through the appropriate media. With the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
announcement of a bond issue launch, invitation telexes are sent to underwriters and toselling group members inviting their support. The main function' of underwriting is to
take up the issue on execution of the underwriting agreement. It is CUSIO~, ;0:them to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sell the issue subsequently. underwriting is done b:. wee groups the managers, majorunderwriting and minor underwriting. While the me commitments on the first two
categories of underwriting will be an average of 1 percent of the issue, the last category
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of underwriting will have a commitment of 0.5 percent of the issue.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Compared to underwriting, selling is organized in a different manner. While
underwriters take title to the issue so underwritten, selling group members do not take
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
title as they undertake to sell the issue if support is obtained. The selling group,
therefore, do not carry any risk - in a technical sense compared to the underwriting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
group.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The next stage in bond issue floatation is the offering. During this phase, terms
consisting of coupon rate and issue price are finalized. Pricing is determined 011 the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
basis of the underwriters' response, and is undertaken one day before the offering. Thelead managers, jointly with co-managers, have to assess the mood and response of the
market and weigh the response of the underwriters accordingly. The two-day period
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
prior to the offer is, therefore, very crucial and hectic discussions and negotiations are
undertaken in order to arrive at a correct bond issue pricing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
During the offering period, the issuer and the lead manager organize a sales
campaign. Various markets are tapped by means of road shows. These are in fact
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investor meetings where the offering of a bond is formally presented to investors.
Road shows are organized at various centers and are important from the point of view
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of placing the issue. The offering phase is concluded with the actual sale of bonds,signing of necessary agreements and publicity regarding the. transaction coming to an
end.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Given below is the time schedule for the various activities in a Eurodollar bond issue.
For frequent issuers of bonds, the time schedule is shorter as the familiarity of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
parties with the process ensures expeditious completion of various stages.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Table 7: Time Schedule for a Traditional Eurodollar Bond Issue
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Week of X - 14
Initial organizational meeting with the company to discuss:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a.
Basic terms and conditions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b.
Time schedule and allocation of responsibilities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
c.Marketing and syndication strategy (possible syndicate
tour)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
d.
General form and content of offering circular, subscription
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and fiscal agency/trust deed and pa) in agency agreementse.
Selection of trustee or fiscal agent and paying agents Work
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
begins on:
Work Begins on :
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Offering circular (due diligence investigation)b.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Agreement
among
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
managers,subscription
agreement and underwriting agreement
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
c.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Syndicate telexes and press released.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
List of syndicate members
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
e.Listing application
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
f.
Sales material (optional)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Week of X -7Final authorizations and board approvals obtained
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b. Working party meetings as necessary to prepare
documents
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
c. Drafts of documents sent to. printersd. Borrower and lead manager discuss pre-
announcement terms
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and commission ideas
e.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Preparation of statistical comparison and other salesmaterials (optional)
X-DAy
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Announcement of issue released to press and stock exchanges
(Announcement day)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Lead manager sends:
a. Invitation telex to co-managers and underwriters
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b. Invitation telex to selling group members
c. Sales telex to foreign branch offices (optional)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Listing application made
.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Documents and letters sent to the printer for final printing Co-managers and underwriters required to telex or cable acceptance
of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
underwriting
commitment
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tolead
manager'
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Underwriters/Selling Group Members are mailed: .
a. Preliminary offering circular
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b. Execution copies of underwriting/selling group agreementSyndicate tour organized and carried out (optional)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Indications of syndicate and investor interest are recorded in the
X+ 1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bookPre-allotments are made in the amount of not less than 50% of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
underwriting commitment
. Documents sent to listing agent
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Progress of note printer is monitoredAdvertising agency contacted for preparation of tombstone
advertisement and list of likely newspapers and magazines
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Preparation of fmal press release
Preparation of pricing information and other arrangements for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pricing day and signing ceremonyX+3
Allotments determined internally by lead manager and telexed to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
syndicate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
X + 1 through X + 3 Deadline for receipt by co-managers the draft agreements requiring
(Offering period)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
signature
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Deadline for receipt by co-managers the draft of prospectus (or in
exceptional circumstances, prospectus to be made available for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
viewing at the office of the lead manager)
Final pricing meeting with borrowers (if an open-priced issue) All
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
syndicate agreements to be signedSignatures on the subscription agreement
Release of final press announcement
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Final terms released to listing agent, document and bond printers
and advertising agency for tombstone
Printing of final prospectus (next day mailing)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
New issue supported by a syndicate bid until distribution judged
complete. Syndicate notified when trading restrictions are lifted
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Printing of dimities bondsPreparation of final copy of tombstone advertisement
Trust deed or fiscal agency agreement signed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Listing application checked to assure listing on or before closing
Closing memorandum reviewed setting out arrangements for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
closing Delivery and payment instruction forms` received fromunderwriters and selling group members
Co-managers, underwriters and selling group members make
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
payment for securities acquired through accounts with Euro clear or
Cedel
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pre-closing meeting held to determine receipt of all necessaryauthorizations, legal opinions and cold comfort letter
Packaging and delivery arrangements for bonds are checked
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Closing documents delivered
Payment for the delivery of securities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Signature of paying agency agreementPublication of tombstone advertisement
Preparation of bible containing offering documents and closing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
papers
Syndicate stabilization can also continue up to 30 days after closing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Source: Global Capital Markets. P R Joshi.LISTING
Bond issue are listed at one or more stock exchanges depending upon the type of bond issue,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the currency of
denomination and the desire of the issuer to seek a quotation at various centers. Generally the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eurobondsdenominated in dollars are listed at London/Luxembourg Stock Exchanges, the bonds
denominated ill
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
French Franc at Luxembourg Stock Exchange and those bonds denominated in DM at
German Stock
Exchanges. Bonds issued in domestic markets like Japan, Switzerland or Germany have to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be
listed as per the requirements. Bond issue procedures are finally concluded with the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tombstoneadvertisement and bible compilation.
CLEARING ARRANGEMENTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
With a view to facilitating both new issue and secondary market
operations, clearing house arrangements have been made and systems laid
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
down for handling transactions. Eurobonds are usually handed over toeither the Euro clear system (Brussels) or Cedel (Luxembourg). The two
systems have been linked by what is known as an electric bridge.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euroclear and Cedel follow two distinct practices, fungible and
non-fungible accounts, for concluding transactions between parties. While
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the fungible accounts system is most popular in Euromarkets, the non-fungible system is useful for control purposes. In a fungible account
system, details regarding the identity of the owners and location of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
individual securities are not .provided. Euroclear system handles trades on
fungible basis, whereas Cedel permits both procedures.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The two clearing systems have been providing various otherfacilities, apart from settlement of secondary market trading transactions.
For instance, finance is provided by them for facilitating market-making
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
operations.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
THE PRESENT SCENARIOIndia relied heavily on Eurocredits during the early eighties.
During the mid eighties India entered Japanese markets with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
floatation's of privately placed Shibosai issues. This was
followed by public bond issues in German and Swiss markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
during the later half of the eighties. Towards the end of thedecade, a couple of public sector institutions floated
Eurodollar issues for the first time. However, either because
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of selective approvals by the government or sensitivities of
the markets concerned, only four organizations had entered
the external bond markets before the forex crisis of 1991
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
closed market doors to India. The ensuring three-year period
(1991-93) saw the sensitive external bond market lose
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
confidence in India. However, the scene has improved andsome of the big Indian corporate houses have been tapping
the international bond markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Foreign Bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a. Yankee Bonds: These are US dollar denominated issues by foreign
borrowers (usually foreign governments or entities,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
supranationals and highly rated corporate borrowers) in
the US bond markets~ Yankee bond has certain peculiar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
features associated with the US domestic market. SECregulates the international bond issues and requires
complete disclosure documents in detail than the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
prospectus used in Eurobond issues, foreign borrower
Will have to adopt the US accounting practices and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
US credit rating agencies will have to provide rating forthese bonds. These bonds are sponsored by a US
domestic underwriting syndicate and require Securities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and Exchange Board registration prior to selling them in
the domestic US market. Reliance Industries Ltd. has
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
been the most successful corporate to tap this instrumentwith a 50-year, $50 million Yankee Bond issue.
b. Samurai Bonds: These are bonds issued by non-Japanese
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowers in the domestic Japanese markets. Borrowers
are supranationals and have at least a minimum
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investment grade rating (A rated). The maturities rangebetween 3-20 years. The priority for allowing issuance of
Samurai bonds is given to the sovereigns after the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
supranationals and their entities and to high quality
private corporations specifically if there are Japanese
trade links. This is also a registered bond and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
settlement and administrative procedures make it
relatively costly. Among the Yen financing instruments,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
this instrument is the most expensive in terms of issuingcosts. As this instrument is issued for the public, the
arrangements for underwriting and selling have to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
made which involves large documentation.
There are two major parties to a Samurai bond issue, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
securities house, which acts as lead arranger, and thebank, acting as a chief commissioned company. The
process followed is generally the same as is followed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
elsewhere for the Eurobonds. However, it is to be noted
that the documentation and formalities are friendly and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
hospitable.c. Bulldog Bonds: These are sterling denominated foreign
bonds which are raised in the UK domestic securities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market. The maturity of these bonds will
be either for very short periods (5 years) or for very long
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maturities (25 years and above). Bonds with intermediatematurity periods are rare. These bulldog bonds are
generally subscribed by long-term institutional investors
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
like pension funds and life insurance companies. These
bonds are generally redeemed on bullet basis (one time
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lump sum payment on maturity), however, due to thelong maturities, early amortizations, say 5 equal annual
installments prior to the maturity date, may also be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
allowed. A margin on the UK government bond will be
the yield earned on this paper. These bonds which are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
offered either by placing or offer for sale process, willhave to be listed on the London Stock Exchange.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
d. Shibosai Bonds: These are the privately placed bonds issued in the
Japanese markets. The qualifying criteria is less stringent as compared
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to Samurai or Euro Y en bonds. Shibosai bonds are offered to a
different market segment that consists of institutional investors,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
including banks. The eligibility criteria, amount, maturity andredemption as well as coupon rate and issue price are all governed by
Japan's Ministry of Finance (MoF) guidelines. In terms of eligibility,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MoF has classified various borrowers (sovereign and corporate) into
different groups. The rated borrowers are divided into three groups in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
accordance with the rating, while non-rated borrowers are segmentedon the basis of country rating or previous bond issue floatation
experience. The pricing formula is elaborate and starts with the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
computation of base rate, spreads being added according to the credit
rating of the borrowers. The procedures for completing bond issue
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
formalities are elaborate and take about forty-five days after themandate is awarded.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eu
ro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Notes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the early '80s, the international capital markets wert;
faced with problems of country defaults, uncertain supply of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
OPEC deposits, which were the main source of deposits inthe '70s, and the macroeconomic imbalances which were
resulting in rising inflation and volatility in exchange and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest rates. All these factors enhanced the risks in the
international financial sphere.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The search in mid-eighties for a paper that goes beyond theinterbank market for arranging funds and which has wider
support for resource raising through primary investors in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
various markets has contributed to the birth of Euronotes. A
Series of developments during the eighties, triggered by the
bank credit crisis provided impetus to the process of origin
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of these notes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
THE INSTRUMENTSEuronotes as a concept is different from syndicated bank
credit and IS different from Eurobonds in terms of its
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
structure and maturity period. Euronotes command the price
of a short-term instrument usually a few basis points over
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LIBOR and inmany instances at sub-LIB OR levels. The documentation
formalities are minimal (unlike in the case of syndicated
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
credits or bond issues) and cost savings can be achieved on
that score too. The funding instrument in the form of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euronotes possess flexibility and can be tailored to suit thespecific requirements of different types of borrowers. There
are numerous applications of basic concepts of Euronotes.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These may be categorized under the following heads:
a. Commercial Paper: These are short-term unsecured
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
promissory notes which repay a fixed amount on a certainfuture date. Euronotes, underlying CP, are unsecured and
stand on the general creditworthiness of the issuers.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Referred as Euro Commercial Paper, these papers are not
underwritten and have maturities up to one year, mostly by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
way of three-month or six-month paper. Even thoughmaturities are short, the overall funding program could be
for medium-to long-term. Usually, the borrowers plan a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
series of tranches to match their funding needs throughout
the life of the program once they are established.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It takes about four to five weeks after the initial decision is
taken by the concerned parties. Issuer of CP initiates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
proceedings by selecting a dealer and an issuing and paying
agent. While it is not mandatory to have ratings, issuers
often seek ratings for a successful launching of CP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
programs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The documentation is simple and comprises an
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
information memorandum, dealer agreement, issuing and
paying agency agreement and the actual notes. The information
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
memorandum is a fairly standard and routine document andcarries basic information concerning the issuer. The relevant
operational information and financials are summarized in an
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
information memorandum for CP, which has to be updated
periodically. In terms of disclosure requirements, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
information memorandum is expected to help investorsindependently judge the creditworthiness of the CP issuer.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A significant variation of commercial paper is the asset-backed
CP which is backed by financial assets such as mortgages or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
credit card receivables.Note Issuance Facilities (NIFs): The currency involved is
mostly US dollars. A NIF is a medium-term legally binding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
commitment under which a borrower can issue short-telm
paper, of up to one year.. The underlying currency is mostly US
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dollar. Underwriting banks are committed either to purchaseany notes which the borrower is unable to sell, or to provide
standing credit. These can be re-issued periodically.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In a typical NIF program, the issuer instructs the lead manager
to issue Euro notes at desired intervals. Maximum and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
minimum amounts of each issue are also specified. The leadmanager sells the notes as per the placement agreement of the
sole placing agent, multiple agents or a tender panel that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bids competitively for the paper. In cases where .there is sole
placing agency arrangement, the structure is called a Revolving
Underwriting Facility (RUF). The notes are offered for sale
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
during a specified selling perio?
usually ranging between three to ten
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
business days.NIFs primarily appeal to professional investors. These include
commercial banks, and non-bank financial institutions such as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
insurance companies and provident funds. The underwriting
support is provided by commercial banks. Savings bank,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investment companies and insurance companies also play asmall role.
NIFs carry three major cost components, underwriting fees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(payable on the full amount of underwriting), a one-time
management fee (for structuring, pricing, syndication and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
documentation) and margin on the notes themselves. Themargin on Euronotes is expressed either in the form of spreads
over LIB OR or built into the NIF pricing itself.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
c.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Medium-Term Notes (MTNs): MTNs are defined assequentially issued fixed interest securities which have a
maturity of over one year. A typical MTN program enables an
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issuer to issue Euronotes for different maturities, from over
one year up to the desired level of maturity. These are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
essentially fixed rate funding arrangements as the price of eachpreferred maturity is determined and fixed up front at the time
of launching. These are conceived as non-underwritten
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
facilities, even though international markets have sta!1ed
offering underwriting support in specific instances.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A Global MTN (G-MTN) is issued worldwide by tapping Euroas well as the US markets under the same program. In view of
placement of certain proportion of notes in the US markets,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issuers are required to seek shelf registration from SEC.
Under G-MTN programs, issuers of different credit ratings are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
able to raise finance by accessing retail as well as institutionalinvestors. In view of flexible access, speed and efficiency, and
enhanced investor base G-MlN programs afford numerous
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
benefits to the issuers.Spreads paid on MTNs depend on credit ratings,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
tteasury yield curve and the familiarity of the issuers
among investors. Investors include Private Banks,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pension Funds, Mutual Funds and InsuranceCompanies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
TH
E
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
I
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ND
I
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A
N
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
S
C
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
E
N
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EUntil 1994, there were only a few banks
and financial institutions that have come
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
out with a CP and RUF-type program.
With the opening of the international
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
markets in 1994, serious attempts mustbe made by the Indian borrowers to
explore this route as a drive towards
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
resource diversification. In the overal1
context, there is certainly considerable
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
scope for prime Indian corporates toaccess the Euronote market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EURO
CREDIT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SYNDICATION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
T
h
e
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
G
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
en
e
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
s
i
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sSyndicated Euro-credits are in existence
since the late 1960s. The first syndicate was
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
organized by Bankers' Trust in an effort to
arrange a large credit for Austria. During
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the early seventies, Euromarkets saw thedemand for Euro credits increasing from
non-traditional and hitherto untested
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowers. The period after first oil crisis
was marked by a boom phase. To cope with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the increasing demand for funds, lendersexpanded
their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
business
without
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
undertaking due credit appraisal of theirclients or the countries thus financed.
Further, the European banks had short-term
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
deposits while bulk of borrowers required
long-term deposits. These landings were at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fixed rates thus exposing these banks tointerest rate risks. The banks evolved the
concept of lending funds for medium long-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
term i.e. 7-15 years on a variable interest
rate basis Linked to the Interbank Rate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(LIBOR). Revision of rates would takeplace every 3-6 months. These loans are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
218
extended in currencies denominated by
US$, Yen, DM, Swiss Franc and European
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Currency Unit (ECU). Amortization of the
loan would be by way of half-yearly
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
installments 'on completion of 2-3 years ofgrace period. At present, this instrument on
a variable interest rate basis has emerged as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
one of the most notable .and popular
financing instruments in the international
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
financial markets. Syndicated CreditreIDalnS as :he simplest way for different
types of borrowers to raise forex finance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Syndicates are classified into two types -
club k'ans and syndicated loans.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The club loan is a private arrangementbetween lending ban1r.5 and a borrower.
Conventionally, the entry into Euromarkets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for a funding deal IS wel1-publicized.
When the loan amounts are smal1 and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
parties familiar with each other, lendingbanks form a club and advance a loan.
Therefore, in view of this private
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
arrangement, an information memorandum
is not complied and neither is the deal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
publicized in the financial press.Syndicate credits are created when lenders
and borrowers come together and execute
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
an agreement, defing terms and conditions,
under which a loan can be advanced. These
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
procedures and practices have, over theyears, been developed and perfected so that
a standard package has evolved now.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
219
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Documentation formalities
Along with. the syndication process, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lead manager/lead bank also initiatesaction of drafting the loan documentation,
comprising an information memorandum
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and loan agreement. The information
memorandum describes the borrowing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
entity, its formation, ownership andmanagement. A somewhat detailed
account of operations, past and present,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and the cash flow position (along with a
summary of the financials) fund an
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
important place in it. It must be noted thatthe information memorandum does not
have the same status and recognition as a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
prospectus; neither does the lead manager
take any responsibility for its accuracy.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The information memorandum also contains a
detailed description of the guarantor, in case
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
loans carry a state guarantee. Many developing
country transactions carry the guarantee .of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
their respective governments and conventionshave evolved for describing the guarantor.
Since the information memorandum is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
registered with any stock exchange, it does not
carry the weightage of a bond issue prospectus.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
However, it is an important document from thecommercial point of view. Prospective lenders
rely upon the statements it carries and hence
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
due diligence must be observed.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
220The principal loan document is the loan
agreement and it is the responsibility of the lead
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
manager to draft and conclude it satisfactorily.The agreement is signed by all participating
banks and the borrower. It describes the basic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
transaction, drawdown arrangements, interest
rate and its determination, commitment fees,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
warrantiesand
undertakings,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
default
circumstances, financial covenants (if any),
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
'agent bank' and the participating banks. Theloan is underwritten by a
management group assembled by the lead bank.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sometimes the lead bank itself underwrites
more than half of the loan amount.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pricing
Method
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ology
The loan, will be charged at an interest rate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
that is linked to the LIB OR. The rate will beLIBOR plus the spread the bank would like to
maintain. This spread which may be any where
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
from 0.125 percent to 1.5 percent, may remain
constant over the life of the loan or may be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
changed after a certain fixed number of years.In addition, the lead manager's fee, which will
be 0.125 percent of the loan, the commitment
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fee of 0.5 percent on the un drawn loan amount
and agent's fee will be the total annual charges.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Front-end charges include participation fee forthe banks taking part in the loan and the
management fees for the underwriting banks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
221
and lead banks. These loans will require a bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
guarantee and the bank should confirm to the
capital adequacy norms. However, there are no
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
other collaterals attached.Indian Scenario
While the early '80s saw the Indian PSUs, banks, and Fls raise
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
funds by way of syndicated loans, subsequent rating position of
India, did not seem to be congenial for the same. Future
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowings with this method of loan syndication will also dependto a large extent on this sovereign rating.
Offshore
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Ban
kin
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
gOffshore banking has been described aptly by Giddy as "financial
intermediation performed primarily for borrowers and depositors
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
who are not residents of the country where the bank is located. Its
principal attraction is its freedom from expensive and intrusive
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
official regulation". In simple words, offshore banking involves abank offering its services of accepting deposits from, and
extending credit to foreign residents, in any currency. These
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
activities are free from capital controls, taxes and reserve
requirements.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
222
UNIT-IV
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
INTERNATIONAL MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTSAND INSTITUTIONS; GDRS, ADRS, IDRS, EURO BONDS, EURO
LOANS, REPOS, CPS, DERVIATIVES, FLOATING RATE
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
INSTRUMENTS, LOAN SYNDICATION AND EURO DEPOSIT,
IMF; IBRD, DEVELOPMENT BANKS.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Objectives
Having gone through this unit, one may be able to understand.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The concept and mechanism of GDR.
The significance of ADRs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The nature of global debt market and various global debtinstruments
The special features of euro market instruments
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The function of international financial institutions Viz., IMF,
IBRD, Development banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
There are different types of equity investment instruments in
international market. International equity offering generally takes any
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
one of the two forms , viz , i) dual syndicate equity offering , where the
equity offering is split into overseas and domestic trenches and each is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
handled by separate lead manager and ii) euro equity offering where onetrenched is placed overseas and managed by one lead manager GDRs,
ADR AND IDRS (Global , American and internationals depository
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Receipts) are the prime modes of Euro-equity offerings.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Global Depository Receipt (GDR)A Global Depository Receipt (GDR) is a dollar denominated
instrument traded on a stock exchange in Europe or the US or both. It
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
represents a certain number of underlying equity shares.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
223The shares are issued by the company to an intermediary called
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
depository in whose name the shares are registered. It is the depositorywhich subsequently issues the GDRs. The physical possession of the
equity shares is with another intermediary called the custodian who is an
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
agent of the depository. Thus while a GDR represents the issuing
company`s shares, it has a distinct identity and in fact does not figure in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the books of issuer.The concept of GDRs has been in use since 1927 in Western capital
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
markets. Originally they were designed as an instrument to enable US
investors to trade in securities that were not listed in US exchanged in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
form of American depository receipts (ADRs). Issue traded outside theUS were called International Depository Recipt (IDR) issues.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Until 1983, the market for depository receipts was largely investor
driven and depository banks often issued them without the consent of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
company concerned. In 1983, the securities and exchanged commission(SEC) of the US made it mandatory for certain amount of information to
be provide by the companies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Till 1990, the companies had to issue separate receipts in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
United states (ADRs) and in Europe (IDRs). Its inherent weakness wasthat there was no cross border trading possible as ADRs had to be traded,
settled and charged through DTC (an international settlement systems in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the US) while the IDRs could only be traded and settled via Euro clear in
Europe.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In 1990, changes in Rule 144A and regulation 5 of the SEC
allowed companies to raise capital without having to register the securities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
224
within the SEC or changing financial statements to reflects US accounting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
principles. The GDR evolved out of these changes.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Under Rule 144A, the purchaser may offer and resell thosesecurities to any Qualified Institutional Buyer (QIB) If:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1) The securities are not same class as securities of the issuer quoted
in NASDAQ or listed on a US stock Exchange.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2) The buyer is advised that the seller is relying on Rule 144A; and3) unless the issuer is a reporting company or is exempt from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange Act registration under Rule 12g 3-2(b), the buyer, upon
request, has the right to receive at or prior to the time of sale,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
specific financial statements of the issuer and information as to itsbusiness.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In view of the foregoing, it is permissible for a foreign private
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issues to sell its shares through an underwriter into the US provided theshares are eligible for Rule 144A treatment and US market is limited to
QIBs. To accompliosh this, the underwriter would purchase the securities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
from the issues in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements
of the securities Act and relying upon Rule 144A, resell those securities to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
QIBs in the US.A leading south Korean trading company, Samsung co. Ltd. Which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
floted a truly global instrument in December 1990, tradable both in
Europe and in the US, set the trend for GDR issues. The GDR issue
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
allowed the company to raise capital both in US and Europesimultaneously through one security.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
225
Depository Receipts (DRs) are offered for subscription as under:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a) Unsponsored : Issued by one or more depositores in response to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market demand.Today this is obsolete.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b) Sponsored : This is prominent today thanks to flexibility to list on
a national exchange in the US and the ability to raise capital.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1) Private Placement (!$$A) DRs: A company can access the US
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and other markets through a private placement of sponsored DRs.
In this a company can raise3 capital by pacing DRs with large
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
institutional investors and avoid registering with the SEC. TheNational Association Of Securities Deal (NASD) of the US has
established an Electronic Trading System similar to NASDAQ,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
called PORTAL within which Rule 144A eligible securities
approved by NASD for deposit may traded by QIBs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2) Sponsored Level DRs: This is the simplest method for companies
to access the US and non-US capital markets. Level-I DRs trade
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
on the OTC market and as a result the company does not have to
compy with US generally accepted accounting principles (US
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
GAAP) or full securities and exchange commission (SEC)disclosures. Under this, companies enjoy the benefits of a publicly
traded security without changing the current reporting process.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3) Sponsored Level II and III DRs: Companies that wish to either
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
list their securities on an exchange in the US or raise capital, use226
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sponsored level II and III DRs respectively. Each level requiresdifferent SEC registration and reporting plus adherence to US
GAAP. The companies must also meet the listing requirements of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the National Exchange or NASDAQ whichever it chooses.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Need for GDR issues by Indian Companies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The specific needs of Indian companies to issue GDRs are as
follows.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i)To raise valuable foreign exchange, ii) to meet the expansion
and diversification needs of these companies, iii) to globalize
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the demand for the scrips of these companies, iv) to leverage the
corporate names of these companies in the global capital market,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
v) to mitigate the rising cost of domestic capital due to stringentmonetary conditions at home and vi) to broad-base share
holdings in these companies are the specific needs that were
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sought to be fulfilled by these GDR companies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Requirements for Issuing GDRsIn a directive issued on November 12, 1993, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Government of India laid down certain provision governing issues of
GDRs and foreign currency bonds. The key provisions are as follows:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Prior permission from the deportment of Economic Affairs,
ministry of Finance is mandatory.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Company seeking such approval must have a consists track
record of good performance.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
227
The custodian shall be a Domestic Custodian Bank.
The aggregate of the foreign investment in the company,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
direct or indirect, shall not exceed 51% of the issued and
subscribed capital of the issuing company ( This is exclusive
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of general permission of offshore funds orFIIs to invest upto 24% or 30% as the case may be.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In addition the notification contains details of taxation
are men tioned in the text. Dividends are subject to a 10%
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
withholding tax and capital gains (if the underlying sharesare sold in India or to an India resident) at maximum
marginal rate if short term (holding period less than 12
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
months) and 10% if long term are provided for.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Subsequently, in may 1994, the Government of Indiaissued further guidelines intended to further regulate the
access and the use of funds. The May 1994 guideliens
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
specify inter alia:
1) A company can make a GDR issue only once in a period
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of 12 months. A group of companies can make no morethan two issues.
2) The funds mobilized must be used within a year of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issue date for one or more of the following purposes:
a. Import of capital equipment.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b. Purchase of domestic plant, equipment and buildings.c. Prepayment or scheduled repayment of an existing
foreign currency liability.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
d. Funds a joint venture or a project abroad provided the
same has been approved by the Government.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
228
e. Up to 15% of the issue proceeds can be utilized for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
general corporate restructuring purposes.3) On a case-by-case the Government may approve
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
retention of the proceeds abroad to be used as
prescribed. Otherwise the funds must be repatriated to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
India within two weeks of the issue.4) In certain cases, GDR investment will be treated on par
with foreign direct investment and hence will require
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
prior clearance by the Foreign Investment Promotion
Board (FIPB).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The guidelines are subject to review and
revision every three months. GDR can be offered to US investors only if
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
very stringent requirements of registration with the SEC are complied
with. However, under an exemption granted by Rule 144A of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
securities Act, securities can be offered to Qualified Institutional Buyers(QIBs) without going through the registration process.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Parties to GDRs
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The key involved in a GDR issue apart from the issuing companyare:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i) The lead manager (s0 : An investment bank which has the primary
responsibility for assessing the market and successfully marketing the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issue. It helps the company at all stages from preparing thedocumentation, making investor presentation, selection of other manager
(subscribers) and post-issue support. It also owes a responsibility to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investors or presenting an accurate picture of the company`s present status
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
229and future prospects, to the best of its knowledge. This means that it must
exercise due diligence in collecting and evaluating all possible
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
information which may have a bearing on the issue.ii) Others managers or managers or subscribers to the issue agree to take
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and market parts of the issue as negotiated with the lead manager.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iii) Depository: A bank or financial institution, appointed by the issuingcompany which has certain duties and functions to be discharged vis-?-vis
the GDR holders and the company. For this it receives compensation both
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
from the company as well as the GDR holders.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iv) Custodian: A bank appointed by the depository, generally inconsultation with the issuing company which keeps custody of all
deposited property such as share certificates, dividends, right and bonus
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
shares etc. It receives its fees from the depository.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
v) Clearing systems : EUROCLEAR (Brussels), CEDEL (London) are theregistrars in Europe and Depository Trust company (DTC) is the registrar
in USA who keep records of all particulars of GDRs and GDR holders.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Steps in issue of GDRs
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The steps involved in the GDR mechanism can be summarized as
follows:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i) The amount of issue is finalized in US dollars. The company considers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
factors such as gearing, dilution effect on future earnings per share etc.The lead manager assesses the market conditions.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
230
ii) The lead manager and other managers agree to subscribe to the issue at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a price to be determined on the issue date. These agreements are
embodies in a subscription agreement signed oon the issue date.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iii) Usually, the lead manager has an option to subscribe to specified
additional quantity of GDRs. This option called green shoe has to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exercised within a certain number of days.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
iv) Simultaneously, the Depository and the Custodian are appointed andthe issuer is ready to launch the issue.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
v) The company issues a share certificate equal to the number of GDRs to
be sold. This certificate is in the name of the Depository, kept in custody
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the custodian. Before receipts of the proceeds of the issue, thecertificate is kept in escrow.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
vi) Investors pay money to the subscribers.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
vii) The subscribers (i.e. the lead managers and other managers to theissue) deposit the funds with the Depository after deducting their
commissions and expenses.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Viii) The company registers the depository or its nominee as holder of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
shares in its register of shareholders.ix) The Depository delivers the European Master GDR to a common
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
depository for CEDEL and EUROCLER and holds an American Master
GDR registered in the name of DTC or its nominee.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
231
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
x) CEDEL, EUROVLRAR and DTC allot GDRs to each ultimateinvestors based on the data provided by the managers through the
depository.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
xi) The GDR holders pick up their GDR certificates. Anytime after a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
specified cooling off period after close of the issue they can converttheir GDRs into the underlying shares by surrendering the GDR to the
depository. The Custodian will issue the share certificates in exchange for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the GDR.
xii) Once surrendered in exchange for shares, such shares can not be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reconverted into GDRs. That is there is no fungiability.xiii) The GDRs are listed on stock exchanges in Europe such as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Luxembourg and London.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Xiv) Dividends paid will be collected by the custodian converted intolocal currency and distributed to GDR holders.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The costs of the issue consist of various fees, commission and
expenses paid to the lead manager and other managers, fees and expenses
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
paid to the depository, preparation of documents, legal fees, expensesinvolved in investor presentation (road shows etc.) listing fees for the
stock exchanges, stamp duties etc. Fees and commissions paid to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
managers vary but are generally in the neighborhood of 3-4% of the issue
amount. This is for less than issue costs in India which rage between 8%
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to 15% of the issue size.GDR holders have the right to dividends, the right to subscribe to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
new shares and the rights to bonus shares. All these rights are exercised
through the depository. The depository convert the dividends from rupees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
232
to foreign currency. GDR holders have no voting rights. The depository
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
may vote if necessary as per the Depository Agreement.American Depositary Receipt (ADR)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ADRs are financial assets that are issued by U.S.
banks and represent indirect ownership of a certain number of shares of a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
specific foreign firm that are held on deposit in a bank in the firm`s homecountry. The advantage of ADRs over direct ownership is that the
investor need not worry about the delivery of the stock certificates is that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the investor need not worry about the delivery of the stock certificates or
converting divided payments from a foreign currency into U.S. dollors.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The depository bank automatically does the converting for the investorand also forwards all financial reports from the firm. The investor pays
the bank a relatively small fee for these services. Typically non-Canadian
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
firms utilize ADRs. For example, Mexican firms are traded in this
manner in the United States ? at yearend 1993, all 13 Mexican firms with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
their stock listed on the NYSE utilised ADRs. In March 1999, the firsteven ADR issue by an Indian firm took off. The Information Technology
Ltd., floated ADRs which were received very well.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
One study that examined the diversification
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
implications of investing in ADRs found that such securities were ofnotable benefit to U.S. investers. Specifically, a sample of 45 ADRs was
examined and compared with a sample of 45 U.S. securities over the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
period from 1973 to 1983. Using an index based on all NYSE ? listed
stocks, the betas of the ADRs had an average value of .26, which was
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
much lower than the average beta of 1.01 for thye U.S. securities.Furthermore, the correlation of the ADRs returns with those of the NYSE
market portfolio averaged 0.33, whereas U.S. securities had a notably
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
higher average correlation of .53.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
233Given these two observations, it is not surprising
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
that portfolios formed from U>S> securities and ADRs had much lowerstandard deviations than portfolios consisting of just U.S securities. For
example, portfolios consisting of 10 U.S. securities had an average
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
monthly standard deviation of 5.50%, whereas a 10-security portfolio split
evenly between U.S. securities and ADRs had an average monthly
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
standard deviation of 4.41%. Thus in contrast to investing inmultinationals, it seems that investing in ADRs brings significant benefits
in terms of risk reduction.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The SEC currently requires that foreign firms prepare
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
their financial statements using U.S. generally accounting principles(GAAP) if they want their shares or ADRs to be listed on a U.S. exchange
or an NASDAQ. There are two consequences of this requirement. First,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
many foreign firms have their shares and ADRs traded in the part of the
over-the-counter market that does not involve NASDAQ> Second, many
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
large and actively traded foreign firms have decided against listing theirshares in the United States. This has caused U.S. exchanges to fear that
certain foreign exchangers which do not have such reporting requirements
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(particularly London) will reign as the financial centers of the world in the
future. In response to the complaints of the exchanges, the SEC argues
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
that this requirement is necessary to protect U.S. investors and that itwould be patently unfair to U.S. firms if they had to meet such
requirements but their foreign competitors did not have to do so.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEBT INSTRUMENTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Debt instruments ADR . global debt market is much older thanglobal equity market . earlier the multipapted and bilater . debt
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
234
instruments in full form. Debt instruments took several forms viz. straight
bonds. Syndicated loans. Floatiog rate bonds. Converfible bonds etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
VARIETIES OF GLOBAL MARKET DEBT INSTRUMENTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Debt investment guarantees periodic current return and priorityrepayment of capital over equity investment i9n the event of winding up.
Of course, debt investments are redeemable after a fixed time period,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
usually 7 years or so. Secuity is there. Risk averse investors go for this
investment. A brief description of debt instruments available in the Euro-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market.Bonds: For starters, there is a veritable plethora of securities, such as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro-bonds, Yankee bonds, Samurai bonds, and Dragon bonds which tap
the European, US, Japanese, and Asia-Pacific markets, respectively.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
More specifically, Eurobonds are unsecured debt securities maturing atleast a year after the launch. Usually fixed-rate instruments, with bullet
repayments-one-shot redemption-these bonds are listed on stock
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchanges abroad. And borrowers access global investors with deep
pockets: individuals with high net worth as well as institutions.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The volume of Eurobonds issues from the world`s emerging markets
hovered around the $29-billion mark, with the average size of an issue
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
being $127 million some five years ago. The most popular instrument
among emerging market borrowers: a Eurobond with a 144-A trance.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
That is, a public offering in the Euro-market and a private offering in theUS.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Foreign Commercial Paper: Commercial papers are continuously
offered unsecured debt by the borrower. Most FCPs mature in 30, 60, or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
90 days and are sold at a discount to their face value. That reflects the235
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest on the instrument as well as the overall yield to the investor. It`sextremely flexible, since commercial papers can be structured according
to different maturities, amounts and rates according to the issuer`s needs
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for funds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Fixed/Floating Rate Notes: This debt instrument matures in 90 days`time but it can be extended at the issuer`s option for an additional period
at each maturity date; simultaneously, the interest rate also increases.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Several variations are possible; extendable bonds and stepped-up coupon
put table bonds. As the term suggests, hold on to the bonds for some
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
more time usually at a higher coupon rate.As for stepped-up coupon put table bonds, they are a hybrid
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
between debt with warrants and extendable bonds or notes. After a
specified period of time, investors can either put the bonds back up t the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issuer or hold on to the bonds for a stated period at a higher-stepped-up-coupon rate.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Flip-Flop Notes: A bond with reverse flexibility, a flip-flop note offers
investors the option to convert to another debt instrument. And in some
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cases, investors can even go back to the original bond at a later date. Theoption changes the maturity of the issue and the interest rate profile. It
gives issuers the opportunity to persuade investors to accept lower interest
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rates, thus reducing their costs. Conversely, investors have options which
come in handy when interest rates fluctuate sharply.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Dutch Auction Notes: Here, investors bid for seven-year notes on which
the coupon rate is re priced every 35 days. As a result, the notes are sold at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the lowest yield possible. Bids are conducted through a real auction by
dealers in the US markets. The main advantage is that these notes provide
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
236
money for longer periods than commercial paper, since they are re priced
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
only once every 35 days and, unlike commercial paper, are not redeemedand resold.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bunny Bonds: These bonds permit investors to deploy their interest
income from a host bond into more bonds with the same terms and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
conditions. Since the option to reinvest interest at the original yield isattractive to long-term investors, like the pension fun ds, companies find it
a cheap source of finance.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro-rupee Bonds: It doesn`t exist yet, but several foreign institutions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are toying with the idea of gobbling together such a tool for warycompanies. Denominated in rupees, Euro-rupee bonds can be listed in,
say, Luxembourg. Interest will be paid out in rupees, and investors play
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the risks of currency fluctuations.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro-convertible Bonds: It`s the most excitingEuro-option available. Equity-linked debt instruments, which can be
converted into GDRs. ECBs represent the best of both worlds. And they
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
may soon overtake GDRs in terms of their popularity in this country.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Traditionally, investors have the option to convert any such bondsinto equity according to a pre-determined formula-and, appropriately,
even at a pre-determined exchange rate. Such bonds allow investors the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
flexibility to remain with the debt instrument if the share price refuses to
rise. These bonds have also spawned subtle variations like those with call
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and put options, which allow the issuer to insist on conversion beyondcertain limits or permit investors to sell the bonds back to the issuer.
What`s more significant are the structural variations that the Euro-market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is becoming famous for.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
237Deep Discount Convertibles:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Such a bond is usually at a price which is 70 to 80 per cent of its
face value. And the initial conversion prices and the coupon rate levels,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are lower than that of a conventional Eurobond.
ECBs with Warrants:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Strictly speaking, these financial instruments are nothing but
derivatives of Euro-bonds. They are combination of debt, with the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investor getting an option on the issuer`s equity. The equity, or warrant, is
detachable from the host bond and it can be cased after specific points of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
time. However, the bonds, which have a debt life of seven to 10 year,remain ourstanding until they mature. There can be expectations of the
issuer and the lender. For instance, they could be zero coupon which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
carry a conversion option as a predetermined price, which are called liquid
yield option notes.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bell Spread Warrants
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These warrants offer an investor exposure to the underlying share
between a lower level, L , and an upper level, U,. The lower level is ser
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to provide a return to investor above and divided yield on the share. Aftermaturity- usually three years ? if the share is below the level L, then the
investor receives the difference from the company.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Compenasating for the downside protection, the issuer can cap the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
up-side potential on the share. When it matures, if the issuer`s share priceis above the level U, the issuer has to pay out only the amount U. If the
stock is between L and U on maturity, the issuer has a choice of either
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
paying the investor cash or delivering shares. As the minimum return is
set above the divided yield on shares, the structure works best for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
companies with a low divided yield.238
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Money-back Warrants(MBWs): MBWs entitle an investor to receive acertain predetermined sum from the issuer provided the investor holds the
warrant until it natures, and does not convert it into shares. To the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investor, the cost of doing so is not only the cash he loses, but also the
interest foregone on the sum of the money. This means that companies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
must offer a higher premium than they normally do.Syndicated Loan:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The earlier to be evolved and, for a time, the most dominate from a
cross border lending was the syndicated bank loan. Thought the late
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
seventies and early eighties most of the developing country borrowersrelied on this source since their credit rating and reputation were not good
enough for them to avail of other avenues such as bond issues. A large
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bank loan could be arranged in a reasonably short time and with few
formalities. This was also a period during which banks found themselves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
being flooded with inflows of short term funds and a relatively represseddemand for loans from their traditional developed country borrowers.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EURO MARKET INSTRUMENTS.
To day instruments market is integrated and globalized one. the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
euro market speaks of the integrated nature of the global investementmarket. It is mainly interbank market dealing is euro currency deposit and
euro currency loans. Some of the instruments dealt in the market are; euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bonds. Commercial pages, certificate of deposits. Floating rate notes etc. a
brief description of these instruments are given here.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eurocurrency deposits
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eurocurrency deposit refers to the deposit if a currency with the
banks outside the country where the currency is legal tender. Hence
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eurocurrency deposit consists of all deposits of currencies placed withbanks outside their home currency. Deposits are placed at call or for fixed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
239
periods as time deposits. Call deposits may be made for overnight, two
days or seven days notices. Time deposits are accepted in the periods of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1,3,6, and 12 months. In general the deposits are accepted in the
Eurocurrency market for a minimum of U. S. dollar 50,000/- or its
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
equivalent in other currencies.Certificate of deposit
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Certificate of deposit is a certificate issued by a bank evidencing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
receipt of money and carries the bank`s guarantee for the repayment ofprincipal and interest.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Certificate of deposits are negotiable instruments and are issued
payable to bearer and are trended in the secondary market. The certificate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of deposits are issued for a minimum denomination of U.S dollar 50,000/-and for a maximum period, generally, of 1 year.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Certificates of deposits provided an excellent avenue to the
investors in Eurocurrency market who would like to park their surplus in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the high interest instrument eith liquidity. For example if an investor saybank has surplus fun which it would like to invest for a period of say 3
months it can buy a C.D. for 3 months. IF need be, the bank can sell the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
C.D. in the secondary market and liquidate it.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of Certificates of deposits1. Straight or Top CDs: These are certificates of deposits with a fixed
rate of interest and a fixed data of maturity (Generally 1-12
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
months) . The interest is fixed in term of LIBOR and interest rate
depends on the issuing bank and liquidity position in the market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Floating Rate CDs: These are certificates of deposits which areissued with the interest rate linked to the LIBOR rate and are
normally issued for a period of maximum of 3 years. Interest rate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
240
is reviewed at predetermined periodicity say every six months and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
adjusted in line with the base rate LIBOR rate.
3. Discount CDs: These are issues at a discount and are paid at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maturity for the face value, the difference between the issues priceand face value representation the interest.
4. Trenches CDs: A Tranche CD is a share in a programme of CD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issues by a bank upto predetermined level. Each Tranche CD
carries the same rate of interest and matures on the same date.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
They are normally placed directly with the investors and theyrepresent short term bonds. These CDs are issued with maturities
upto 5 years.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EUROCREDITS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In THE Eurocurrency market, most of the lending takes places in
the form of Eurocredit. Eurocredit are medium and long term loans given
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
by the banks in curricies which need not necessarily be those of the
lenders or borrowers.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Security aspects of EurocreditEurocredfits are provided mostly without any collateral security but
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the emphasis is on the credit rating of the borrower. In view of the
diffifulties experienced in enforcing securities the lending is made on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
strength of the standing of the borrower in the market.Nature of Facility
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eurocredit are extended either as revolving credits or as ten credits.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Under revolving dredit, a limit is fixed for a borrower and he can drawwnenever ha needs and interest willl be levied only on the amount drawn.
On the unutilized portion of the sanctioned limit, a commitment fee may
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be charged. Under the term credit credit facilities, the credit is extended
for a specified term like say 3 year, the amountis disbursed as per the term
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
241
of the contract. The repayment takes place over a period of time as per
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the agreed schedule.Eurocredits are extended generally for a period of 5 to 8 years. In
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
some cases it may go upto 15 years.
Interest
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A special feature of Eurocredit is the method of fixing the interest
rate. Interest rate are tied to bench mark of references rate. The bench
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mark is the London interbank Offered Rate. For dollar credits LIBOR is
used as benchmark while LUXIBOR (LUXEMboung Interbank Offered
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rate) is used as benchmark rate for credits extended in Deutschemark andfor credits in Pound Sterling Paris Interbank offered rate(PIBOR) is taken
as the base rate. The interest is quoted as so many basic points above the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference rate like 100 basic points above LIBOR above LUXIBOR etc,
This is known as margin and the margin depends on the credit rating of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the borrowing, and his bargaining power. The interest is reviewed everysix months and changed in tune with the reference rate.
Currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The credits are generally extended in U.S. dollar but other
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currencies are also used for lending. IN some cases, the credit agreementprovides for currency option. Under the arrangement the loan is originally
given is one currency with the option to the borrower to roll the loan is a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
different currency if need be. This helps the borrower to protect against
exchange risk.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EURO LOAN SYNDICATION
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro Loan syndication was one of the earlier forms of lending
evolved and remains to be one of the dominat form of crossborder
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lending. When the size od the lending is huge running into a few hundredmillion or billions, a few banks join together and provide the loan. This is
loan syndication is simple term. It owes its evolution to U.S. Laws which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
242
fixed certain limits on lending exposure of a single bank on a single
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrower.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A syndicated credit is the agreement between two or more lendinginstitutions to provide a borrower a credit facility utilizing common loan
documentation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
An appropriate definition will be.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International syndicated credits are managed and underwritten by
one or more financial institution normally from a location other than
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
domicile of the borrower to include lender from differing banking
geographic which provides the borrower access to more than its own
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency of domicile.In arranging a syndicated loan the following player take a major
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
role.
1. Managing Bank: Managing bank is appointed by the borrower to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
arrange the credit. The managing bank helps the borrower to drawup the loan application, it negotiates the term and conditions with
other banks and arranges the syndicate. The managing bank`s role
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
comes to en end with the signing of loan aggrement by the
borrower and the participating banks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Lead Bank: Lead Bank is the bank which provides the major chunkof the loan.
3. Agent Bank: Agent Bank is the bank appointed by the lenders to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
look after their interest one the loan agreement is signed. They
take over from the managing bank.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Participating Bank: The participates in a syndicated loan fall intothe following segments.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.1. The wholesale large commercial banks who arrange the credits,
take lion`s shares.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
243
1.2. The retail sector small banks take whatever share is given to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
them and take a participation in the loan syndication.Loan syndication is the most popular method of raising shot term
and medium term loans. Most of the developing country borrowers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rely on this sources oc credits since their ratings and market
standing are not good enough to avail of other avenues like bond
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issues etc, A large bank loan could be arranged in a reasonablyshort time and with few formalities. Minimum amount of
syndicated loan raised is normally 50 million US dollar and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maximum amount is normally 5 billion US dollar and are given for
a period ranging from 365 days to 20 years.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Apart from interest the following fees are payable in a
syndicated loan:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Management Fee is the fees payable to managing bank
which arranges the credit. It is payable upfront and is fixed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
as a percentage of the loan arranged2. Participation Fee is the fee payable to the participants in
the syndicate. A part of the management fee is passed on to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the participant banks in proportion to their share as
participation fee.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Commitment fee is the charge paid on undrawn balances ofthe credit. This is also known as facility fee and is levied to
compensate the banks for keeping funds ready.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Agency Fee is the fee payable to the agent bank which takes
care of disbursement of the credit after sanction, recovery of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
loan instalments ans distribution of principal plus interest tothe participants and this is an annual fee.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Unique features of syndicated loans:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2441. Access to Euro-currency markets
a) Free from Regulatory Control
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b) Offshore banking- global convergec) Flexibility to suit the borrower`s and lender`s changing
needs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Recycling of Eurodeposits from surplus to deficit areas.
3. Transform short term enrodeposits to medium/long term
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
euro credits.Concepts of Loan Syndication
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Agreement between two or more lenders
2. Common borrower.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Common documentation.4. Different from unsyndicated or independent borrowings
from multiple banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Advantages to Lenders
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Spreading of risk.2. Access to big borrowers.
3. Access to credit judgments/ marketing skills of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sophisticated banks.
4. Sources of fees i.e non interest income.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. Advertisement.Advantages to the Borrower
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Ability to raise Jumbo loans in one stroke.
2. Single tap funding.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. One set documentation. Hence less hassle.4. Flexibility in the borrowing and speed which ensures timely
delivery of credit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
245
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Protection to the Lenders
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To protect their interest the lending bank lays down certainfinancial covenants which are included in the agreement. The covenants
are financial values or rations to be maintained by the borrower and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
following are the few.
a) Debt-equity ratio
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
b) Dividend payout rationc) Debt service coverage ration
Normally the lending banks analysis before sanction the credit
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
standing of the borrower, his country`s credit standing, and his country`s
economic and political situation. Even though all members of a syndicate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sign a common loan agreement each lending bank is responsible for itsown decision.
Any misrepresentation of fact by the borrower or failure to perform
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the covenants is defaults by the borrower. Default with any single lending
bank will be construed as default with all banks. Since the credits fall
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
outside the jurisdiction of any court the legel recourse is difficult andhence settlement through political negotiation is normally resorted to in
care of defaults.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EUROBONDS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eurobonds constitute a major source of borrowing in the
Eurocurrency market. A bond is a debt security issued by the borrower
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which is purchased by the investor and it involves I the process some
intermediaries like underwriters, merchant bankers etc. Eurobonds are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bonds of international borrower`s sole in different markets simultaneouslyby a group of international banks. The bonds are issued on behalf of
governments, big multinational corporations, etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
246Euro bonds are unsecured securities and hence normally issued by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Governments, Governmental Corporations, local bodies which aregenerally guaranteed by the Governments of the countries concerned and
big multinational borrowers of good credit rating. The bonds are sold by a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
group of international banks which form a syndicate. The lead bank in the
syndicate, advises the issuer of the bond on the size of the issue, terms and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
conditions, timing of the issue etc., and take up the responsibility ofcoordinating the issue. Lead managers take the assistance of co-managing
banks. Each issue is underwritten by a group of underwriters and then are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sold.
Feature of Eurobonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eurobonds are mostly bearer bonds and are generally denominated
in U.S. dollar, issued in the denominations of U.S. dollar 10,000/- The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bonds are issued for a period of about 5 to 7 years though in some cases
they are issued for a longer duration.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Types of bondsThe following are the types of bonds:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.
Straight or fixed rate bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.Convertible bonds
3.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Currency option bonds
4.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Planning rate bonds/Notes5.
Zero coupon bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(I) Straight or fixed rate bonds: These are the traditional bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which are debt instruments carrying a fixed interest with a fixed maturityperiod with interest payable at a fixed predetermined interval, say 6
months or 1 year. The period of such bonds vary from 5 to 25 years but
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
commonly bonds are issued by a period of 15 years.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
247These are issued for a face value with a certain percentage of
interest payable at a certain periodicity and are redeemable after the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
expiry of the period specified.These bonds are traded in the secondary markets which provide
liquidity to the bonds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Though the bonds are issued for a fixed maturity, some bonds are
issued with a clause that the bonds are redeemable by the issuer, at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issuer`s choice, prior to its maturity at a price which is above the facevalue (call price). There are known as callable bonds and are a simple
variant of straight bond. This feature of the bond allows the issuers to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
restructure their liability and provides flexibility.
A puttable bond is another variant of straight bonds and is opposite
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to callable bond. It allows the investor to surrender the bonds to the issuerof the bond prior to maturity of the bonds, at the discretion of the investor,
after a certain period after issue. This provides liquidity to the investor
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and may have to pay for this privilege in the form of lower interest.
Though the interest is fixed on the bonds, the yield varies with the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
purchase price of the bonds. The market price at which the bond is boughtby the investor either in the primary market (new issue market) or in the
secondary market (an existing issue made sometime in the past) is its
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
purchase price which may be same as the face value of the bond or may
be lower or higher than the face value depending upon whether the bond
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
was purchased at a discount or at a premium. The yield varies with thepurchase price of the bond.
(ii) Euro Convertible Bonds: These are similar to fixed or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
straight bonds with an option to convert them at the discretion of the
investor into the equity shares of the issuing company. The conversion
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
will be done at a price (which determines the number of shares for whichthe bond will be exchanged) after expiry of a certain period of time. These
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
248
convertible bonds are similar in nature to the convertible debentures in our
country.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Conversion of the bond into equity shares is done at the discretion
of the bond holder and he can opt for it if the market prices of the shares
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are higher than the conversion price.Convertible bonds are attractive from investment perspective
because it gives the investor an opportunity to participate in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
company`s growth. Additionally, the bonds are normally issued in a
currency other than the currency in which the shares are denominated and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
hence conversion into shares in a different currency provides the investormuch needed currency diversification in investments.
This instrument is preferred by those who find the domestic (their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
country) debt market to be restrictive for short maturities, high rates of
interest and various covenants of commercial loans in foreign currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
unacceptable. This also favoured by those who wish to prevent immediatedilution of equity and possible loss of control over management.
Hence Euro convertible bonds are equity linked debt security
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
instruments that can be converted into shares.
Warrants: This is a variant of the convertible bonds. The bond is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issued with warrants which are detachable. The warrant gives the holderthe right to purchase a financial asset say shares at a stated price. The
warrants are tradable. The investor can keep the bond and trade the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
warrant for the shares.
(iii) Currency option bonds: These bonds are similar in nature to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the straight bonds with a difference that it is issued in one currency withan option to take interest and principal in another currency. The rate at
which the conversion takes place from one currency into another depends
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
upon the terms of the issue. The rate may be fixed at the time of issue of
bonds or at floating rates. Due to fluctuations observed in foreign
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange market the later option of floating rates are more popular and249
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
under this the rate of conversion is the spot rate quoted in the market threebusiness days before the due date of payment of principal and interest.
(iv) Floating rate bonds/Notes: These are similar to the straight
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or fixed rate bonds as far as maturity and denomination are concerned but
the difference is that unlike the fixed rate bond where the interest rate is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fixed, in this the interest rate is varying in nature.The interest rate is linked to a base rate like LIBOR and the interest
payable on the bond for the next six months or one year is set with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reference to the base rate. The rate of interest is adjusted every six
months or one year depending on the terms for the issue.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In some cases, a ceiling is put on the interest rate on the bond andin some cases a floor rate is fixed.
The floating rate bonds offer flexibility to the investors who can
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
block their funds for a long term with benefits of the short term interest
movements, i.e. if an investor invests for a period of say 10 years and if
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the money market shows gradual increase in the interest rates his funds donot get blocked at lower rates but interest keep changing with the changes
in the interest rates in the market FRNs are normally issued by bankers.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(v) Zero Coupan Bonds: These bonds are purchased at a
substantial discount from the face value of the bond and are redeemed at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
face value on maturity. There are no interim interest payments. Thedifference between the purchase price and face value is the return on the
investment.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
These bonds are similar to cumulative deposits or cash certificates
of banks in our country.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Distinction between Eurobonds, domestic bonds and foreign bonds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Domestic bonds are bonds issued by a resident issuer in the
country of its residence, denominated in the currency of the country.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
250
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Example: State Bank of India bonds sold in India to Indianresidents denominated in Indian rupees is domestic bond.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Foreign bonds are bonds issued by a non resident entity
denominated in the currency of the country where the bond is issued.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Example: India Development Bonds issued by State Bank of India
in U.S.A. denominated in U.S. dollars are foreign bonds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Eurobonds are bonds denominated in a currency other than the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency of the country in which they are issued.Example: A German multinational issuing bonds in London
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
denominated in U.S. dollar qualifies for a Eurobond.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The foreign bonds and domestic bonds are subject to regulations byregulatory authorities and disclosure norms while Eurobonds are not
governed by any such regulation or disclosure norms.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Many Eurobonds are listed on stock exchanges in Europe and this
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
require filing of certain financial reports by the issuers to the exchange ona regular basis.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
OTHER EURO-INSTRUMENTS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Note Issuance Facility and Euro Commercial Paper are dealt her.Note Issuance Facility
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This is an innovation of early 80`s. It combines the features of
syndicated banks loans and floating rate notes issued to the investors. This
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
instrument satisfies the investors` need for short term investment andborrowers` need for medium term funding.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In this instrument the issuer obtains medium term funding by
issuing short term notes to the investor directly and keep them rolling over
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
repeatedly. Thus every six months or one year, the previous issue wouldbe redeemed and a fresh issue will be made. In order to ensure that the
issuer gets the fund whether or not the notes are taken up by the market, a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
group of underwriters (syndicate of banks) underwrite the issues and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
251thereby undertake an obligation to take up the part of issue which is not
subscribed to by the market. The issuer of the bond pays a fee for this
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
underwriting facility.Note issuance facility represents a combination that best suits all
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
parties. Parties with good rating can raise funds at a rate lower than the
rate at which banks lend. Investors who generally prefer short term
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investments find this attractive as they are redeemed in a short time by theissuer and reissued. Underwriting facility ensures smooth flow of funds to
the borrower. This ensures income to the banks by way of underwriting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fees.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Commercial PapersCommercial Paper (CP) is a short term unsecured promissory note
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
that is generally sold by large corporations on discount basis to
institutional investors and other corporates for maturities ranging from 7
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to 365 days. Commercial paper is cheap and flexible source of fund forhighly rated borrowers as it works out cheaper than bank loans. For an
investor it is an attractive short term investment which offers higher
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest than bank accounts.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In U.S.A. the commercial paper is in existence for more than 100years and accounts more than 400 billion US dollars. U.S.A. is the largest
commercial paper market. It is used extensively by U.S. and non U.S.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
corporations. Any issuer who wants to launch a C.P. in U.S.A. has to get it
rated by Moody`s or by Standard and Poor`s Corporation, the credit rating
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
agencies. The commercial papers then can be placed either directly orthrough C.P. dealers. The major investors are Corporates, Trusts,
Insurance Companies, Pension Funds and other funds, banks etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Commercial papers can be issued either directly in their own name
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or with third party support in the form of standby letters. Most C.P.252
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
programs have a back-up credit line of a commercial bank covering atleast 50% of the issue.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In Europe, commercial paper evolved out of Euronotes like Note
issuance facility, which are under-written facilities. As the underwriting
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
facility is expensive, in 1984, Saint Gobbain, an issuer and Banque Indo-Suez dealer issued Euronotes without underwriting facility and thus
became the first Euro-CP issuer. The commercial paper issues in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euromarkets developed rapidly in an environment of securitisation and
disintermediation of traditional banking.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro CPs are not rated by rating agencies as the Euro investors are
not keen about the ratings of issuers.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Advantages of Euro CP`s to borrowers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.Cheaper source of funds.
2.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Simplicity in documentation, low cost of arrangement, absence of
rating requirements.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3.Flexible maturity.
4.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Diversification of short term funding through market that is found
attractive by wide variety of investors.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5.Flexibility in limits determined by the issuer`s cash flow
requirements at any point of time.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
6.
A successful Euro CP programme will enhance the reputation of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the issuer worldwide among the investing community.Different between Euro & U.S. CP Programmes
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro CP Programme
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
U.S. CP Programme1. Do not distinguish the issuer`s U.S. investors expect higher
nationalities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
returns from foreign issuers of
comparable rating with U.S.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issuers253
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Low rated CPs are issued by U.S. Better rated CPs are issued byissuers
issuers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Central Banks, Corporate funds are Money market funds are the
the investors
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investors4. Euro CP is traded in secondary Held by the investor until
market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maturity
5. Very competitive
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Less competitive6. No credit rating required
Credit rating required
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. Priced in relation to Bank rate
Priced in relation to treasury
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bill, Bank CD rates8. Time consuming process
Simple process
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In recent years, the growth in the number of new issues and volumehas slowed down in Euro commercial paper markets. As a result of some
defaults, investors` concern about credit worthiness has increased
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dramatically.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
254
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A brief description about global financial institutions andDevelopment banks are given below
INTERNATIONAL BANK FOR RECONSTRUCTION AND
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DEVELOPMENT (IBRD OR THE WORLD BANK)--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the
IBRD or the World Bank) came to be established by the international
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Economic Conference at Bretton Woods in July 1944. The World Bankstarted functioning from June 1946.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Objectives of the World BankThe objectives of the World Bank set forth in the Bretton Woods
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Agreement are as follows:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To render assistance in the reconstruction and development of
member countries by facilitating investment of capital for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
productive purposes and help restoration of economies from
enormous destruction brought about by the World War 11(1939-45)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(Reconstruction), and also to provide encouragement to thedevelopment of productive resources of less developed countries
(hence the word 'Development' in the full title of the World Bank)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To promote private foreign investment by means such as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
participation in loans or guarantee for loans made by private
investors, as also to supplement private investment by its own
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(World Bank's) loans or finances.255
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To promote long-term balanced growth of international trade and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
help achieve equilibrium in balance of payments position ofmember countries by encouraging international investments for the
development of productive resources and thereby rendering
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
assistance in raising productivity, and standard of living of people
in the member-countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To make arrangements for loans or guarantees in respect of
international loans so that large and small useful projects are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rendered assistance.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Membership and Organisation of the World BankThe World Bank (as also the International Monetary Fund - IMF)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
had 149 members in April 1986.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
All powers of the World Bank are vested in and exercised by the
Board of Governors. Each member-country sends its one Governor for a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
period of 5 years. There is also an Alternate Governor. These Governorsmeet once annually. For the purpose of carrying out day-to-day functions
of the World Bank, the Governors have delegated their powers to a Board
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of Executive Directors who meet once every month. At present there are
22 Executive Directors-six are appointed by five member-countries
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
contributing the largest shares of the World Bank's capital, and 16Executive Directors are elected by the Governors of the remaining
member-countries. These Executive Directors are elected for a period of 2
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
years. The President of the World Bank is also the Chairman of the Board
of Executive Directors. The voting powers of the Executive Directors are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in proportion to the capital subscribed by member- countries. TheExecutive Directors are responsible for matters of policy and their
approval is necessary for all the loans by the World Bank. The day-to-day
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
administration of the World Bank (including making recommendations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
256regarding granting of loans and recommendations regarding questions of
policy to the Executive Directors) is the responsibility of the President of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the World Bank.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The President of the World Bank is assisted by a number of Vice-Presidents and Directors of various Departments for different regions. The
President of the World Bank carries on his duties with the assistance of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
about 6,000 staff members who carry on the day-to-day routine working
of the World Bank.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Capital Structure of the World Bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank commenced with an authorised capital of US
dollars 10 billion, divided into 1,00,000 shares of US dollars 100,000
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
each. Of this authorised capital, US dollars, 9,400 million were actuallysubscribed.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
As in June 1985, the authorised capital stock of the World Bank
comprises of 7,16,500 authorised shares of the par value of SDRl ,00,000
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
each. Of those 58,154 had been subscribed. Thus, the subscribed capital of
the World Bank is SDR 51,315 each. Ten percent of the subscribed capital
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
has been called and paid by member- countries. The remaining 90 per centof the authorised capital is subject to call when the World Bank requires it
to meet demand for loans or for guaranteeing loans to member-countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank's funding strategy or strategy for raising financial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
resources follow the four basic objectives: (1) To ensure availability of
funds to the World Bank (by maintaing unutilised access of funds in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
markets in which the World Bank borrows); (2) To minimise the effectivecost of loans to borrowers (through currency mix of the Bank's
borrowings); (3) To have control over volatility in net income and overall
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
loan charges (for which the Bank started in 1982 variable lending rates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
257system that uniformly adjusts interest charges applicable to all outstanding
balance on all loans); (4) To provide appropriate degree of maturity
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
transformation between Bank's borrowing and lending.Borrowing and Lending Activities of the World Bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank gives loans primarily from its own medium and
long-term borrowings in the international capital markets and Currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Swap Agreements (CSA). Under the CSA, proceeds of a borrowing
country are converted into a different currency and at the same time a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
forward exchange agreement is executed providing for a schedule offuture exchanges of the two currencies in order to recover the currency
converted.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank can also borrow under the Discount-Note
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Programme, by placing bonds and notes directly with governments ofmember-countries, with government agencies and their central banks.
Also, the World Bank offers issues to investors and in public markets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
through investing banking firms, commercial banks and investment banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The total borrowing of the World Bank under its various schemes
in the fiscal year 1984 amounted to US dollars 9.8 billion. Also, a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
substantial amount of the World Bank's resources accrue from the Bank'sretained earnings and repayment of loans borrowed earlier from the World
Bank.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Lending Operations of the World Bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Following are the ways in which the World Bank gives loans to its
member-countries :-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(i) By granting loans out of its own funds; (ii) By participating in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
loans out of funds raised in the market of a member-country or otherwiseborrowed by the World Bank; and (iii) By providing guarantee in part or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
258
in full for loans made by private investors through the usual investment
channels.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is stipulated that the total amount of outstanding loans or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
guarantees provided by the World Bank should not exceed 100 per cent of
the Bank's unimpaired subscribed capital, reserves and surplus.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank gives loans or its guarantees on the following
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
conditions:--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(i) The World Bank is satisfied that in the prevailing marketconditions, the borrower is unable to obtain loans under conditions which
the Bank considers reasonable; (ii) The loans are for reconstruction or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
development (except in special cirsumstances); (iii) If the central bank of
the member- country gives full guarantee for repayment of the principal,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest on loan and Other related charges; (iv) The project for which theloan from the World Bank is being sought is recommended by a
competent committee after a careful study in its written report; and (v)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The bonrower is in a position to meet the Bank's obligations.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank gives medium-term loans and long-term loans
usually running up to the completion of the project for which the Bank has
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
given the loan. Long-term loans are repayable over a period of 20 years orless, with a grace period of 5 years. It is observed that interest rate charged
by the World Bank is calculated in accordance with guidelines related to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
its (i.e. Bank's) cost of borrowing. And, therefore, the World Bank loans
carry different rates of interest. There is in addition an annual commitment
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
charge of 0.75 per cent per year on the outstanding balances.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The total World Bank lending during the fiscal year 1985amounted to US dollars 11.4 billion.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
259
The World Bank's Other Activities
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank's other activities include items such as training,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
technical assistance, inter-organisational cooperation, economic researchand studies, evaluation operations and settlement of investment disputes
among member-countries of the World Bank and the IMF.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank set up Staff College in 1958. It is known as the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Economic Development Institute (EDI). The EDI is meant for training
senior officials of developing countries. The training is in macro-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
economic planning, pricing and development policies, management ofagricultural research, training in rural health care, industrial policy,
railway management and so on.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank renders technical assistance which is an integralpart of the World Bank's programme of activities. This technical
assistance is concerned with feasibility studies, engineering designs,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
construction supervision, management training, and diagnostic and
institutional studies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank also serves as executing agency in the case of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
projects financed by the United Nations Development Programme(UNDP). An important function of the World Bank concerns inter-
organisational cooperation based on formal agreements such as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cooperative programmes between the FAO, the UNESCO, the WHO, the
UNCTAD, the GATT, the United Nations Environmental Programme, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ILO, the Asian Development Bank (the ADB), etc.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank sets aside roughly 3 per cent of its administrativebudget for economic and social research. These research programmes
started in 1971. About 165 research programmes have already been
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
260
completed and about 180 were in progress in 1985. The World Bank also
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
renders assistance to research programmes in developing member-
countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank helps borrowers of the Bank in post-evaluation of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the Bank-assisted projects through its Operation Evaluation Department.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank has also set up 'International Centre of Settlementof Investment Disputes' between member-countries. For example, the
World Bank successfully solved the problem of river water dispute
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
between India and Pakistan and the Suez Canal dispute between Egypt
and the United Kingdom.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank and IndiaIndia is one of the founder-members of the World Bank. In that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
capacity, India held a permanent seat on its Board of Executive Directors
for a number of years. That position was threatened when China applied
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for membership of the World Bank.The World Bank has been rendering substantial assistance to India
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in her efforts at planned economic development. This the World Bank
does by granting loans, rendering expert advice in various spheres, and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
training Indian personnel at the Economic Development Institute (whichwas established to train senior officials of member-developing countries).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank has a Chief Mission at New Delhi and it conducts
on behalf of the World Bank monitoring and consultation in respect of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bank-aided projects in India.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It needs to be emphasised that since its establishment, India
happens to be the largest recipient of the World Bank financial assistance.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Bank since 1949 was committed to 84 loans to India totalling USdollars.7274.7 million till June 1984. In 1984 India borrowed 1.7 billion
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
261
US dollars from the World Bank, and 670 million US dollars from the
IDA and about 2 billion US dollars from commercial sources.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank has been rendering assistance to India in respect
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of projects such as developmentof ports, oil exploration including
Bombay High, gas-power projects, coal, iron, aluminium, railway
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
modernisation, fertiliser plants, technical assistance and industrialdevelopment finance.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It was at the instance of the World Bank that the Aid India
Consortium of 12 developed countries was established and it has been
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
helping India substantially by granting loans and other assistance. The
World Bank helped India to solve the almost intractable problem of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Indus Water dispute with Pakistan.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thus, India has received substantial Financial and non-financialassistance from the World .Bank for the development of industries,
energy, transport, agriculture, etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
262
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
INTERNATIONAL MONETARY FUND (IMF)--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Articles of Agreement of the IMF were formulated at BrettonWoods in the United States in July 1944. The IMF came into existence in
December 1945 and it commenced its operations in March 1947.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Objectives of the IMF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The following objectives of the IMF have been set forth in the
Articles of Agreement:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To promote international monetary cooperation through apermanent institution providing the machinery for consultation and
collaboration on international monetary matters
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To help bring about expansion and balanced growth of international
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
trade and thereby contribute to the maintenance of high levels of
employment and real income among member-countries;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To promote exchange rate stability and thus help avoid competitive
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange rate depreciation;--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To provide facilities for multilateral conversions of nationalcurrencies and help removal of exchange controls and exchange
restrictions; and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To render help to member-countries to correct maladjustment in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
their balance of payments.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The IMF aims at promoting international monetary cooperation
facilitating expansion and balanced growth of international trade thereby
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
helping member-countries to utilise more efficiently their productive
resources and help them to raise real income of the people in the member-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
263
countries, to promote exchange rate stability and avoid competitive
exchange rate depreciation, to facilitate multilateral exchange rate system,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to help shorten duration of disequilibrium in balance of payments of
member-countries, and to create confidence among member-countries by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
providing it resources for correcting maladjustment in balance ofpayments thus ensuring national prosperity.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Organisation of the IMFThe organisation of the IMF is comprised of Board of Governors,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Executive Board, Managing Director, Council and staff. Its headquarter is
in Washington in the United States. In addition, there are standing and ad
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
hoc committees appointed by the Board of Governors and the ExecutiveBoard. In the case of the IMF, the Board of Governors and the Executive
Board are decision-making organs. Their decisions are binding on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
member-countries of the IMF.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Board of Governors is the Apex Body of the IMF. It is
composed of one Governor and one Alternate Governor appointed by each
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
member- country. The normal practice is that a member-country appointsits finance minister or governor of its central bank as the Governor on the
Board of Governors of the IMF. The Alternate Governor appointed by a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
member-country can participate in the meetings of the Board of
Governors; but he has power to vote, only if the Governor is absent from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the meeting.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Board of Governors of the IMF meets once a year. Detailedaccount of the activities of the IMF of the previous year is provided before
the meeting. Special meeting of the Board of Governors can be called by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
any of the five member-countries having 25 per cent or more of the total
voting rights.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
264
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Board of Governors has delegated to the Executive Board, as a
matter of practice, its major decision-making power such as making
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
available the imp's resources to member-countries which have made
applications for funds, review of charges and remuneration and review of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
consultation between the IMF and its member-countries.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Executive Board of the IMF has 21 members at present. Ofthese five are appointed by the five member-countries having largest
quotas of subscriptions to the IMF. The rest of the members of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Executive Board are elected for a period of 2 years by the remaining
member-countries roughly on geographical basis.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Managing Director of the IMF is elected by the Board of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Executive Directors. He is an important international official. Aschairman of the executive Board, the Managing Director has no voting
power at the meeting of the Executive Board.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Executive Board is the most powerful body of the IMF and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exercises vast powers conferred by the Articles of Agreement and
delegated to it by the Board of Governors. It exercises powers that relate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to financial activities as also it exercises regulatory and supervisorypowers. The Executive Board meets several times a week and may be said
to be in continuous session.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Managing Director, in addition to acting as the Chairman of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the Executive Board of the IMF, is also responsible for the organisation
and administration of the personnel of the IMF.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Functions Performed by the IMF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is the duty of the IMF to see that a member-country observes theprovisions of the Bretton Woods Articles of Agreement; the IMF is a sort
of guardian of 'good conduct' of member-countries in respect of their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
265
balance of payments. The IMF aims at reducing trade barriers like tariff
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and other international trade restrictions such as exchange controls. TheIMF sees that no member-country will without the prior permission of the
IMF impose restrictions on making payments or engage in discriminating
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
arrangements or practise the system of multiple exchange rate. The IMF
keeps watch on exchange rate policies adopted and followed by the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
member-countries.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The IMF also gives technical advice to its member-countries onmonetary and fiscal policies and problems. It conducts research studies
and provides technical experts to member-countries facing balance of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
payments problems. It also conducts short-term courses on monetary,
fiscal and balance of payments for personnel from member-countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Lending Operations of the IMF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The IMF is an important international institution. The financialresources at its disposal come from quota subscriptions of the member-
countries. Also, the IMF can increase its financial resources by selling
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
gold to its member-countries or by borrowing from governments or
central banks of member-countries or from the Bank of International
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Settlements or if need be from the OPEC.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
According to the provisions of the IMF, a member-country canborrow from the Fund by purchasing the needed foreign currencies in
exchange of its own currency up to 125 per cent of its quota. However,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
during any one year, a country can borrow (i.e. purchase) foreign
currencies only up to 25 percent of its quota limit The member-country
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowing foreign exchange from the Fund pays for it in terms of its owncurrency. But the borrowing country is expected to pay back the loan in
foreign currency in which the country has borrowed (which means the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
266
country should buy back its currency in return of the foreign currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which it had borrowed before).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The IMF will grant loans to member-countries to correct
disequilibrium in their balance of payments position; but such
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
disequilibrium must be of a temporary type (as for example, due to crop
failure on account of drought necessitating foodgrain imports of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
substantial quantities).--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
But if disequilibrium in the balance of payments position of amember-country is due to certain fundamental causes such as over-
valuation of its currency, under such circumstances, the IMF will not be in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a position to help the member-country by lending its financial resources,
but will advise the government of the country to bring the value of its
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency in line with value of other currencies.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thus, the IMF gives short-term loans to member-countries tocorrect temporary disequilibrium (i.e. temporary deficits) in balance of
payments position of member-countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
267INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT ASSOCIATION (IDA)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It was suggested in 1958 that a new international institution to beknown as International Development Association (IDA) be established
and administered by the World Bank.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The IDA started functioning from 8th November 1960.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Aims and Objectives of the IDA
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The main objective of the IDA has been to provide financial
assistance to less developed countries (LDCs) on soft loan basis, which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
means on terms imposing a lower servicing charge on loans than onconventional loans by the World Bank to its member-countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In this connection, the Articles of Agreement concerning the IDA
states: ".........to promote economic development, increase productivity
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and thus raise standard of living in the less developed areas of the world
included within the Association's membership, in particular by providing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
finance to meet their important development requirements on terms whichare more flexible and bear less heavily on the balance of payments than
those of conventional loans, thereby furthering the development
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
objectives of International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and
supplementing its activities.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thus, the IDA grants development loans on concessional and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
flexible terms than World Bank loans of conventional type. These loansfrom the IDA are for a period of 5 to 15 years or even more. The IDA
provides a certain percentage of the cost of a project that is meant not only
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for meeting foreign exchange part of the project but also part of the cost of
the project in local currency. Many countries which are unable to borrow
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
from the World Bank (because their projects are not regarded as credit-worthy by the World Bank) are financed by the IDA. For example, such
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
268
loans of IDA are for the purpose of water supply, construction of
hospitals, housing and sanitary arrangements- objectives or projects for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which World Bank loan facilities are not available.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The IDA loans bear a much lower rate of interest than those of the
World Bank. In some cases, if warranted, IDA loans bear no interest at all
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
but only administrative charge levied by the IDA. In a number of cases inrecent years IDA has given loans to LDCs at ? percent rate of interest.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Another important aspect of IDA loans is that the loans can be
repaid in local currencies of borrowing countries. This ensures that the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
IDA loans do not have adverse effect on balance of payments of the
LDCs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Membership and Organisation of the IDA
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
It is provided that any member-country of the World Bank canbecome a member of the IDA, provided that a country is ready to
subscribe to the IDA at the rate of 5 percent of its existing World Bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
share capital subscription quota. As on 30th June 1975, of the 125
member-countries of the World Bank, 114 countries were admitted as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
members of IDA. Of them 10 are developed countries and 94 developingcountries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The organisation of the IDA is similar to that of the World Bank.
Thus, IDA has its Board of Governors, Executive Directors and a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
President, all of whom are holders of these positions in the World Bank.
They serve as ex-officio members in the IDA.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The initial subscription of member-countries to IDA amounted to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1,000 million US dollars. For the purpose of subscription and votingpower, member-countries of IDA are divided into two parts. Part I
consists of member-countries which are relatively more developed and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
269
which have paid their entire subscription quota in gold or freely
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
convertible currencies which IDA can use for granting loans to LDCs.Part II consists of member-countries which are less developed; they are
required to pay only 10 per cent of their subscription quota in gold or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
freely convertible currencies and the remaining 90 per cent in their own
national currencies which cannot be used by IDA for granting loans
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
without the previous consent of the member-country whose currency isgoing to be lent. It was also conceived that the IDA would be receiving
additional financial resources from countries mentioned in Part I (i. e.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
developed countries) from time to time to augment IDA's financial
resources and enable it to carry on its lending operations on a larger scale.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
During 1972-74, the Part I members of the IDA provided 2,410 millionUS dollars as supplementary resources. Since the establishment of the
IDA, Part I countries have provided supplementary financial resources
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
three times.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
270
ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK (ADB)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The World Bank had been trying to set up regional development
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
banks and some regional banks have been established for developingcountries in Latin America, Africa and Asia.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Economic Commission for Asia and Far Fast (ECAFE) had
made in 1963 a suggestion for a regional development bank for Asian
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
countries. Representatives of the major Asian countries met at Manila in
December 1965 to finalise the proposal and the Asian Development Bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
came to be formally established in December 1966.Objective and Functions of the ADB
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The basic objective behind the establishment of the ADB is "to
promote economic development of and mutual cooperation among the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
countries of Asia". The ADB's objective is 10 help accelerate the process
of economic development of developing countries in the Asian region.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To realise the objective the ADB performs the following functions :
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To promote investment of public and private capital for
economic development of Asian countries;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To channelise investible funds of the ADB for the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
implementation of those projects which are important for thedevelopment of major sectors of the country's economies;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To render assistance to member-countries in coordinating
their programmes and policies of economic development and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
at the same time to promote inter-regional trade andcooperation among countries of the Asian region;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To promote technical assistance for the execution of projects;
and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
271
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
To mobilise funds for economic development of member-countries by extending cooperation to the world Bank,
ECAFE and other United Nations bodies and public as also
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
private institutions located among member-countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Membership, Capital Resources and OrganisationThe membership of the ADB is open to all countries in Asia, but
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for procuring additional and substantial financial and other resources,
many developed countries of other regions are also admitted as members
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the ADB.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
By the end of June 1975 , the ADB had 27 Asian members and 14non-regional members, thus making a total of 41 members.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The authorised capital (in terms of US dollars ) of the ADB was
3366 millions US dollars as on 31 December 1974. The subscribed capital
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
on that date was 2770 million US dollars.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Besides subscribed capital, the ADB has also raised additional
financial resources through borrowings. By December 1973 the total
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
amount of outstanding borrowings by the ADB was 293 million USdollars, about 30% of this being borrowings from Japan in yens.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
At the time of the establishment of the ADB, member-countries
were asked to deposit only 50% of its subscribed capital in their national
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currencies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Board of Governors is free to call the remainder of the
member-country's subscribed capital, whenever the ADB needs additional
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
funds for carrying on its lending activities.--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
272
Some of the important non-regional members of the ADB are:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
United States, the United Kingdom, West Germany, and Canada. Japan is
the principal subscriber to the ADB, apart from contributing substantial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
share capital of the ADB.Out of the total voting power, 20% has been allocated among
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
member-countries equally, whereas the remaining 80% has been allocated
on the basis of subscribed share capital by each member of ADB.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The management of the ADB is entrusted to the Board of
Governors constituted by representatives of the member-countries of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ADB. The Board of Governors meets once a year, whereas for routine
decision-making and carrying on the ADB's lending and other operations,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a ten-member Board of Directors has been constituted.In April 1974 there came to be established a fund known as the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Asian Development Fund. It is a multi-purpose fund, the proceeds of
which are to be utilised for providing concessional loans to the relatively
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
poorer member-countries of the ADB. Ten member-countries hadsubscribed 245.4 million US dollars to the Asian Development Fund by
December 1974.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Lending Operations of the ADB
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The ADB provides loans to its member-countries keeping in view
the following considerations:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(1) Larger portions of ADB loans should be given to relatively pooreramong developing countries in Asia;
(2) The government of the borrowing country has approved the loan
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
by ADB being given to the private or public sector enterprise;
(3) The Chairman of ADB has received a detailed report of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
project for which the ADB is to provide loan;273
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(4) The ADB while giving loan also takes into considerationprospects of loans which the applicant may receive from other
than ADB source.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(5) Generally the ADB loans are to be used within the markets of
member-countries for purchase of essential goods, etc; but the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Board of Directors with a two-third majority can allow the ADBloan to be used in markets of non-member countries; and
(6) The ADB will function strictly keeping in view the sound
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
principles of banking.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
During 1968-73 the ADB approved loans totalling (in terms of US
dollars) 1376 million US dollars to 21 countries for 189 projects. Of these,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
industrial development projects were given a quarter of the total loans;
24% of loans were given for development of transport and communication
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
projects; 26.5 % for electrical power projects; 12.5% for agriculturaldevelopment projects; 11.2% for water supply projects and 1 % for
educational projects.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
During 1974 the ADB sanctioned loans worth (in terms of US
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dollars) 547.7 million of which 186.9 million were for industrial
development projects; 134 million for agricultural development projects;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
76.55 million for power projects; and 81.5 million for transport andcommunication projects. There appeared an evident shift in the sectoral
allocation of ADB's lending policy in 1974.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
If the period of 1968-74 is considered, of the total loans approved,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
17.5 % were given to South Korea; 12.5 % to the Phillipines; 10.63 % to
Malaysia; 9.4% to the Republic of China; and 8.5 % to Singapore. This
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
means that more than 50 % of the total loans sanctioned were givenduring this period to East Asian countries-India did not ask for any loan
during this period; but Bangladesh received 9.5 % of the total loans during
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
274
this period. The ADB charges 8 ? % interest on its loans, though at the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
time of its establishment the rate of interest charged was 6.78% which was
raised to 7?% in May 1970 and to 8 ? % in September 1974.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Self assessment questions
1. What is GDR? Explain the steps in isruing GDRs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Explain the need for iming GDRs.
3. Explain different form forgein equity investement.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. Explain the features of ADR.5. Explain the feature of bond market?
6. Briefly describe the variation of global market debt
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
instrument.
7. What is commercial paper? What are its advantages?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. Distinguish between euro & us cp programmes .9. Explain the features of different types of euro bonds
10. Describe the mechanism of euro loan syndication .
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11. Define cerficate of deposit . explain its types.
12. Discuss the role of world bank .
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13. Explain the objectives, structure and functioning 0fIMF.
14. What is ADB? How it renders developmental
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
assistance?
Suggested readings
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. International financial management ? PGApte
2. Modern investment- Russell J.Fuller and Jame L.Farnel Jr.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. International economics, Franics Cherunilan .
4. Foreign Exchange: Practice, Concepts, & Control, C.Jeevanandam
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
275
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
UNIT ? VLESSON - 1
COMPARISION OF DOMESTIC, FOREIGN AND EURO
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
MARKETS
Objective: In this lesson, we will introduce you the meaning and comparison of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
domestic, foreign and euro markets. This lesson is concept based. After youworkout this lesson, you should be able to:
Know the meaning and comparison of domestic, foreign and euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
markets.
Understand the different market structures for global exposure.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
FOREIGN EXCHANGE MARKET
The foreign exchange market is the market in which currencies are bought and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sold against each other. It is the largest market in the world. The most recent
Bank of International Settlement survey stated that over USD$ 900 billion were
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
traded worldwide each day. During peak volume periods, this figure can reachup wards of USD$1.8 trillion per day.` This corresponds to 160(!) times the
daily volume of the NYSE. Bulk of this is accounted for by a small number of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currencies--the US dollar, Euro, Yen, Pound Sterling, Swiss franc, Canadian
dollar, and Australian dollar. Prior to the introduction of Euro in 1999,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Deutschemark held an important position.For the month of April 2004, the survey of foreign exchange market activity
carried out by the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) reported the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
following currency pair wise breakup of all foreign exchange transactions
around the world excluding inter-dealer trades:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
USD/EURO: 31.82% USD/YEN: 18.81% USD/POUND: 15.56%USD/SWISS FRANC: 4.97% USD/CANADIAN DOLLAR: 4.52%
USD/AUSTRALIAN DOLLAR: 5.7 1% USD/All Others: 18.61%
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The same survey reported the following breakup for rupee-foreign currency
transactions in the Indian market:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rs/USD: 96.23% Rs/EURO: 0.86% Rs/YEN: 2.08%276
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rs/POUND: 0.68% Rs/All Others: 0.15%The foreign exchange market is an over-the-counter market. This means that
there is no single physical or electronic market place or an organized exchange
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(like a stock exchange) with a central trade clearing mechanism where traders
meet and exchange currencies. The market itself is actually a worldwide
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
network of inter-bank traders, consisting primarily of banks, connected bytelephone lines and computers. While a large part of interbank trading takes
place with electronic trading systems such as Reuters Dealing 2000 and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Electronic Broking Systems, banks and large commercial i.e. corporate
customers still use the telephone to negotiate prices and consummate the deal.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
After the transaction, the resulting market bid/ask price is then fed into computerterminals provided by official market reporting service companies (net- works
such as Reuters?, Bridge Information Systems?, Telerate?). The prices
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
displayed on official quote screens reflect one of maybe dozens of simultaneous
dea1s` that took place at any given moment. New technologies such as the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interpreter 6000 Voice Recognition System--VRS--which allows forex tradersto enter orders using spoken commands, are presently being tested and may be
widely adopted by the inter-bank community in the years to come. Online
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
trading systems have also been devised and may become the norm in the near
future. However, for corporate customers of banks, dealing on the telephone will
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
continue to be an important channel. Geographically, the markets span all thetime zones from New Zealand to the West Coast of the United States. When it is
3.00 p.m. in Tokyo it is 2.00 p.m. in Hong Kong. When it is 3.00 p.m. in Hong
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Kong it is 1.00 p.m. in Singapore. At 3.00 p.m. in Singapore it is 12.00 noon in
Bahrain. When it is 3.00 p.m. in Bahrain it is noon in Frankfurt and Zurich and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
11.00 am. in London. 3.00 p.m. in London is 10.00 am, in New York. By thetime New York is starting to wind down at 3.00 p.m. it is noon in Los Angeles.
By the time it is 3.00 p.m. in Los Angeles it is 9.00 am of the next day in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sydney. The gap between New York closing and Tokyo opening is about 21/2
hours. Thus the market functions virtually 24 hours enabling a trader to offset a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
position created in one market using another market. The five major centers ofinterbank currency trading, which handle more than two thirds of all forex
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
277
transactions, are London, New York, Tokyo. Zurich, and Frankfurt.
Transactions in Hong Kong, Singapore, Paris and Sydney account for bulk of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the rest of the market.
STRUCTURE OF THE FOREIGN EXCHANGE MARKET
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Some of us are familiar with the retail market in foreign exchange. This is themarket in which travelers and tourists exchange one currency for another in the
form of currency notes or travelers` cheques. The total turnover and average
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
transaction size are very small. The spread between buying and selling prices is
large.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The market referred to in Section I of this chapter is the wholesale market, oftencalled the interbank market. The major categories of participants in this market
are commercial banks, investment institutions, non-financial corporations and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
central banks. The average transaction size is very large. For example, the
average transaction in the US market was reported to be 4 million dollars with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
many transactions being of much larger size.Among the participants in this market, primary price makers or professional
dealers make a two-way market to each other and to their clients i.e. on request
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
they will quote a two-way price--a price to buy currency X against Y and a
price to sell X against Y, and be prepared to take either the buy or the sell side.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
This group includes mainly commercial banks but some large investment dealersand a few large corporations have also assumed the role of primary dealers.
Primary price makers perform an important role in taking positions off the hands
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of another dealer or corporate customer and then offsetting these by doing an
opposite deal with another entity which has a matching requirement. Thus a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
primary dealer will sell US dollars against Rupees to one corporate customer,carry the position for a while and offset it by buying US dollars against Rupees
from another customer or professional dealer. In the meanwhile if the price has
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
moved against the dealer he bears the loss. For instance, he might have agreed to
buy Rupees i.e. sell dollars at a rate Rs 43.85 per dollar: by the time he covers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
his position, the market may have moved so that he must acquire the dollars i.e.sell rupees at a price of Rs 44.05 per dollar. If the transaction is for 1 million, he
loses I, 50,000 rupees. The difference between the buying and selling prices--
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
278
the so-called bid-offer spread--provides a cushion against such losses. During
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
times of high volatility the spread tends to widen.
In addition, of course the spread allows banks to recover the costs of the dealing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
function and make a profit. In fact, for many banks forex dealing makes asubstantial contribution to their bottom lines.
Among the primary price makers there is a kind of layering or a pyramid. A few
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
giant multinational banks deal in a large number of currencies, in large amounts
and often deal directly with each other with out using brokers. Their transactions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
can have significant influence on the market. In the second tier are large bankswhich deal in a smaller number of currencies and use the services of brokers
more often. Lastly, there are small local institutions which make market in a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
very small number of major currencies against their home currency. For instance
in Mumbai, State Bank of India may make a market in say half a dozen
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currencies while most other banks will deal mostly only in US dollars and Euro.Many of the latter may have almost 100% of their deals in US dollars versus
Rupee.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In the retail market there are entities that quote foreign exchange rates but do not
make a two way market. They are secondary price makers. Restaurants, hotels,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
shops catering to tourists buy foreign currency in payment of bills: some entitiesspecialize in retail business for travelers and buy and sell foreign currencies and
travelers` cheques. Typically their bid-ask spreads are much wider than those of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
primary price makers.
Foreign currency brokers act as middlemen between two market makers. Their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
main function is to pro vide information to market making banks about prices atwhich there are firm buyers and sellers in a pair of currencies. A bank indicates
its willingness to buy or sell a specific amount of currency X against currency Y
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
at a specific price or give a price limit. The broker transmits this information to a
group of his clients via dedicated phone lines and collects a commission on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
consummation of the deal. Till a deal is struck, the identities of the variousparties transmitting their orders to the broker are not revealed. Banks may also
use brokers to acquire information about the general state of the market even
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
when they do not have a specific deal in mind. Primary price makers may use
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
279brokers to show their prices to the market anonymously. By specializing in
certain pairs of currencies and maintaining constant contact with market makers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
brokers tend to possess much more information than the dealers themselves. Theimportant thing is brokers do not buy or sell on their own account.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Finally, there are price takers who take the prices quoted by primary price
makers and buy or sell currencies for their own purposes but do not make a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market themselves. Corporations use the foreign exchange market for a varietyof purposes related to their operations. Among these are payments for imports,
con version of export receipts, hedging of receivables and payables, payment of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest on foreign currency loans, placement of surplus funds and so forth.
Many companies, as a matter of policy, restrict their participation in the market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to transactions arising out of their business of producing and selling goods andservices. They do not take active positions in the market to profit from exchange
rate fluctuations. Others, mainly giant multinationals, utilize their considerable
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
financial expertise to take positions purely with the intention of generating
financial profits from exchange rate movements.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Central banks intervene in the market from time to time to attempt to moveexchange rates in a particular direction or moderate excessive fluctuations in the
exchange rate. In the case of limited flexibility systems like the EMS which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
existed before the EMU came into being, or a fixed exchange rate system, these
interventions are obligatory and, when intervention limits are reached,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
potentially unlimited. In other cases, though there is no commitment to defendany particular rate, a central bank may still intervene to influence market
sentiment.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Of the total volume of transactions, about two-thirds is accounted for by
interbank transactions and the rest by transactions between banks and their non-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bank customers. This is implicit in the total turnover figure mentioned abovewhich is nearly ten times the value of world trade in goods and services. Thus
foreign exchange flows arising out of cross border exchanges of goods and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
services account for a very small pro portion of the turnover in the foreign
exchange market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
280
There is no distinct class of speculators in the foreign exchange market. Price
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
making banks often carry uncovered positions to profit from exchange ratemovements; so do corporations who have extensive foreign currency dealings
arising out of their operations. Financial and non-financial corporations, hedge
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
fund managers and even governments through their central banks often seek to
derive gains out of ex change rate movements by investing in assets
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
denominated in currencies which they think are going to appreciate. It is verydifficult to demarcate speculation from prudent business decisions. A non-
financial corporation which does not hedge its foreign currency export
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
receivable or import payable is as much a speculator as a fund manager who
moves funds out of one currency into another to profit from appreciation of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
latter currency.TYPES OF TRANSACTIONS AND SETTLEMENT DATES
Settlement of a transaction takes place by transfers of deposits between the two
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
parties. The day on which these transfers are affected is called the settlement
date or the value date. Obviously, to affect the transfers, banks in the countries
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the two currencies involved must be open for business. The relevant countriesare called settlement locations. The locations of the two banks involved in the
trade are dealing locations which need not be the same as settlement locations.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thus a London bank can sell Swiss francs against US dollar to a Paris bank.
Settlement locations may be New York and Geneva, while dealing locations are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
London and Paris. The transaction can be settled only on a day on which bothUS and Swiss banks are open.
Depending upon the time elapsed between the transaction date and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
settlement date, foreign exchange transactions can be categorized into spot and
forward transactions. A third category called swaps is combination of a spot and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a forward transaction (or a forward-forward swap i.e. a combination of twoforward transactions).
In a spot transaction the settlement or value date is usually two business days
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ahead for European currencies and Asian currencies traded against the dollar.
Thus if a London bank sells yen against dollar to a Paris bank on Monday, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
London bank will turn over a yen deposit to the Paris bank on Wednesday and281
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the Paris bank will transfer a dollar deposit to the London bank on the same day.If State Bank of India sells dollars against Rupees to HDFC bank on a Tuesday,
on the following Thursday SBI will turn over a dollar deposit to HDFC and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
HDFC will turn over a rupee deposit to SBI. The time gap is necessary for
confirming and clearing the deal through the communication network such as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SWIFT. (Note that by the two business days ahead rule, deals done on aThursday will be cleared the following Monday, while deals done on Friday will
have Tuesday of the following week as the value date if, Saturday and Sunday
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
arc bank holidays as they are in most financial centers). To reduce credit risk
(i.e. one of the parties failing to deliver on its side of the trade), both transfers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should take place on the same day. In the Dollar--Yen trade between theLondon and Paris banks done on Monday, if the following Wednesday happens
to be a bank holiday in either Japan or US, the value date is shifted to the next
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
available business day, in this case Thursday. What about holidays in the dealing
locations? If Wednesday is a holiday in either UK or France, settlement is again
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
postponed to Thursday. What if Tuesday is a holiday in UK but not in France?Then two business days would mean Wednesday for the Paris bank but
Thursday for the London bank. In such cases the normal practice is, if the Paris
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bank made the market i.e. the London bank called for a quote, the value date
would be Wednesday while if London made the market it would be Thursday.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The settlement time is reduced to one business day for trades between currencypairs such as the US dollar and Canadian dollar and US dollar and Mexican
peso.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Having understood value dates for spot transactions, let us look at value dates
for forward transactions. In a I-month (or 30 day) forward purchase of say
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pounds against rupees, the rate of exchange is fixed on the transaction date; thevalue date is arrived at as follows: first find the value date for a spot transaction
between the same currencies done on the same day and then add one calendar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
month to arrive at the value date. Thus for a one month forward transaction
entered into on say June 20, the corresponding spot value date is June 22 and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
one month forward value date is July 22, two months forward would be August22 and so on. Standard forward contract maturities are 1 week, 2 weeks, 1, 2, 3,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
282
6, 9, and 12 months. The value dates are obtained by adding the relevant number
of calendar months to the appropriate spot value date. If the value date arrived at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in such a manner is ineligible because of bank holidays, then like in a spot deal,
it is shifted forward to the next eligible business day. However, there is one
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
important difference viz, rolling forward must not take you into the nextcalendar month, in which case you must shift backward. Thus suppose a 3-
month forward deal is done on November 26. The spot date is November 28.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Adding three calendar months takes you to February 28. If February 28 is
ineligible, you cannot shift forward be cause that goes into March (assuming it is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
not a leap year). It must be rolled back to February 27.Though standard forward maturities are in whole number of months, banks
routinely offer forward con tracts for maturities which are not whole months.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thus a corporation can enter into a forward contract for delivery say 73 days
from the date of transaction. Such contracts are called broken date or odd
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
date contracts. For some currency pairs, long dated forward contracts withmaturities extending out to five years are available.
A swap transaction in the foreign exchange market is a combination of a spot
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and a forward in the opposite direction. Thus, a bank will buy Euros spot against
US dollar and simultaneously enter into a for ward transaction with the same
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
counterparty to sell Euros against US dollar. A spot 60-day Dollar--Euro swapwill consist of a spot purchase (sale) of dollars against the euro coupled with a
60day forward sale (purchase) of dollar against euro. When both the transactions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
are forward transactions, we have a forward- forward swap. Thus a 1--3 month
dollar--sterling swap will consist of purchase (sale) of sterling versus dollars
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
one month forward coupled with a sale (purchase) of sterling versus dollarsthree months forward. The uses of spot-forward and forward-forward swaps are
discussed in the next chapter. As the term swap implies, it is a temporary
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange of one currency for another with an obligation to reverse it at a
specific future date. Forward contracts without an accompanying spot deal are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
known as outright forward con tracts to distinguish them from swaps.It has been estimated that about 40% of the turnover in the market is in the spot
segment, 50% in swaps and the rest in outright forward contracts. Outright
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
283
forwards are most often used by corporations to cover their transactions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exposures.
Short date transactions are transactions which call for settlement before the spot
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
date. Cash transactions are for settlement same day while some deals willinvolve settlements tomorrow i.e. one business day ahead when a spot deal
would be settled two business days later.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EXCHANGE RATE QUOTATIONS AND ARBITRAGE
An exchange rate between currencies A and B is simply the price of one in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
terms of the other. It can be stated either as units of B per unit of A or units of Aper unit of B. In stating prices of goods and services in terms of money, the most
natural format is to state them as units of money per unit of the good--rupees
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
per litre (or per gallon or whatever) of milk--rather than as units of a good per
unit of money. When it is two monies, either way would be equally natural. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
choice of a unit is also a matter of convenience. (Price of rice is given inrupees per kilogram in the retail market and rupees per quintal in wholesale
markets).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Before proceeding let us clarify the way we will designate the various currencies
in this book. The International Standards Organization has developed three letter
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
codes for all the currencies which abbreviate the name of the country as well asthe currency. These codes are used by the SWIFT network which affects inter-
bank funds transfers. Depending upon the context we will either use the full
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
name of a currency such as US dollar, Swiss franc, Pound sterling, etc. or the
ISO code. A complete list of ISO codes is given at the end of this book. Given
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
below are the codes for selected currencies which will be frequently used in thevarious examples.
USD: US Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EUR: Euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
GBP: British PoundIEP: Irish Pound (Punt)
JPY: Japanese Yen
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CHF: Swiss Franc
CAD: Canadian Dollar
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
AUD: Australian DollarSEK: Swedish Kroner
MEP: Mexican Peso
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
DKK: Danish Kroner NZD: New Zealand Dollar
INR: Indian Rupee SAR: Saudi Riyal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
284
Further, unless otherwise stated, Dollar will always mean the US dollar;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
pound or sterling will always denote the British pound sterling and rupeewill invariably mean the Indian rupee. We will frequently use just the symbols
$, i and v to designate the USD, the GBP and the JPY respectively.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Spot Rate Quotations
In foreign exchange literature one comes across a variety of terminology which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
can occasionally lead to unnecessary confusion about simple matters. You willhear about quotations in European Terms and quotations in American Terms.
The former are quotes given as number of units of a currency per US dollar.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thus EUR 1.0275 per USD, CHF 1.4500 per USD, INR 46.75 per USD are
quotes in European terms. Quotes in American terms are given as number of US
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dollars per unit of a currency. Thus USD 0.4575 per CHF, USD 1.3542 per GBPare quotes in American terms. The prevalence of this terminology is due to the
common practice mentioned above of quoting all exchange rates against the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dollar.
You will occasionally come across terminology such as direct quotes and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
indirect quotes. (The latter are also called reciprocal or inverse quotes). In anycountry, direct quotes are those that give units of the currency of that country
per unit of a foreign currency. Thus INR 46.00 per USD is a direct quote in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
India and USD 0.98 10 per EUR is a direct quote in the US. Indirect or
reciprocal quotes are stated as number of units of a foreign currency per unit of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the home currency. Thus USD 2.2560 per INR 100 is an indirect quote in India.Notice here that the unit for rupees is 100s. Similarly, for currencies like
Japanese Yen, Indonesian Rupiah, quotations may be in terms of 100 yen or 100
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Rupiah. (The reason is otherwise we will have to deal with very small numbers).
The notational confusion can get further compounded when we have to deal
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
with two-way, bid-ask quotes for each exchange rate.The Mechanics of Inter-bank Trading
As discussed above the main actors in the forex markets are the primary market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
makers who trade on their own account and make a two-way bid-offer market.
They deal actively and continuously with each other and with their clients,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
central banks and sometimes with currency brokers. In the process of dealing,285
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
they shift around their quotes, actively take positions, offset positions takenearlier or roll them forward. Their performance is evaluated on the basis of the
amount of profit their activities yield and whether they are operating within the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
risk parameters established by the management. It is a high tension business
which requires an alert mind, quick reflexes and the ability to keep one`s cool
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
under pressure.The purpose of this section is to briefly outline the mechanics of actual currency
trading as practiced by the primary market makers. We wish to give the reader a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
flavour of the various dimensions involved in operating in this huge, fast
changing and often extremely volatile global market. For more details the reader
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
can consult specialist texts such as Bishop and Dixon (1992), Luca (1995), Roth(1996) and Taylor (1997). Even then, keep in mind that the only way to learn all
the intricacies of forex dealing is to actually do it.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Inter-bank dealing. We have said that primary dealers quote two-way prices
and are willing to deal on either side i.e. buy or sell the base currency upto
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
conventional amounts at those prices. However, in inter-bank markets, this is amatter of mutual accommodation. A dealer will be shown a two-way quote only
if he or she extends that privilege to fellow dealers when they call for a quote.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Communications between dealers tend to be very terse. A typical spot
transaction would be dealt as follows:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Monday, September 21 10.45 amBANK A: Bank A calling. DLR--CHF 25 please.
BANK B: Forty--Forty-five
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(Bank B is specifying a two-way price--the price at which it will buy a US
dollar against Swiss franc and the price at which it is willing to sell a US dollar.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Knowing that the caller is also a forex dealer, the dealer in Bank B quotes onlythe last two decimals of the full quotation. For instance the full quotation might
be 1.5540/1.5545. Bank B will pay CHF 1.5540, its bid rate, when it buys a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dollar and will want to be paid CHF 1.5545. Its ask rate when it sells a dollar.
The last two decimals amount to hundredths of a hundredth and are called
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
points or pips in the forex jargon. The difference between the selling and286
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
buying price 0.0005 or 5 pips is the bid-ask spread. If the caller had been acorporate customer, the dealer would have given the full quote.)
BANK A: Mine
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(Bank A dealer finds bank B`s price acceptable and wishes to buy USD 25
million. She conveys this by saying mine i.e. I buy the specified quantity at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
your specified price. If she wished to sell, she might have said Yours.)BANK B: OK. I sell you USD25 million against CHF at 1.5545 value 23
September. UBS Geneva for my CHF.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(Bank B confirms the quantity, price and settlement date, It also specifies where
it would like its CHF to be transferred.)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
BANK A: CITIBANK NYK for my dollars. Thanks & ByeBank B has been hit on it`s ask side i.e. the caller, bank A wished to buy
dollars.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When a dealer A calls another dealer B and asks for a quote between a pair of
currencies, dealer B may or may not wish to take on the resulting position on his
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
own books. If he does, he will quote a price based on his information about thecurrent market and the anticipated trends and take the deal on his own books.
This is known as warehousing the deal. If he does not wish to warehouse the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
deal, he will immediately call a dealer C, get his quote and show that quote to A.
If A does a deal, B will immediately offset it with C. This is known as back-to-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
back dealing. Normally, back-to-back deals are done when the client asks for aquote on a currency which the dealer does not actively trade.
These days in the inter-bank market deals are mostly done with computerized
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dealing systems such as Reuters. Real time information on exchange rates is
provided by a number of information services including Reuters, Bridge, and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bloornberg.Since most of the trading takes place between market making banks, it is a zero-
sum game i.e. gains made by one trader are reflected in losses made by another.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
However, when central banks intervene, it is possible for banks as a group to
gain or lose at the expense of the central bank.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
For dealing with their corporate customers, banks have corporate dealers whoare the contact points for the bank`s corporate customers. A corporate treasurer
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
287
who needs to buy or sell foreign currency or just get a feel for the market would
contact a corporate dealer probably on the phone and ask for a quotation. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
corporate dealer will in turn request the bank`s inter-bank dealer on the
appropriate desk to provide a rate quotation which will be transmitted back to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the corporate client. Corporate dealers are generally not allowed to carrypositions; they must pass the positions to the appropriate inter-bank desk.
Exhibit 1 shows a schematic picture of corporate transactions with the bank. For
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
trade related purchases and sales, or other inward or outward forex remittances
corporate clients would contact import/export desks or non-trade remittance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
desks who in turn contact the corporate forex dealer as shown in Exhibit (i).Exhibit (i)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Corporate client of
Corporate forex
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Inter-bank desk ofBank A
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
desk of Bank A
Bank A
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The Inter-Bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bulk of the trading in convertible currencies takes place against the US dollar.Thus quotations for Euro, Swiss francs, Yen, Pound Sterling, etc. will be
commonly given against the US dollar. If a corporate customer wants to buy or
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
sell Yen against Swiss franc, a cross-rate will be worked out from the USD/CHF
and USD/JPY quotation as explained in a later section. One reason for using a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
common currency (called the vehicle currency) for all quotations is toeconomize on the number of quotations. If n currencies are being traded, having
a quote for each pair will require n(n-1)/2 exchange rates.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Exhibit (ii)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Corporate deskof Bank A
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Corporate
Export/Import
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Client
desks
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Outward/Inward
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
288
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
remittances(non-trade desk
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
With 10 currencies, 45 two-way quotes will be needed. By using a common
currency to quote against, the number is reduced to 9 or, in general. (n -1).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Also, by this means the possibility of triangular arbitrage (see below) isminimized. However, some banks specialize in giving these so-called cross
rates. As we will see below, they can operate with a smaller bid-ask spread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
provided there is sufficient turnover of business in the currency pair concerned.
In an ordinary foreign exchange transaction, no fees are charged. The bid-ask
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
spread itself is the transaction cost. Also, unlike the money or capital markets,where different rates of interest are charged to different borrowers depending on
their creditworthiness, in the wholesale foreign exchange market no such
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
distinction is made. Default risk--the possibility that the counter-party in a
transaction may not deliver on its side of the deal--is handled by prescribing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
limits on the size of positions a trader can take with different corporatecustomers. In some cases, a bank may decline to do a deal with a corporation (or
even other bank) if it cannot assess the latter`s credit risk.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Communications pertaining to international financial transactions are handled
mainly by a large network called Society for Worldwide Inter-bank Financial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Telecommunication (SWIFT). This is a non-profit Belgian cooperative withmain and regional centers around the world connected by data transmission
lines. Depending on the location, a bank can access a regional processor or a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
main center which then transmits the bank`s instructions and any relevant
information to the appropriate location.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Banks sometimes employ services of a currency broker to execute a deal. Themain advantage of dealing through a broker is anonymity. A bank dealer can
show his or her prices to the market without revealing the identity of the bank.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A broker receives orders from many clients who specify the prices at which they
are willing to buy or sell a currency and the amounts. Normally these are limit
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
prices i.e. a bank will specify the highest price it is willing to pay to buy a289
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency or the lowest price at which it is willing to sell a currency. From amongthese, the broker will announce the highest buying price (highest bid) and lowest
selling price (lowest offer) to all his clients without revealing the identity of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
parties who are willing to deal at those prices. A client wanting to buy a
currency can accept the best offer price currently available. Join the queue at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the best bid price currently shown or improve upon the highest bid currentlyshown. Thus suppose a broker has conveyed the best GBP/USD bid as 1.5665
and best offer as 1.5680. If a dealer wishes to buy GBP, he can
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(a) Accept the offer price of 1.5680. This guarantees immediate
execution.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(b) Or he can join the bid at 1 .5665. His order will get priority after allearlier bids at that price have been processed.
(c) Or he can improve the bid to 1.5670. This has better chance of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
execution. In recent times electronic broking has been gradually
replacing the traditional voice brokerage services.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Arbitrage in Spot MarketsArbitraging between banks: Though one often hears the term market rate, but
it is not true that all hanks will have identical quotations for a given pair of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currencies at a given point of time. The rates will be close to each other but it
may be possible for a corporate customer to save some money by shopping
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
around. Let us explore the possible relationships between quotes offered bydifferent banks.
1. Suppose banks A and B arc quoting:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
B
GBP/USD: 1 .4550/1 .4560
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.4538/1.4548
We will represent this as:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
.____________ . Bank Abid
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ask
.____________ . Bank B
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bidask
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Obviously such a situation gives rise to an arbitrage opportunity.` Pounds can be
bought from B at $1 .4548 and sold to A at $1 .4550 for a net profit of $00002
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
290
per pound without any risk or commitment of capital. One of the basic tenets of
modern finance is that markets are efficient and such arbitrage opportunities will
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be quickly spotted and exploited by alert traders. The result will be, bank B will
have to raise its ask rate and/or A will have to lower its bid rate. The arbitrage
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
opportunity will disappear very fast. In fact, in the presence of profit-hungryarbitragers. such an opportunity will rarely emerge in the first place.
2. Now suppose the quotes are as follows:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
B
GBP/USD: 1.4550/1.4560
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.4545/1.4555
These can be represented as:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
.____________ . A.____________ . B
Thus the two quotes must overlap to prevent arbitrage. However, now bank A
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
will find that it is being hit on its bid side much more often i.e. it will he faced
with many more sellers of pound sterling than buyers while B will find that it is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
con fronted largely with buyers of pound sterling and few sellers.From time to time, a bank may deliberately move its quote in a fashion designed
to discourage one type of deal and encourage the opposite deal. Thus bank A
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
may have built a large net short position in sterling and may now want to
encourage sellers of pound and discourage buyers. Bank B may be in a reverse
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
position; it wants to encourage buyers and discourage sellers of sterling. Thusregular clients of bank A wanting to buy pounds can save some money by going
to B and vice versa.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In practice, most corporations will not shop around to make a gain of a few
points unless the amount involved is very large. Customers who flit from bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to bank in search of tiny savings often find that when it comes to executing acomplex transaction, no bank is willing to give them the kind of service that it
would give to its more loyal` customers. Also, even in routine foreign exchange
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
transactions, regular customers get better rates. Nevertheless, it is a good idea to
do some comparison shopping from time to time to keep the bank on is toes.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Inverse quotes and two-point arbitrage Consider the spot quotation:USD/CHF: 1.4955/1.4962
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
291
Suppose this is a quote available from a bank in Zurich. At the same time, a
bank in New York is offering the following spot quote:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CHF/USD: 0.6695/0.6699
Is there an arbitrage opportunity? Suppose we buy one million Swiss francs
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
against dollars from the Zurich bank and sell them to the New York bank. TheZurich Bank will give CHF 1.4955 for every dollar it buys. It will cost us
$(l,000,000/l .4955) i.e. $6,68,700 to acquire the Swiss francs. In New York, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bank will give $06695 for every CHF it purchases. Thus CHF I million can be
sold to the New York bank for $(0.6695 x 1000000) i.e. $6,69,500. We can
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
make a risk less profit of $800 with a couple of phone calls! Obviously, theCHF/USD rates implied by the Swiss bank`s USD/CHF quotes and the New
York bank`s CHF /USD quotes are out of line.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Recall that (CHF/USD)ask is the rate that applies when the bank sells Swiss
francs in exchange for dollars. But this is precisely the deal we did with the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Zurich bank and for each Swiss franc we bought we had to pay $(l/l.4955)which is nothing but l/(USD/CHF)bid. In the same way, the (CHF/USD)bid
implied by the Swiss bank`s IJSD/CHF quotes is l/(USD/CHF)ask. Thus we have
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Implied (CHF/USD)bid = l/(USD/CHF)askImplied (CHF/USD)ask = l/(USD/CHF)bid
To prevent arbitrage, the New York bank`s (CHF/USD) quotes must overlap the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(CHF/USD) quotes implied by the Swiss bank`s quotes. The latter work out to0.6684/0.6687. A CHF/USD quote such as 0.6686/0.6690 will not lead to
arbitrage though it may lead to a one-way market for the banks. The rates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
actually found in the markets will obey the above relations to a very close
approximation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The arbitrage transaction described above viz, buying a currency in one marketand selling it at a higher price in another market is called Two-Point
Arbitrage. Foreign exchange markets very quickly eliminate two-point
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
arbitrage opportunities if and when they arise.
Cross-rates and three-point arbitrage A New York bank is currently offering
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
these spot quotes:USD/JPY: 110.25/111.10
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
292
USD/AUD: 1.6520/1.6530
At the same time, a bank in Sydney is quoting:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
AUD/JPY: 68.30/69.00
Is there an arbitrage opportunity? Consider this sequence of transactions:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(1) Sell Yen, buy US dollars and then sell US dollars and buy Australiandollars. Do both these transactions in New York and
(2) Sell the Australian dollars for Yen in Sydney. The calculations are:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(Subscripts N and S denote rates in New York and Sydney respectively)
1 Yen sold in New York gets US${l/(USD/JPY)ask(N)1 = US$(1/111.10)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
US$ [1/(USD/JPY )ask(N)] sold against AUD gets AUD {[1/(USD/JPY)ask(N)] (USD/AUDbid(N)) } = AUD (l/111.l0)(l.6520)
And finally the amount of Yen obtained by selling AUD in Sydney is
?{[1(USD/JPY)ask(N)] (USD/AUD)bid(N)(AUD/JPY bid(S) }
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
= ? (1/111.10)(1.6520)(68.30) = ?1.0156
A risk-less profit of ?0.0156 per Yen. On a 100 million Yen, that implies a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
profit of 1.56 million Yen, and 100 million Yen is considerably less than theaverage size of transactions in the inter-bank market in a trading center like New
York.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Once again, the reason is that the AUD/JPY cross-rate implied by the USD/JPY
and USD/AUD rates in New York is out of line with the direct AUD/JPY rate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
quoted by the Sydney bank. No arbitrage condition requires:1
X (USD/AUD)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(USD/JPY)
bid(N) X (AUD/JPY) bid(S) 1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(i)
ask(N)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(Here we have added the subscripts (N) and (S) to denote rates in New York and
Sydney respectively. The reason for this will become apparent shortly.)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In other words(USD/JPY)
(AUD/JPY)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ask(N)
bid(S)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(ii)
(USD/JPY)bid(N)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
But recall from our discussion of inverse rates that
[1/(USD/AUDbid(N)] = (AUD/USD)ask(N)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Hence inequality (ii) implies(AUD/JPY)bid(S) (USD/JPY)ask(N) X (AUD/USD)ask(N)
(iii)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
293
Now consider arbitrage in the reverse direction. Take a USD, buy Yen in New
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
York, sell Yen for AUD in Sydney and sell AUD for USD in New York. No
arbitrage profit condition means that you should not end up with more than one
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dollar. This implies1
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(USD/JPY)bid(N) X
X
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1
(iv)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(AUD/JPY)
(USD/JPY)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ask(S)ask(N)
Recall once again that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
l/(USD/AUD )ask(N) = (AUD/USD)bid(N)
So that equation (iv) can be rewritten as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(AUD/JPY)ask(S) (USD/JPY)bid(N) x (AUD/USD)bid(N) (v)Instead of New York and Sydney we could simply have imagined two banks
quoting Yen versus AUD, one giving rates directly while the other giving the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rates derived from the USD/JPY and USD/AUD rates. The no arbitrage
conditions (iii) and (v) simply give us upper and lower bounds on the direct rates
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in terms of the synthetic rates. To understand this clearly let us see how asynthetic pair of AUD/JPY quotes is derived.
The synthetic (AUD/JPY)bid refers to a transaction in which the bank ends up
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
with AUD and the customer with JPY. This can be viewed as the end result of
two transactions:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. In step one, the customer sells AUD and buys USD.2. In step two, the customer sells USD acquired in step one and gets JPY.
Starting with AUD 1, the customer will get USD [1/(UDS/AUD)ask] in step one;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in exchange for this, in step two, the customer will get:? {[1/{USD/AUD}ask] X (USD/JPY)bid}
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thus
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Synthetic (AUD/JPY)ask = (USD/JPY)ask x (AUD/USD)ask(vi)
This work as if AUD/JPY = (USD/JPY) *(AUD/USD)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Synthetic (AUD/JPY)ask = (USD/JPY)ask x (AUD/USD)ask
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(vii)Now notice that the right hand side of (vi) is same as (v) and that of (vii) is
identical to that of (iii).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thus the no-arbitrage conditions say that
Direct (AUD/JPY)bid Synthetic (AUD/JPY)ask
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(viii)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
294
Direct (AUD/JPY)ask Synthetic (AUD/JPY)bid
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(ix)Diagrammatically, these inequalities mean that we cannot have either of the
following situations:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Synthetic
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Synthetic
.____________ . .____________ .
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bid
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
askbid
ask
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
.____________ .
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
.____________.
bid
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ask
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bid
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ask
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
direct directThis is a familiar condition. Whenever there are two sets of quotes for a pair of
currencies, to prevent arbitrage they must overlap.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The term three-point arbitrage refers to the kind of transactions we described
above. Start with currency A, sell it for B, sell B for C and finally sell C back for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A ending up with more A than you began with. Efficient foreign exchangemarkets do not permit riskless arbitrage profits of this kind. This is an instance
of the well known maxim in economics viz, there is no such thing as a free
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lunch.
Notice that the synthetic cross rates between any pair of currencies X and Y,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
calculated from the rates of these two currencies against a third currency Z,impose only lower and upper limits on the rates a bank which is directly making
a market between X and Y may quote. In other words, a situation like the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
following is perfectly acceptable: Synthetic
.____________ .
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
.____________ .Direct
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In fact you must have realized that in computing the synthetic (GBP/CAD) rates,
the bid-ask spreads in the (USD/CAD) and (GBP/USD) quotes are being
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
295
compounded. A bank which specializes in making a CAD-GBP market can give
direct quotes with narrower spread provided it has a sufficiently large volume of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
business in the two currencies.
LESSON - 2
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
HEDGING & SPECULATIONObjective: In this lesson, we will introduce you the meaning of hedging and
speculation. This lesson is based on international market structure. After you
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
workout this lesson, you should be able to:
Know the meaning hedging and speculation.
Understand the application of hedging and speculation in the global
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
USING THE FORWARD MARKETS FOR HEDGING TRANSACTIONSEXPOSURE
In the normal course of business, a firm will have several contractual exposures
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in various currencies maturing at various dates. The net exposure in a given
currency at a given date is simply the difference between the total inflows and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
total outflows to be settled on that date. Thus suppose Fantasy Jewelry Co. hasthe following items outstanding:
Item
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Value
Days to maturity
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
I.
USD receivable
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
800,000
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.EUR payable
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2,000,000
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
90
3.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
USD interest payable
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
100,000180
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.
USD payable
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
200,000
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
60
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5.USD purchased forward
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
300,000
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
606.
USD loan instalment due
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
250,000
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
60
7.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EUR purchased forward
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1,000,00090
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Its net exposure in USD at 60 days is
(800,000 + 300,000) -- (200,000 + 250,000) = + USD 650,000
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Whereas, it has a net exposure in EUR of -1,000,000 at 90 days.The use of forward contracts to hedge transactions exposure at a single date is
quite straightforward. A contractual net inflow of foreign currency is sold
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
296
forward and a contractual net outflow is bought forward. This removes all
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
uncertainty regarding the domestic currency value of the receivable or payable.`
Thus in the above example, to hedge the 60-day USD exposure Fantasy Jewelry
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Co. can sell forward USD 650,000 while for the EUR exposure it can buy EUR1,000,000 90 days forward.
What about exposures at different dates? One obvious solution is to hedge each
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exposure separately with a forward sale or purchase contract as the case may be.
Thus in the example, the firm can hedge the 60-day USD exposure with a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
forward sale and the 180-day USD exposure with a forward purchase. Is itpossible to hedge multiple exposures in a given currency with a single forward
contract? In the appendix we show that this can be done provided either interest
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rate for various maturities are known with certainty or contracts known as
Forward Rate Agreements are available which permit a firm to lock in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowing or lending rates for future periods.The Cost of a Forward Hedge
An important and often misunderstood concept is that of cost of forward
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
hedging. It is a common fallacy to claim that the cost of forward hedging is the
forward discount or premium. (If the foreign currency is sold at a discount, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
discount is claimed to be the cost of the hedge; if it is bought at a premium,the premium is regarded as the cost. On this view, premium gained on forward
sale or discount obtained on forward purchase is a negative cost or a gain).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The genesis of this fallacy is in the accounting procedure used to record
transactions denominated in foreign currency and for which a forward hedge is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
used. Suppose an Indian firm buys equipment worth Euro 1,000,000 from aGerman supplier on 90-day credit. The account payable is then valued at today`s
spot rate which is say Rs 52.50. The firm covers the payable with a 90-day
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
forward purchase of Euros at a premium of say Rs 0.20 i.e. the 90-day forward
offer rate is Rs 52.70 per Euro. The firm has to pay Rs 52,700,000 to settle the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
payable valued at Rs 52,500,000. In recording this transaction, the followingentries are made:
A/C Payable
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
52,500,000
Forward Loss
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
200,000297
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Bank Account52,700,000
Thus the premium paid is recorded as the cost of forward cover. By the same
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
logic, if the Euro had been at a forward discount, cost of forward cover would
have been negative. However, this is a conceptually erroneous way of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interpreting cost of forward cover.The point is, the forward hedge must be compared not with today`s spot rate but
the ex-ante value of the payable if the firm does not hedge. Since the latter is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
unknown today, the relevant comparison is between the forward rate and the
expected spot rate on the day the transaction is to be settled. The expected cost
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of forward hedge for the above Indian firm is given byF?(EUR/INR)ask -- S (EUR/INR) sk
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Where the notation S denotes the spot rate expected to rule 90-days fromtoday.
If speculators are risk neutral and there are no transaction costs, F t,T = Set,T
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i.e., the forward rate at time t for transactions maturing at T equals theexpectation at time t, of the spot rate at time T. In this case, the expected
cost/gain from forward cover is zero.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
What if the speculators in the foreign exchange market are not risk neutral? In
this case we have
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
F t,T > Set,TF t,T < Set,T
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i.e., the former when speculators are on balance forward sellers and the latter
when they are net forward buyers. The argument here is that speculators will
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
demand a risk premium for assuming the risk of an uncertain future spot rate.Even in this case the expected cost of hedging is zero. This is because the
hedgers are passing on the risk to the speculators and the risk premium paid is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the price of risk avoidance. The forward rate is the market`s certainty equivalent
of the uncertain future spot rate. This can be understood as follows. Suppose the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
current USD/INR spot rate is 45.00 and the three month forward is 45.75. If youtake an uncovered long position in the forward contract, you would gain--the
bank which sells you the forward contract would lose--if the spot three months
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
later turns out to be greater than 45.75 and you would lose--the bank would
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
298gain--if it turns out to be below 45.75. If the forward rate quoted by the bank is
inordinately high, say Rs 60, so that the probability of your gaining is very
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
small, you would demand an upfront payment for taking a long position;similarly if it is ridiculously low, say Rs 20, the probability of the short side
gaining is very low and the bank would demand upfront compensation. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
actual forward rate is such that risk adjusted gains equal risk adjusted losses so
that the forward contract has zero value--neither the buyer nor the seller
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
demands any payment at the initiation of the contract.Hence presence of risk premium does not invalidate the contention that the
expected cost of forward hedging is zero. Transaction costs are a different
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
matter. As we have seen, the bid-ask spreads are generally wider in the forward
segment than in the spot segment so that even if there is no risk premium
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Ft,T (EUR/INR)ask > St,T (EUR/INR)askand
Ft,T (EUR/INR)bid > St,T (EUR/INR)bid
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Thus the only cost of a forward hedge is the larger spread in the forward market
compared to the spot market. The extent of the difference depends on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
relative depth of the two markets. For transactions between the majorconvertible currencies, the short-maturity forward markets are nearly as deep as
the spot markets and the difference in spreads tends to be quite small.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The accounting problem mentioned above arises because the invoice amount is
converted into domestic currency at today`s spot rate. The correct procedure is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to use the forward rate for this purpose.It must be emphasized that forward hedging of contractual exposures does not
stabilize a firm`s cash flows. Suppose an Indian exporter who has continuing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exports to the USA invoices his exports in US dollars and maintains US dollar
prices so as to retain its competitive position in the US market. Each USD
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
receivable is sold forward. The firm`s rupee cash flows will then fluctuate as theUSD/INR forward rate fluctuates; if it does not hedge, the fluctuations in the
cash flow will be proportional to the changes in the spot rate. Empirically, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
volatility of the forward rate is not significantly less than the spot rate. It could
also remove its contractual exposure by invoicing each shipment in rupees on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
some kind of a cost-plus basis. Now, the dollar prices will fluctuate and so will299
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the firm`s export volume and market share. Thus hedging a contractual exposurejust removes the uncertainty regarding the home currency value of that
particular item; it cannot stabilize the firm`s cash flows or profits.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
HEDGING WITH THE MONEY MARKET
There is a close connection between Euro deposit markets and forward ex
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
change premiums and discounts on account of covered interest arbitrage. Firmswhich have access to inter national money markets for short-term borrowing as
well as investment, can use the money market for hedging transactions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exposure.
Suppose a US firm has a 90-day Euro receivable of EUR 10,000,000. It
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
has access to Eurodeposit markets in EUR as well as USD. To cover thisexposure it can execute the following sequence of transactions:
1.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Borrow EUR in the London money market for 90 days.
2.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Convert spot to USD3.
Use the proceeds in its operations e.g. to pay-off a short-term
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bank loan or finance inventory.
4.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
When the receivable is settled, use it to pay-off the EUR loan.Suppose the rates are as follows:
EUR/USD Spot: 1.1062/70 90-day forward: 1.0990/1.1045
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EUR interest rates: 5 / 54
2
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3
Euro$ interest rates: 4 / 5.00
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4You can check that these rates do not imply a covered interest arbitrage
opportunity. Let us compare forward cover against the money market
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cover.
With forward cover, each EUR sold will give an inflow of USD 1.0990 days
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
later. The present value of this (at 4.75% p.a.) is1.0990/ [l + (0.0475/4)] = USD 1.0861
To cover using the money market, for each EUR of receivable, borrow EUR
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1/Fl + (0.055/4] = EUR 0.9864. Sell this spot to get USD(0.9864 x 1.1062) =
USD 1.0911.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Pay-off the EUR loan when the receivable matures.300
Thus with money market cover, there is a net gain of USD 0.0051
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
per EUR of receivable or USD 51000 for the 10 million Euro
receivable.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Sometimes the money market hedge may turn out to be the more economicalalternative because of some constraints imposed by governments. For instance,
domestic firms may not be allowed access to the Euromarket in their home
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency or non-residents may not be permitted access to domestic money
markets. This will lead to significant differentials between the Euromarket and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
domestic money market interest rates for the same currency. Since forwardpremia/discounts are related to Euromarket interest differentials between two
currencies, such an imperfection will present opportunities for cost saving.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
HEDGING WITH CURRENCY OPTIONS
Currency options provide a more flexible means to cover transactions exposure.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A contracted foreign currency outflow can be hedged by purchasing a calloption (or selling a put option) on the currency while an inflow can be hedged
by buying a put option. (Or, writing a call option. This is a covered call
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
strategy).
Options are particularly useful for hedging uncertain cash flows i.e. cash flows
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
that are contingent on other events. Typical situations are:1. International tenders: Foreign exchange inflows will materialise only if
the bid is successful. If execution of the contract also involves purchase
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of materials, equipment, etc. from third countries, there are contingent
foreign currency outflows too.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Foreign currency receivables with substantial default risk or politicalrisk e.g., the host government of a foreign subsidiary might suddenly
impose restrictions on dividend repatriation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Risky portfolio investment: A fund manager say in UK might hold a
portfolio of foreign stocks/bonds currently worth say CHF 50 million,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which he is planning to liquidate in six months time. If he sells CHF 50million forward and the portfolio declines in value because of a falling
Swiss stock market and rising interest rates, he will find himself to be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
over-insured and short in CHF.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
301We will discuss a few more examples of the use of options. We will particularly
focus on the comparison of options with forward hedge both with reference to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
an open position. We will also illustrate some tailor-made hedges with optioncombinations and exotic options such as barrier options.
On June 1, a UK firm has a CHF 5,00,000 payable due on September 1.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The market rates are as follows:
GBP/CHF Spot: 2.8 175/85
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
90-day Swap points: 60/55September calls with a strike of 2.82 (GBP/CHF) are available for a premium of
0.20p per CHF. We will evaluate the forward hedge versus purchase of call
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
options both with reference to an open position. The strike price is equivalent to
GBP 0.3546 per CHF.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Open PositionSuppose the firm decides to leave the payable unhedged. If at maturity the
CHF/GBP spot rate is ST, the sterling value of the payable is (S.OO. In Figure
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
13.1 this appears as a straight line through the origin.
2. Forward Hedge
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
If the firm buys CHF 5,00,000 forward at the offer rate of CHF 2.8 130 per GBPor ?0.3557 per CHF, the value of the payable is ?(500,000 x 0.3557) =
?1,77,850.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. A Call option
Instead the firm buys call options on CHF 500,000 for a total premium expense
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of ?1,000. At maturity, its cash outflow will be? [(500,000) ST + 1025] for ST 0.3546
and ? [(500,000)(0.3546) + 1025] = ?178,325 for ST 0.3546
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
We have assumed here that the premium expense is financed by a 90-day
borrowing at 10%.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Open position and forward hedge are equivalent if the maturity CHF/GBP spotrate equals the forward rate at the beginning viz. 0.3557. If it is higher, the firm
is better off with a forward hedge than with an open position, if lower, open
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
position would have been better.
Call option and open position are equivalent when
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
302
(500,000) ST = (0.3546)(500,000) + 1025
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i.e. when ST = 0.3567. At higher values, call option is better. Call option andforward are equivalent when
(500,000) ST 1025 = (0.3575)(500.000)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
i.e. when ST = 0.3537. At lower values than this the option alternative is betterbecause of its one-way privilege - the firm can buy CHF in the spot market
letting the option lapse.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Gains and Losses form Alternative Hedging Strategies
The call option becomes attractive relative to an open position for values of ST
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
beyond 0.3567. Relative to the forward hedge, the call option is better if theCHF depreciates below 0.3537. The maximum gain from the forward hedge,
relative to the call is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(500,000XO.3546) + 1025 -- (0.3557)(500,000) = ?475
Where as, if the CHF depreciates sharply, call option can result in substantial
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
savings. For in stance at ST = 0.3520, saving from the call over the forward is?825.
Thus whether the firm should choose the call option strategy, the forward hedge
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or leave the exposure unhedged depends upon the view it takes of future spot
rate. It might do a probabilistic mean-variance analysis to compare the forward
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
hedge with the call if it can assign subjective probabilities to future values of thespot rate. Thus suppose its forecast of ST can be summarised as follows:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ST
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Probability--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0.3557
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0.60
0.35 10
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0.300.3590
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0.10
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The firm considers the most probable value of maturity spot to be equal to thecurrent forward rate. But it thinks that there is a 30% chance of a very sharp
depreciation of the CHF (possibly because it thinks that the Swiss central bank
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is shortly going to cut interest rates to stimulate the economy) and a 10% chance
of a very sharp appreciation. The expected cost with a forward hedge, relative to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
an open position is then higher by ?540 and its standard deviation is 1279.6. Foran option, the expected cost is lower by ?475 with a standard deviation of 602.5.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
303
Thus in the mean-variance framework, call option should be the preferred choice
because of its smaller expected cost and smaller variance. If however, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
probabilities are changed to 0.60, 0.20 and 0.20, the choice is not clear; the
forward hedge now has a smaller expected cost compared to the call option (--
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
140 and --255 respectively) but a much larger variance. The choice nowdepends upon the firm`s risk-return preferences.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A US firm has bid for a contract to supply computers and related
equipment to a Swiss buyer. The contract is valued at CHF 5 million. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
outcome of the competitive tender bidding will be known one month fromnow and the equipment is to be supplied over two months following the
award of contract with payment being made on completion of delivery.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The firm would like to cover the potential exposure. Also, the management has
decided that any cover obtained must be offset if the firm is not awarded the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
contract.The current market rates are:
USD/CHF spot: 1.50 90-day forward: 1.46
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(We are ignoring two-sided quotes. It does not make any substantive difference)
A put option on CHF with a strike price of CHF 1.45 per USD and maturity of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
90 days is avail able for a premium of 2.8 or $0.028 per CHF.The firm wishes to evaluate the following two alternatives:
1. Sell CHF 5 million 90-day forward at CHF 1 .46 per USD. If at the end
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of the month the bid is not successful, the contract will be offset by a 2-
month forward purchase at the then ruling rate.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Purchase a put option. If the contract is not awarded, close out by sellingput options. (Assume that the options are bought on an options
exchange).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The firm must pay an up-front premium of $140,000.
If the contract is awarded, the original hedge is carried to maturity. Under each
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
contingency viz. the firm gets the contract and does not get the contract we willevaluate the two alternatives. In each case we will consider three exchange rate
scenarios.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. The Bid is Unsuccessful.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
304The firm unwinds the hedge by either purchasing DEM 5 million 60-days
forward if the initial choice was a forward contract or by selling put options. We
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
consider the gain/loss from each choice under the following three exchange ratescenarios at the end of one month:
(A) CHF has depreciated
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
USD/CHF Spot: 1.60
60-day forward: 1.62
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.45, 2 month put 7(B) Spot rate unchanged
USD/CHF Spot: 1.50
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
60-day forward: 1.48
1.45,2 month put 2.3
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(C) CHF has appreciatedUSD/CHF Spot: 1.37
60-day forward: 1.35
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.45, 2 month put 0.02
Scenario (A)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Forward hedge--Firm unwinds by purchasing forward at 1.62. Realises a gainof $ two months hence.
Put options--Firm sells puts on CHF 5 million at $0.07 per CHF for a total
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
premium in come of $350,000 accruing right away.
Scenario (B)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Forward hedge--Unwound at 1.48. Gain of $46,279 two months hence.Put options--Sell puts. Premium income $1 15,000 right away.
Scenario (C)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Forward hedge--Unwound at a loss of $279,046 two months hence.
Put options--Premium income of $1,000 right away.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
We have assumed that the forward hedge is unwound by means of anotherforward which matures at the same time as the original contract.
Thus in the event of the bid being unsuccessful, the firm risks a large loss if the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
CHF sharply appreciates in the interim and it has covered the uncertain inflow
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
305with a forward contract. With an option, at worst, its maximum loss is limited to
the upfront premium.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. The bid is SuccessfulIf the bid is successful, the put option hedge offers an advantage if over the next
three months the CHF experiences a sharp appreciation. If the CHF remains
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
unchanged or depreciates, the forward contract is more advantageous since it is
costless to enter into.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The firm in tendering a bid will wish to know how to incorporate the element ofcurrency risk. It can attempt to estimate the future spot rate and quote a foreign
currency price based on this forecast; if it overestimates the weakness of DEM
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(underestimates its strength) it runs the risk of submitting an uncompetitive bid.
In the reverse case, its profit margins will shrink. It can decide on a hedging
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
device such as a put option and load the expected cost of the hedge into its price.The timing, amount and the exercise price of the put option should be chosen to
correspond to the forward contract which the firm might have bought had the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
receivable not been uncertain. This may not always be possible with exchange
traded options. Cost of the put option can be reduced by buying an out-of-the-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
money option with lower strike and hence lower premium. Correspondingly, thelevel of protection against depreciation is reduced. Alternatively, the firm need
not hedge the entire amount; if it is a frequent bidder for certain types of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
contracts, it will have built up some experience pertaining to the probability of
success at various bid levels. It can reduce the cost of hedge by buying a put to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cover only a fraction of the expected receivable reflecting the probability ofsuccess.
One important point should be kept in mind. The success or failure of the bid is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dependent upon several factors including competition. The exchange rate may
not be a factor at all or at best may be one of the many considerations
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
influencing the customer`s decision. The risk involved in the option howeverderives only from the behaviour of the exchange rate and its volatility. Thus in
using the option as a hedge, the firm is trying to offset the risk of a diverse set of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
risk factors with an instrument the risk of which derives from a single source.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
306The option hedge may be better than a forward contract but may not necessarily
be the best hedge.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Consider the case of a Singapore firm which has imported textile and leatherproducts from an Indian supplier. The invoice is for INR 25 crores due in 180
days.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
HEDGING WITH CURRENCY FUTURES
Hedging contractual foreign currency flows with currency futures is in many
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
respects similar to hedging with forward contracts. A receivable is hedged byselling futures while a payable is hedged by buying futures.
A futures hedge differs from a forward hedge because of the intrinsic features of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
futures contracts. Since amounts and delivery dates for futures are standardised,
a perfect futures hedge is generally not possible. The advantage of futures over
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
forwards is firstly easier access and secondly greater liquidity. Banks will enterinto forward contracts only with corporations (and in rare cases individuals)
with the highest credit rating. Second, a futures hedge is much easier to unwind
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
since there is an organised exchange with a large turnover.
INTERNAL HEDGING STRATEGIES
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In addition to the various market-based hedging devices discussed so far, a firmmay be able to reduce or eliminate currency exposure by means of internal
strategies or invoicing arrangements like risk sharing between the firm and its
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
foreign customers. We take a look at some of the commonly used or
recommended methods.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
InvoicingWe have already discussed above the problem of currency of invoicing. A firm
may be able to shift the entire exchange risk to the other party by invoicing its
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exports in its home currency and insisting that its imports too be invoiced in its
home currency. As we have seen above, in the presence of well-functioning
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
forward markets this will not yield any added benefit compared to a forwardhedge. At times, it may diminish the firm`s competitive advantage if it refuses to
invoice its cross-border sales in the buyer`s currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Empirically, in a study of the financial structure of foreign trade Grassman
(1973) discovered the following regularities:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
307
1. Trade between developed countries in manufactured products is generally
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
invoiced in the exporter`s currency.2. Trade in primary products and capital assets is generally invoiced in a major
vehicle currency such as the US dollar.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Trade between a developed and a less developed country tends to be invoiced
in the developed country`s currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. If a country has a higher and more volatile inflation rate than its tradingpartners, there is a tendency not to use that country`s currency in trade
invoicing.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Another hedging tool in this context is the use of currency cocktails for
invoicing. Thus for instance, a British importer of chemicals from Switzerland
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
can negotiate with the supplier that the invoice be partly in CHF and partly inGBP.
If the parties agree on a price of say CHF 1,000 per litre and the spot rate is CHF
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2.25 per GBP. the price may be stated as
[{CHF 550 + ?200) per litre]. This way both parties share the exposure. Another
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
possibility is to use one of the standard currency baskets such as the SDR forinvoicing trade transactions.
Basket invoicing offers the advantage of diversification and can reduce the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
variance of home currency value of the payable or receivable as long as there is
no perfect correlation between the constituent currencies. The risk is reduced but
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
not eliminated. These days, OTC options on baskets of currencies are readilyavailable so that the residual risk can be hedged.
SPECULATION IN FOREIGN EXCHANGE AND MONEY MARKETS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Speculation in contrast to hedging involves deliberately creating positions in
order to profit from exchange rate and/or interest rate movements. The
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
speculator believes that market`s forecasts as reflected in forward rates and theterm structure of interest rates are wrong. He hopes to profit by taking open
positions at these prices.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Consider outright speculation in foreign exchange markets. Suppose a speculator
believes that the EUR is going to appreciate against the dollar by 5% over the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
next three months. Further he finds that he can borrow 3-month dollars at 10%308
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and invest 3-month EUR at 8%. He can speculate by borrowing dollars,converting spot to EUR and keeping EUR on deposit. If his forecast
materialises, he will net a 2% (annualised) profit on reconversion of EUR into
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dollars. Alternatively, these rates imply a 2% (annualised) premium on EUR; the
speculator can take an open long position in forward EUR, and sell EUR three
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
months later in the spot market for a net annualised profit of 2%.Not hedging a receivable or payable is thus equivalent to speculation. If a firm
has a payable in a foreign currency and is confident that the currency is going to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
depreciate more than what is implied in the forward rate (or appreciate less) it
speculates by not covering the payable.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Obviously, outright speculation is a high-risk activity. The risk of an openposition depends upon the covariance of exchange rate with other assets in the
speculator`s portfolio. A speculator who is not risk neutral will demand a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
premium for undertaking the risk. Thus he will take an open long (short)
forward position if he expects the currency to appreciate (depreciate) more than
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
what is implied in the forward rate. However, exchange rate risk is diversifiableand hence unsystematic. As a result, the risk premium--the amount by which
the forward rate has to be below or above the speculator`s expected future spot
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rate--is likely to be quite small. Empirical investigations indicate that it is also
varies with time.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Speculating with futures is quite similar to speculating with forwards. The maindifferences are, first, with futures since there are intermediate cash flows, the
investor must speculate on interest rate movements too and second, since most
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
futures contracts are liquidated prior to maturity, the relevant comparison is not
between expected maturity spot rate and futures price.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LESSON - 3LENDING AND INVESTMENT
Objective: In this lesson, we will introduce you the meaning of lending and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investment. This lesson is concept based. After you workout this lesson, you
should be able to:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Know the meaning of lending and investment.Understand the difference between lending and investment.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
309SHORT-TERM BORROWING AND INVESTMENT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International money markets particularly in well developed financial centers likeLondon, New York and Tokyo offer a variety of instruments to raise short-term
financing as well as place short-term funds. The principal dimensions of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowing-investment decisions are the instrument, currency, location of the
financial center and any tax related issues. Between them they decide the cost of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or return on funds, extent of currency exposure, the ease with which funds canbe moved from one location and currency to another and thus the overall
efficiency of the cash management function. In this section we will focus on the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cost/return dimension. The other considerations--location, currency, etc.--will
be taken up later.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Apart from bank loans, the other major instruments for short-term funding arecommercial paper and, in the US domestic money market, bankers` acceptances.
Commercial paper as a funding device is accessible only to corporations with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
high creditworthiness. For such entities, it is a cheaper form of funding than a
bank loan.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
On a covered basis, yields are equal (apart from transactions cost) acrossEurocurrencies. Hence on a covered basis, the choice of currency of borrowing
does not matter. Only when the borrower firm holds views regarding currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
movements which are different from market expectations as embodied in the
forward rate, does the currency of borrowing become an important choice
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
variable.The international Fisher open condition,
iA ? iB = Se (A/B)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
where Se (A/B): Expected depreciation of currency A against currency B.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
However, if speculators are risk averse, a risk premium must be incorporated inthe above relationship:
iA ? IB = Se (A/B) +RP
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
where RP denotes the risk premium.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
310
This coupled with the interest parity relation implies F(A/B) = Se(A/B) + RP,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
where F(A/B) is the relevant forward rate and Se(A/B) is the expected futurespot rate.
Note that the risk premium can be negative or positive depending upon whether
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
speculators as a group are required to be net short or long in the forward market.
Thus the forward rate can on average equal the future spot rate even in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
presence of a constant risk premium. However, in a particular instance, a firmmay have reasons to believe that the forward rate is and underestimate or
overestimate of the future spot rate. In such cases, the firm should compare the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
effective expected cost of borrowing across different currencies and choose the
least cost alternative. Note that this involves risk and any saving on borrowing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cost reflects compensation for the added risk.Following the same reasoning, on a covered basis the firm should be indifferent
between various currencies when it comes to placing temporary excess funds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
since the covered yields are identical. Considerations such as availability of
various investment vehicles--deposits, CDs, CP, treasury bills, etc--and their
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
liquidity may lead to one currency being favoured over another. A firm willingto take on added risk can make uncovered investments hoping to profit from its
superior forecasting ability.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
SURPLUS AND MULTINATIONAL CORPORATION
In a multinational corporation with production and selling subsidiaries spread
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
around the world, cash in flows and outflows occur in diverse currencies. Apartfrom cost and return considerations, several other factors influence the choice of
currencies and locations for holding cash balances.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The bid-ask spreads in exchange rate quotations represent transaction costs of
converting currencies into one another. There may of course be other costs such
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
as telephone calls, telexes, other paperwork, etc. Minimising transaction costswould require that funds be kept in the currency in which they are received if
there is possibility that they might he needed later in the same currency. A
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
related but distinct consideration is that of liquidity viz, funds should be held in
a currency in which they are most likely to be needed. This may not be the same
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
as the currency in which the cash comes in. Militating against these factors is the311
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
political risk dimension. The parent firm may want to hold all surplus cash in itshome currency to minimise the risk of its assets being frozen by a foreign
government. However, this consideration would influence the location of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
financial center where the funds are held rather than the currency and is likely to
be of some importance only in the case of politically highly unstable countries.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Availability of investment vehicles and their liquidity is another importantfactor. Major money market centers such as London, New York, Zurich and so
forth offer a wide variety of highly liquid money market instruments so that the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
firm does not need to hold practically any idle cash balances.
Finally, withholding taxes may influence the choice. If balances are held in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest bearing assets in a country which has a withholding tax on non-residentinterest income, and the tax rate exceeds the parent`s home country tax rate, the
parent may not be able to get full credit for the foreign tax paid and such a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
location may therefore become unattractive for holding funds.
Investing Surplus Funds
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Once the treasurer has identified the cash flows and determined how muchsurplus funds are available in which currencies and for what durations, he or she
must choose appropriate investment vehicles so as to maximise the interest
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
income while at the same time minimising currency and credit risks and
ensuring sufficient liquidity to meet any unforeseen cash requirements.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The major investment vehicles available for short-term placement of funds are(1) short-term bank de posits (2) fixed term money market deposits such as CDs
and (3) financial and commercial paper. The main considerations in choosing an
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investment vehicle can be summarised as follows:
Yield: Total return on the investment including interest income and any capital
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
gain or loss. Very often security and liquidity considerations may takeprecedence over yield.
Marketability: Since liquidity is an important consideration, the ease with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which the investment can be unwound is important. Instruments like CDs have
well developed secondary markets while CPs and trade related paper have
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
limited liquidity.312
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Exchange Rate Risk: If funds eventually required in currency A are invested incurrency B, there is exchange rate risk. If covered, then as we saw above, there
is no advantage to switching currencies.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Price Risk: If a fixed-term investment such as a CD or a T-bill has to be
liquidated before maturity, there is the risk of capital loss if interest rates have
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
moved up in the meanwhile.Transactions Costs: Brokerage commissions and other transactions costs can
significantly lower the realised yield particularly on short-term investments.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Money market investments are often available in fixed minimum sizes and
maturities which may not match the size of the available surplus and the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
duration for which it is available.Financing Short-Term Deficits
Just as judicious management of short-term surplus funds can earn extra income
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for the firm, careful handling of short-term deficits can lead to significant
savings. The treasurer`s objective in this regard should be to minimise the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
overall borrowing requirement consistent with the firm`s liquidity needs and tofund these at the minimum possible all-in cost.
One of the cheapest ways of covering short-term deficits is internal funds. In a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
multinational firm with several subsidiaries, it often happens that while one
division has a short-term funds requirement, another has surplus funds. While
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the former may have to take an expensive bank loan or overdraft facility thelatter may not have very attractive investment opportunities beyond bank
deposits. A centralised cash management system with cash pooling described
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
below can efficiently allocate internal surpluses so as to optimise interest
earnings net of interest costs for the corporation as a whole. However, cross-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
border inter-company loans are a complex area. There are issues related todifferences in tax regimes, existence of double taxation treaties, differences in
accounting norms, and exchange risk. Specialist advice is usually necessary to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exploit these opportunities in an optimal fashion.
External sources of short-term funding consist of overdraft facilities, fixed term
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bank loans and advances and instruments like commercial paper, trade andbankers` acceptances. Apart from the all-in cost of funding, considerations such
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
313
as collateral or security requirements, flexibility in terms of repayment schedule,
speed with which a new facility can be arranged, effect on firm`s credit rating
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and so forth also play a role in evaluating the funding options. The size and
maturity mismatch problems arise here too. For instance, suppose a treasurer
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
determines that he has a requirement of USD 60,000 for 30 days. An over draftfacility would cost him 8% while a 30-day term loan is available at 5% but the
minimum amount is USD 100,000. Surplus funds can be kept in a deposit
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
earning 3%. The problem again is to determine the breakeven size of funding
requirement such that if the actual need is larger than this, it is preferable to go
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in for the term loan rather than an overdraft facility. In another case, an amountof USD 100,000 is needed for 18 days whereas a term loan is for a minimum of
30 days. Once again the reader can determine the breakeven gap above which it
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is preferable to take the loan and place the funds in a deposit during the days
they are not needed.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LESSON - 4FOREX RISK AND EURO CURRENCY MARKETS FOR
LENDING & INVESTMENT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Objectives: In this lesson, we will introduce you to the meaning and nature of
foreign exchange risk and euro currency markets for lending & investment. This
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lesson is concept based. After you workout this lesson, you should be able to:Know the meaning and nature of foreign exchange risk and euro
currency markets for lending & investment.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
FOREX RISK
The Dealing Room is rightly identified as a profit centre for a bank. In these
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
days of reducing spread between the lending and borrowing rates, banks have tolook to other sources to improve their bottom lines. Foreign exchange is one
area where the potential is vast. The progressive liberalisation being introduced
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in the Indian foreign exchange market has improved the scope for dealers to
show their skills and earn for their banks. But at the same time, it may not be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
forgotten that any scope for profits is associated with the risks of losing. It ismore so in the case of foreign exchange dealing where the vagaries of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
314
market can play havoc. Unbridled enthusiasm has to be monitored so that the
bank does not expose itself to unduly huge risks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The following are the major risks in foreign exchange dealings:
(a) Open Position Risk,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(b) Cash Balance Risk,(c) Maturity Mismatches Risk,
(d) Credit Risk,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(e) Country Risk,
(f) (t) Overtrading Risk,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(g) Fraud Risk, and(h) Operational Risks
1. OPEN POSITION RISK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The open position risk or the position risk refers to the risk of change in
exchange rates affecting the overbought or oversold position in foreign currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
held by a bank. Hence this can also be called the rate risk. The risk can beavoided by keeping the position in foreign exchange square. The open position
in a foreign currency becomes inevitable for the following reasons:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(a) The dealing room may not obtain reports of all purchases of foreign
currencies made by branches on the same day. Each bank has few dealing rooms
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
mainly in metropolitan centre. The dealings with the customers are executed bythe branches of the bank spread over the entire country. The branches are
required to inform to the dealing room concerned immediately over
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
telecommunication whenever a purchase or sale exceeding a limit, say
equivalent of USD 1,000 takes place. Deals for smaller values will be taken into
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
account by the dealing room when the reports are received through mail on alater date. Under this system imbalance may arise because:
(i) Smaller purchases and sales and not taken into account;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(ii) When communication system fails, even larger deals may also not be re
ported immediately; and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(iii)There may be wrong reporting or failure to report by branches.(b) The imbalance may be because the bank is not able to carry out the cover
operation in the interbank market. This may be due to fact that counter party for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
315
the tenor and volume as required by the bank may not be available. Moreover
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
operations in the interbank are done in round a sum, which necessarily leaves
odd amounts in the exchange position uncovered.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(c) Sometimes the imbalance is deliberate. The dealer may foresee that theforeign currency concerned may strengthen. In that case he would try to keep an
overbought position; when the currency strengthens he can sell at a profitable
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rate. Conversely, when the expectation is that the foreign currency will weaken,
he will acquire an oversold position; he can acquire the currency later at a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
cheaper rate and thus make a profit.There is, however, a limit up to which the bank can keep open` position. If the
bank keeps a large open position and its expectation about the movement of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
currency fails, the result would be disastrous.
Internal Control: The appreciation of the various risks involved in exchange
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dealings has led to adoption of certain controls by the banks. Each bank fixesday-light limit` or intro-day limit for each currency. This is the limit up to
which the dealer can deal himself without reference to higher authorities. For
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
instance, a bank may fix the daylight limit for US dollar as USD 5 million. That
means the dealer can purchase and sell dollars so long as the balance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
outstanding at any time during the day is not exceeding USD 5 million. Inaddition the bank also fixes an overnight limit`, i.e., the extent to which the
currency position can be kept open at the end of the day. Normally the overnight
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
limit would be much less than the daylight limit. While the daylight limit
ensures that the bank does not acquire very large position in the currency which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
it may find it difficult to cover in the market, the overnight position puts aceiling on the exchange risk to the bank. Apart from the above limits on
individual currencies, the bank would also place a aggregate limit on the foreign
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
exchange position for all the currencies put together. This would be smaller than
the total of individual overnight limit for each currency.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cut Loss Limit: This limit is fixed to restrict loss due to adverse movement inthe exchange rates. The cut loss limit for dollar may be fixed at 5 paise. Suppose
the dealer holds overbought position of USD I million at a cost of Rs. 35.86 per
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dollar. If the market rate for dollar moves down to less than Rs. 35.81, he should
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
316immediately square his position so that the loss can be restricted to 5 paise per
dollar or Rs. 50,000. Otherwise the continuous decline in dollar rate would
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
result in larger losses. The limit may be fixed with reference to the absoluteamount of loss. In that ease, if the exposure is higher in value, the per dollar
difference may be reduced to see that the absolute loss is not exceeding, say, Rs.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
50,000.
Exchange Control Regulation: The Exchange Control Manual stipulates that
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the authorised dealers should fix open position limits in each currency inaccordance with the guidelines issued by Reserve Bank. Before laying down
such limits authorised dealers should get them approved by Reserve Bank. Net
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
overnight position in the rupee should not exceed the limit laid down by Reserve
Bank from time to time. According to the guidelines, the banks should maintain
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
on an on going basis Tier I capital (i.e., paid-up capital, statutory reserves andother dis closed free reserves at 5% of the open position limit approved by
Reserve Bank. Further, in general, overall open position limit should have a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reasonable relation o the capital of the bank.
2. CASH BALANCE RISK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Cash balance refers to actual balances maintained in the nostro accounts at theend of each day. Balances in nostro accounts do not earn interest; while any
overdraft involves payment of interest. The endeavour should therefore be to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
keep the minimum required balance in the nostro accounts. 1-lowever,
perfection on this count is not possible. Depending upon the requirement for a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
single currency more than one nostro account may be maintained. Each of theseaccounts is operated by a large number of branches. Communication delays
from branches to the dealer or from the foreign bank to the dealer may result in
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
distortions. The banks endeavour to obtain the statement of accounts from
foreign banks on a daily basis through telecommunication and monitor closely
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the balances in nostro accounts. Reconciliation of balances of nostro accountsalmost on a continuous basis also helps in this regard.
Exchange Control Regulation: The Exchange Control requires authorised
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dealers to maintain with overseas branches and correspondents, balances in
foreign currencies at levels which are commensurate with their normal business
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
317
needs having regard to the number of correspondents and branches in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
country concerned and the number of offices and branches of the authoriseddealer in India operating on the accounts. While transacting foreign exchange
business in inter- bank market in India or overseas exchange markets, authorised
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dealers should ensure that the balances are not accumulated in their accounts
abroad which are in excess of immediate needs such as payments towards
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
imports or maturing deliveries under forward contracts.3. MATURITY MISMATCHES RISK
This risk arises on account of the maturity period of purchase and sale con tracts
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in a foreign currency not coinciding or matching. The cash flows from purchases
and sales mismatch thereby leaving a gap at the end of each period. There fore
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
this risk is also known as liquidity risk or gap risk.Mismatches in position may arise out of the following reasons
(i) Under forward contracts, the customers may exercise their option on any
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
day during the month which may not match with the option under the
cover con tract with the market with maturity towards the month end.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(ii) Non-availability of matching forward cover in the market for the volumeand maturity desired.
(iii) Small value of merchant contracts may not aggregate to the round sums
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for which cover contracts are available.
(iv) In the interbank contracts, the buyer bank may pick up the contract on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
any day during the option period.(v) Mismatch may deliberately create to minimise swap costs or to take ad
vantage of changes in interest differential or the large swings in the demand
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for spot and near forward currencies.
The mismatch can be corrected by undertaking a suitable swap. The risk
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
involved is that the cost of swap may turn out to be higher than that providedfor.
Internal control: At monthly intervals the purchases and sales are aggregated
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
maturity wise and the net balance arrived at. The following gap limits are
prescribed limit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(a) A monthly gap limit for each currency. This is called the individual gap318
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(b) A cumulative gap limit for all maturities for each currency which wouldbe less than the total of monthly gap limits.
(c) Cumulative gap limit for all currencies put together which would be less
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
than the total of cumulative gap limit for all currencies.
Maturity limit: Apart from the above, the bank may also fix the maximum
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
period upto which forward cover can be offered to the customer. This dependsupon the maximum maturity for which cover will be available in the market.
Exchange control regulations: It is stipulated that the authorised dealers
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
should, as far as possible, avoid outright forward or swap transactions which
result in maturity mismatches which are in excess of their aggregate gap limit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(Aggregate gap limit is defined as the sum total of the gaps in each currencyarrived at by adding gaps in each month ignoring the plus or minus sign. In other
words, it is the gross gap for all the months put together. In the cumulative gap
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
limit mentioned above, monthly gaps are added considering the plus and minus
signs. It is the net gap cumulatively for all months.)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. CREDIT RISKCredit risk is the risk of failure of the counterparty to the contract. Credit risk is
classified into (a) contract risk, and (b) clean risk.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Contract risk arises when the failure of the counterparty is known to the bank
before it executes its part of the contract. Here the bank also refrains from the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
contract. The loss to the bank is the loss arising out of exchange rate differencethat may arise when the bank has to cover the gap arising from failure of the
contract.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Clean risk arises when the bank has executed the contract, but the counter- party
dos not. The loss to the bank in this case is not only the exchange difference, but
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the entire amount already deployed. This arises, because, due to time zonedifferences between different centres, one currency is paid before the other is
received.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Internal control: The risk is controlled by fixing counterparty limits, both for
banks and merchant customers. Limits are fixed on the aggregate outstanding
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
commitments and separately for the amount of funds to be settled on a singleday.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
319
5. COUNTRY RISK
Also known as sovereign risk` or transfer risk` country risk relates to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
ability and willingness of a country to service its external liabilities. It refers to
the possibility that the government as well other borrowers of a particular
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
country may be unable to fulfill their obligations under foreign exchangetransactions due to reasons which are beyond the usual credit risks. For example,
an importer might have paid for the import, but due to moratorium imposed by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the government, the amount may not be repatriated.
Internal control: The country risk analysis is made by taking into account the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
socio-economic and political situation of the country and a limit for exposure forthat country is fixed.
6. OVERTRADING RISK
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A bank runs the risk of overtrading if the volume of transactions indulged by it
is beyond its administrative and financial capacity. In the anxiety to earn large
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
profits, the dealer or the bank may take up large deals, which a normal prudentbank would have avoided. The deals may take speculative tendencies leading to
huge losses. Viewed from another angle, other operators in the market would
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
find that the counterparty limit for the bank is exceeded and quote further
transactions at higher premiums. Expenses may increase at a faster rate than the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
earnings. There is therefore a need to restrict the dealings to prudent limits.Internal control: The tendency to overtrading is controlled by fixing the
following limits
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(a) A limit on the total value of all outstanding forward contracts; and (b) A
limit on the daily transaction value for all currencies together (turnover limit).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. FRAUD RISKFrauds may be indulged in by the dealers or by other operational staff for
personal gains or to conceal a genuine mistake committed earlier. Frauds may
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
take the form of dealing for one`s own benefit without putting them through the
bank accounts, undertaking unnecessary deals to pass on brokerage for a kick
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
back, sharing benefits by quoting unduly better rates to some banks andcustomers etc. The losses from such fraudulent deals can be substantial.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
320
Internal control.: It is imperative that dealers be well supervised, honest and
well trained. Proper selection and proper training therefore play an important
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
role. The following procedural measures are taken to avoid frauds:
(a) Separation of dealing from back-up and accounting functions.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(b) On-going auditing, monitoring of positions, etc., to ensure compliancewith procedures.
(c) Regular follow-up of deal slips and contract confirmations.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(d) Regular reconciliation of nostro balances and prompt follow-up of
unreconciled items.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(e) Scrutiny of branch reports and pipe-line transactions.(f) Maintenance of up-to-date records of currency position, exchange
position and counterparty registers, etc.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
8. OPERATIONAL RISKS
These risks include inadvertent mistakes in the rates, amounts and counterparties
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of deals, misdirection of funds, etc. The reasons may be human errors oradministrative inadequacies. The deals are done over telecommunication and
mistakes may be found only when the written confirm are received later. But
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
reversing such mistakes may involve exchange rate and interest losses for the
hank. If nostro reconciliation is not proper, the mistakes may remain undetected
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
for long periods. By the time they are found out, the relevant records may not beavailable any more.
Internal Control: The internal control measures are same as that for preventing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
frauds.
EURO CURRENCY MARKETS FOR LENDING AND INVESTMENT
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro-currency market, also known as Euro-dollar market, is an internationalcapital market which specializes in borrowing and lending of currencies outside
the country of issue. Thus, deposits in dollars with a bank in London are Euro
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dollars. Similarly, French francs held by banks in London are Euro-francs;
pound-sterling held by banks in Germany are Euro-sterling, and so on. They are
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
all Euro-currencies. Predominantly, the dealings in the market are in dollars andhence the name Euro-dollar market is still in vogue.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
321
The main centres of Euro-currency are London and a few other places in
Europe. The growth of the market has extended beyond these limits and now it
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
includes a few centres of Asia too, such as Singapore. The centres in Asia are
known as Asian-dollar n the terms Euro-dollars and Euro-currency are used
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
universally to denote all such markets, including the Asian dollar market.SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE MARKET
The following are the special features of the Euro-currency market:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1. Transactions in each currency take place outside the country of its issue. For
example, dollars earned by a Japanese firm from exports may be deposited with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a bank in London. The London bank is free to use the funds for lending to anyother bank. The bank may use it for lending to French Bank. Thus the utility of
the currency is entirely outside the control of the central bank of the country
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issuing the currency. For this reason, Euro-currencies are also referred to as
offshore Currencies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Even though the currency is utilised outside the country of its origin, it has tobe held only in the country of its issue. To continue our example, the Japanese
firm deposits its dollar earnings with a bank in London. The London Bank will
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
keep the funds in a New York Bank in its own name. When the London Bank
lends the amount to the French Bank, it will give suitable instructions to the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
New York Bank. On receipt of the instructions, the New York Batik will debitthe account of the London Bank and credit it to the account of the French Bank.
Thus ultimately the settlement of all dollar transactions takes place in New
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
York. Similarly, settlement of all Euro-sterling transactions is made in London,
all Euro-French franc transactions in Paris and so on.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Though Euro-currencies are outside the direct control of the monetaryauthorities of their respective countries of issue, they are subject to some form of
indirect control. This is because the settlement of all transactions has to take
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
place only in the country of issue. If the country of issue imposes any
restrictions, the conversion of balances in the currency held outside the country
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
into another currency would also be affected. As already stated conversion intoanother currency would involve clearing in the country of issue at some point of
the transaction. This automatically subjects them to the restriction.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
322
4. Euro-currency market is not a foreign exchange market. It is a market for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
deposits with and between banks (inter-bank deposits) and for loans by banks to
the non-bank public. It is a market in which foreign currencies are lent and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borrowed as distinct from the foreign exchange market, where they are boughtand sold. It consists of a pool of predominantly short-term deposits which
provide the big single source of funds that commercial banks transform into
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
medium and occasionally long-term international loans or Euro-credits.
5. The transactions in the market involve huge amounts running into millions of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dollars. The large-scale financing has led to the development of syndications ofloans, where a large number of banks participate in the lending operations.
6. Euro currency is a market is a highly competitive market with free access for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
new institutions in the market. Consequently, the margin between the interest
rates on deposits and adv has narrowed down considerably.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
7. A special feature is the concept of floating rates of interest`. The rate ofinterest is linked to a base rate, usually the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate
(LIBOR). The interest on the deposit or the advance would be reviewed
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
periodically and changed in accordance with change, if any, in LIBOR.
8. US dollar remains the leading currency traded in the Euro-currency market,
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
even though its share is declining. Other currencies traded in the market on largescale are Deutsche mark, Japanese Yen, Pound Sterling and Swiss Franc.
9. The Euro-currency market can broadly be divided into four segments:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(i) Euro-credit markets, where international group of banks engage in lending
for medium and long term;
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(ii) Euro-bond market, where banks raise funds on behalf of internationalborrowers by issuing bonds; and
(iii) Euro-currency (deposits) market, where banks accept deposits, mostly for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
short term.
(iv) Euro-notes market, where corporate raise funds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The division is not watertight and the different segments overlap each other.INTEREST RATE IN EURO-CURRENCY MARKETS
The interest rates in Euro-currency markets are determined by a multitude of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
factors which affect the demand and supply conditions of the currency
concerned. Some of the factors are: (1) volume of world trade transacted in the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
323
currency, ii) domestic interest rates, (iii) domestic monetary policy and reserve
requirements. (iv) Domestic government regulation, and (v) relative strength of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the currency in the foreign exchange market. In practice, domestic interest rates
act as a floor to Eurocurrency rates because the funds flow into Eurocurrency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
market seeking higher interest. Although the Eurocurrency market operates in anumber of centres around the world, interest rates for a particular currency are
consistent. Any temporary variations at different markets are quickly eliminated
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
by international arbitrage.
Interest in Eurocurrency market is generally a floating rate of interest.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Periodically, the interest rate will change with reference to a benchmark rate likeLIBOR. For instance, the interest on a Euro-bond for five years may be fixed at
ISO basis points over Libor. (One basis point is 1/100 of 1%). The Libor at the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
time of issue plus 1.5% will be applicable for six months. At the end of this
period, Libor then prevailing will be reckoned and the interest for the next six
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
months will be based on the Libor then prevailing. This vi1l be repeated everysix months.
LIBOR is the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate` and represents the rate` which
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
banks in London will lend a currency to other banks for a specific maturity.
Since London is a major Eurocurrency market. Libor is used as the basis for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
most Eurocurrency transactions) Libor varies for different maturities. Thus wehave 1 month Libor, 3 months Libor, 6 months Libor etc. Rates quoted by
different banks may vary slightly, the bigger banks offering lower rates. In
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
respect of a particular contract based on Libor, say a Eurobond issue, the rate is
fixed by nominating reference banks. The reference banks may be from among
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
those syndicating the issue. Or, to maintain neutrality, they may be banksoutside the syndicate. The rates quoted by these banks at a stipulated time, often
11 AM London time, two business days before start of the due date, is taken as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the basis. The average of such rates is rounded off to the nearest 1/8 per cent.
LIBID is the London Interbank Bid` rate. It is the rate at which banks accept
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
euro- deposits. Bid tates are lower than offered rates usually by 1/8 to 1/4percent.
LIMEAN is the average of Libor and Libid.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
324
Prime Rate is the rate of interest charged by first class banks in USA on
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
advances to their first class borrowers. For example, it may relate to an advance
made to a multinational corporation with a very high credit rating. This rate is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
usually a couple of percentage points higher than the discount and Federal fundsrate. While it follows the same trends, it is determined rate calculated from
money market rates, especially from the 90 days Certificate of Deposit rate.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Every bank in the USA announces independently its prime rate, but this tends to
influence the rate of other banks also. Similarly, the prime rate has influence
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
over the Eurodollar rate and is also influenced by it. A change in the prime rateis followed by a change in the Eurocurrency rate and vice versa.
SIBOR represents the Singapore interbank Offered Rate Similar to Libor, it is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the rate at which principal banks in Singapore offer to lend Asian dollars and
other currencies to other banks. Sibor forms the basis for interest rate on Asian
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
dollar and syndicated loans.EURO-CREDITS
Most of the lending in Euro-currency markets takes the form of Euro-credit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro-credits are medium and long-term loans provided by international group of
banks in currencies which need not be those of the lenders or borrowers. Euro-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
credit belongs to wholesale sector of the international capital market andnormally involves large amounts.
Security: Euro-credits are provided mostly without any collateral security from
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the borrower. By experience banks in Euro-market have found that taking
security by way of, say mortgage, etc. on the assets of the borrower do not
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
provide any safeguard to the interests of the lender when the affairs of theborrower really go bad. Therefore more emphasis is laid on the credit rating of
the borrower rather than on any tangible security. Providing Euro-credits as
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
unsecured facilities also renders the job easy by avoiding complicated
procedures to take charge of the security.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Type of facility: The conditions stipulated for drawing and repayment of thefacility depends upon the kind of credit provided. Euro-credits are normally pro
vided in either of the following two forms: (i) revolving credit and (ii) term
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
credit.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
325Revolving credit is similar to a cash credit facility It is a standby facility to meet
temporary but recurring financial requirements of the borrower. Interest is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
charged on the actual amount utilised; on the sanctioned but unutilized portion, acommitment fee may be charged` Repayment is arranged by progressively
reducing the limit till the entire facility is thus reduced.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Term credit is similar to medium-term loans provided by banks. At the
beginning itself both the lenders and borrowers agree on the schedule of drawing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the facility. The facility is utilised in full for some time and then, in accordancewith the agreement already entered into, repayment begins. The repayment
schedule is fixed taking into account the expected revenue flow from the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investment.
The borrower is expected to give seven days notice when he wants to avail the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
installment as per the schedule of drawings. Once he has given the notice toavail of the drawing, he is irrevocably bound by it. Similarly, for forgoing the
drawing, seven days` notice is required to be given to the lenders. Many loan
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
agreements provide for pre-payment of the full amount without any penalty at
30 days or 60 days` notice. The provision helps the borrowing companies to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
repay the loan and avail better conditions that may prevail in the market at alater date.
Period: The period of euro-credits extends up to 15 years. But most of the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
credits are for periods of 5 to 8 years. On an-average about 5% of the total
credits are for periods ranging from 1 to 5 years and about 10% from 10 to 15
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
years.Interest: Interest is fixed at a certain percentage over a reference rate, generally
the interbank rate for Euro-currency deposits. For dollar loans the reference rate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is the LIBOR (London Inter-Bank Offered Rate) for Deutsche Mark it is
LUXIBOR (Luxemborg Interbank Offered Rate) which is the main centre for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interbank Euro-mark market. For similar reason, for 1oan in pound sterling theParis Interbank Offered Rate is taken as the basic rate.
Generally interest for dollar loans is fixed at a percentage over Libor say 1%
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
over Libor. The interest is revised every six months, considering the changes in
Libor. Thus, technically, the credit is rolled over` or renewed every SIX
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
326
months. The difference between the interest charged on the loan and the Libor is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the lending margin, the lending margin is not fixed but depends upon the creditrating of the borrower and his bargaining capacity.
Currency: Most of the loans raised are in dollars. Some loan agreements also
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
provide for currency option. That is, initially the loan is raised in dollars. The
borrower is given the option to roll over the loan in a different currency
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
according to his requirement. This again is possible provided the bank canprocure the required currency. The multi-currency option helps the borrower in
avoiding ex change risk and also does not involve the lending bank in any risk.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Syndication of Loans
Each euro-credit runs into a huge amount of a few hundred million dollars. It is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
not safe or possible for a single bank to undertake the entire amount. Thus fewbanks form a syndicate (similar to consortium lending in domestic banking) to
provide funds to the borrower. The practice is also partly due to the US laws
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
which provide limitations on loans of any single bank to any single borrower.
Bank syndicates are not permanent groupings. They are formed in each case by
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
banks willing to participate in the credit.In arranging the credit the major role is played by (i) managing bank(s)
appointed by the borrower to arrange the credit; (ii) lead bank, providing most of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the money, and (iii) agent bank appointed by lenders to look after their interests
once the loan agreement is signed. All the functions may be rendered by a single
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bank.The managing bank(s) is/are appointed by the borrower to arrange the credit.
Earlier the management scene was dominated by British merchant banks and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
other investment banks. They were ideally suited because of their international
connections with banks and borrowers. Commercial banks merely provided the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
necessary funds. They did not take to management because they lackedspecialized person id or international connections to arrange credits themselves.
Then came consortium banks created by groups of large commercial banks to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
undertake specialized international operations for all the shareholders. By 1970
management of most credit passed to world`s largest commercial banks. By this
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
time they had resources to meet increase in demand for credit and had acquired327
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
requisite technical expertise. They also felt the need to protect themselvesagainst exposure by taking active part in evaluation of borrowers, negotiation of
terms and supervision of loans. The attraction of management fee also added
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
strength to the decision.
As a result of the change in the scene the participants in the market fall into two
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
segments: (i) The wholesale large commercial banks who arrange credits, takemajor share and are a force to reckon with; and (ii) retail sector small banks
taking what participation they can get.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The appointment of the managing bank is formalized with the award of man
date by the borrower. The managing bank helps the borrower in drawing up a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
statement of the borrower`s financial condition and purpose of the credit and theloan agreement. It negotiates terms with other banks and assembles the
syndicate. The manager`s function comes to an end with the signing of the loan
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
agreement by the borrower and the participating banks and the agent bank take
over from there.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
But, in practice, the managing bank continues to keep in touch with theborrowers to help protect the interests of the lending syndicate.
For the service rendered, the managing bank is entitled to the management fee at
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
a flat percentage of the loan. It is paid by the borrower at the time of signing of
the agreement.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The participants in the syndicate are entitled to participation fee. A part of themanagement fee received by the managing bank is passed on to the participants
as the participation fee in proportion to the share of funds provided by each.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Participation fee is not payable if share of a bank is less than a prescribed
minimum.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
A situation may arise where the borrower has to pay facility fee in addition tothe management fee. The facility fee is the commitment charge paid on un-
drawn portion of the credit to compensate the banks for keeping funds ready. It
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is payable at an annual rate.
Protection to Lending Banks: One major step taken by lending banks to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
protect their interests is to analyze the position of the borrower and his country`seconomic and political environment thoroughly before committing themselves
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
328
on the loan. Even though all members of the syndicate sign a common loan
agreement, each lending bank is responsible for its o decision and surveillance
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
over the borrower. But the smaller banks may lack the desired infrastructure to
undertake a detailed country risk analysis. They, therefore, rely on the larger
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
banks.Many covenants are included in the loan agreement safeguarding the interest of
the lending banks. Any misrepresentation by the borrower in the information
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
furnished to the syndicate or failure to perform the covenants will be considered
as default by the borrower. Default with any single lending bank will be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
regarded as default with all banks. The covenants include negative lienmaintenance of ratios between assets and liabilities, limitation on dividends and
total debt service in relation to earnings etc. But recourse to legal protection is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
rendered difficult be cause the credits fall outside the jurisdiction of any single
authority. Further complication is the legal status of governments and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international organizations as borrowers although many countries have passedlaws to waive sovereign immunity in commercial transactions. Therefore, in
case of default settlement by political negotiation rather than by litigations is the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
order of the day.
The interests of the lending banks are protected better when there is co-financing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
by official international organizations like IMF and World Bank In such casesinformation about international financial flows and debtor countries becomes
easily available. In case of default IMF may propose conditions for management
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of economies as a corrective measure. But co-financing by these institutions is
confined to a very few cases.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In case of weaker borrowers, the lending banks try to compensate the higher riskwhich involved by prescribing higher lending margins. Higher margins may also
be a polite way of saying no to the proposal.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
EURO-BONDS
A major source of borrowing at Euro-markets is though the issue of international
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bonds known as Euro-bonds. Euro-bonds are those sold for internationalborrowers in several markets simultaneously by international group of banks.
They are issued on behalf of multinational corporations, international agencies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
329
and governments. In the past borrowers were largely from industrialised
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
countries of late, developing countries have entered the market on a large scale.
Most of their borrowings had been balance of payments-oriented, either directly
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
or indirectly.Euro-bond should be distinguished from foreign bonds. Foreign bond is issued
on behalf of a non-resident borrower as in the case of Euro-bond. But a foreign
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
bond is sold only in the domestic capital market of the Issuing country by a
group of banks in the market of issue. It is subject to regulations of the country
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
of issue. For example, a foreign bond may be issued on behalf of a Japanesefirm exclusively in West Germany. As against these restrictions a Euro-bond is
outside the regulations of a single country. The investors are spread world-wide.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Euro-bonds are unsecured securities. Therefore only borrowers of high financial
standing are able to issue such bonds. When they are issued by government
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
corporations and local bodies, they are guaranteed by the government of thecountry concerned. Issues by subsidiaries normally carry guarantee of the parent
company.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Selling of euro-bonds is done through Syndicates. The Lead Managing Bank is
responsible for advising on the best size of the issue, terms and timing and for
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
coordinating the issue. Lead managers take the help of co-managing banks.Entire issue is underwritten by the managers and a larger group of underwriting
banks. In addition there are still larger groups of selling banks.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The lead managing bank is entitled to the management fee, the underwriting
banks the underwriting allowance and selling banks to the selling concession.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
All put together, the cost of issue may come to 2% to 2.5% of the value of theissue. Initially the lead manager holds the entire commission allowance, etc. The
borrower gets the value of the issue less commission, etc., from the lead
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
manager. The lead manager allocates the bonds to all members of the selling
group at face value less their commission/allowance. Thereafter every member
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is on its own. They can sell to investors at whatever prices they can obtain. Thusno two investors in the Euro-bond market need pay the same price for newly
issued bonds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
330
Features Most Euro-bonds are bearer securities Most of the bonds are de
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
nominated in US dollars, issued in denominations of USD 10,000. The average
maturity of Euro-bonds is about S to 6 years although it is normal to find issues
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
with maturity up to 15 years.EURO-ISSUES
Access to Euro-equity market is made through the issue of:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(i) Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds; and
(ii) (ii) Depository Receipts.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Foreign currency convertible bond (FCCB) is a Euro-bond which can beconverted into shares at the option of the investor. This has also been explained
under Euro bonds`.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Depository Receipts, or the more popular among them, the Global Depository
Receipts are explained below.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Global Depository ReceiptA Global Depository Receipt is a negotiable instrument denominated in US
dollars that represents shares issued in a local currency. The shares of the issuing
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
company are issued in the name of an international bank, called the depository
who is located in a foreign country. The physical possessions of the shares
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
issued are with a custodian` in the issuing country. The shares are issued to thedepository in the local currency. Based on the shares held by it, the depository
issues the GDRs in US dollars. The dividend, after withholding tax etc., is paid
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
by the issuing company to the depositor in the local currency. The depository
converts the dividend received into US dollars at the ruling exchange rate and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
distributes it among the GDR holders. GDRs are bearer instruments and tradedfreely in international markets either through stock exchange mechanism or on
an Over The Counter` (OTC) basis. The settlements are done through
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
international clearing systems like Euroclear (Brussels) or CEDEL (London).
GDRs offer many advantages to the issuing company. The exchange risk is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
borne by the investors as the payment towards dividend is made in the localcurrency. There is no dispersal of voting rights as right to vote is vested only
with the depository and is regulated by an agreement between the company and
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the depository. It enables the company to broaden the capital base by tapping
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
331large foreign equity markets. But the issue is subject to country risk analysis and
for companies from countries with poor credit rating, the issue may not be
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
successful or can succeed only at higher cost. The value of GDRs depends uponthe value of the shares of the company. The prospects of the company for future
issues may be affected by decline in share prices in the local market which may
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be a market phenomenon unconnected with the performance of the company.
For the investors, it offers portfolio diversification in a freely traded instrument
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
in a convertible currency. The investors bear exchange risk as well as risk ofcapital erosion.
GDRs have become very popular with Indian companies. About 58 companies
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
have tapped this source as against 10 companies which have raised
Euroconvertible bonds.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
LESSON - 5INTEREST RATE PARITY THEORY
Objectives: In this lesson, we will introduce you to the meaning and nature of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
interest rate parity theory. This lesson is concept based. After you workout this
lesson, you should be able to:
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Know the meaning and nature of interest rate parity theory.INTEREST RATE PARITY THEORY
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Spot and forward rates are closely linked to each other and to interest rates in
different currencies through the medium of arbitrage. Specifically, the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
movement of funds between two currencies to take advantage of interest ratedifferentials is a major determinant of the spread between forward and spot
rates. In fact, the forward discount or premium is closely related to the interest
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
differential between the two currencies.
According to interest rate parity (IRP) theory, the currency of the country with a
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
lower interest rate should be at a forward premium in terms of the currency ofthe country with the higher rate. More specifically, in an efficient market with
no transaction costs, the interest differential should be (approximately) equal to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the forward differential. When this condition is met, the forward rate is said to
be at interest rate parity, and equilibrium prevails in the money markets.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
332
Interest parity ensures that the return on a hedged (or covered) foreign
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
investment will just equal the domestic interest rate on investments of identicalrisk, thereby eliminating the possibility of having a money machine. When this
condition holds, the covered interest differential--the difference between ala
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
domestic interest rate and the hedged foreign rate -is zero. To illustrate this
condition, suppose an investor with $1,000,000 to invest for 90 days is trying to
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
decide between investing in U.S. dollars at 8% per annum (2% for 90 days) or ineuros at 6% per annum (1.5% for 90 days). The current spot rate is 1.13110/$,
and the 90-day forward rate is l.l2556/$. Exhibit 4.14 shows that regardless of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the investor`s currency choice, his hedged return will be identical. Specifically,
$1,000,000 invested in dollars for 90 days will yield $1,000,000X 1.02 =
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
$1,020,000. Alternatively, if the investor chooses to invest in euros on a hedgedbasis, he will
1. Convert the $1,000,000 to euros at the spot rate of 11311019. This
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
yields 1,131,100 available for investment.
2. Invest the principal of 1,131,100 at 1.5% for 90 days. At the end of 90
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
days, the investor will have 1,148,066.50.3. Simultaneously with the other transactions, sell the 1,148,066.50 in
principal plus interest forward at a rate of 1.12556/$ for delivery in 90
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
days. This transaction will yield 1,148,066.50/1.12556 $1,020,000 in 90
days.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
If the covered interest differential between two money markets is nonzero, thereis an arbitrage incentive to move money from one market to the other. This
movement of money to take advantage of a covered interest differential is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
known as covered interest arbitrage.
The transactions associated with covered interest arbitrage will affect prices ii
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
both the money and foreign exchange markets. In the previous example, poundsare bought spot and sold forward, boosting the spot rate and lowering the
forward rate, the forward discount will tend to widen Simultaneously, as mono
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
flows from New York, interest rates there will tend to increase at the same limo
the inflow of funds to London will depress interest rates there. The process of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
333
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
covered interest arbitrage will continue until interest parity is achieved, unlessthere government interference.
If this process is interfered with, covered interest differentials between nation al
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
money markets will not be arbitraged away. Interference often occurs because
many governments regulate and restrict flows of capital across their borders.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Moreover, just the risk of controls will be sufficient to yield prolongeddeviations from interest rate parity.
INTEREST RATE PARITY THEORY
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In reality, the interest parity line is a band because transaction cogs, arising
from the spread on spot and forward contracts and brokerage fees on security
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
purchases and sales, cause effecthe yields to be lower than nominal yields. For
example, if transaction costs are 0.75%, a covered yield differential of only
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0.5% will not be sufficient to induce a flow of funds. For interest arbitrage tooccur, the covered differential must exceed the transaction costs involved.
The covered interest arbitrage relationship can be stated formally. Let eo be the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
current spot rate (dollar value of one unit of foreign currency) and f1 the end-of-
period forward rate. if rh, and rf are the prevailing interest rates in New York and,
say, London, respectively, then one dollar invested in New York will yield 1 + rh
at the end of the period; the same dollar invested in London will be worth (1 + rf
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
)f1/fe0 dollars at maturity This latter result can be seen as follows: One dollar
will convert into 1/4 pounds that, when invested at rf, will yield (1 + rf)/e0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
334
pounds at the end of the period. By selling the proceeds forward today, this
amount will be worth (1 + rf) f1/fe0 dollars when the investment matures.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Funds will flow from New York to London if and only if1
( r ) f
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 + r
f
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1h <
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
e0
Conversely, funds will flow from London to New York if and only if
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1( r ) f
1 + r
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
f
1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
h >e0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interest rate parity holds when there are no covered interest arbitrage
opportunities. On the basis of the previous discussion, this no-arbitrage
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
condition can be stated as follows:1 r
f
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
h = 1
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 r
e
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
f
0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4.17
Using Interest Rate Parity to Calculate the $ / ? Forward Rate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
The interest rate in the United States is 10%; in Japan, the comparable rate is
7%. The spot rate for the yen is $0.003800. If interest rate parity holds, hat is the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
90-day forward rate?Solution: According to IRP the 90-day forward rate on the Yen, f90 should be
$0.003828
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 ( 10
.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0/ )
4
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
f90 = $0.003800 x
= $0.003828
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1 ( 07.
0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
/ )
4
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In other words, the 90-day forward Japanese yen should be selling at anannualized premium of about 2.95% [4 X 0.003828 -- 0.003800)/0.0038].
Interest rate parity is often approximated by Equation 4.18.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
f e
r
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
10
h ? rf =
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
e0
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
In effect, interest rate parity says that high inkiest rates on a currency are offsetby forward discounts and that low interest rates are offset by forward premiums.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
335
Transaction costs in the form of bid-ask spreads make the computations more
difficult, but the principle is the same: Compute the covered interest differential
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
to see whether there is an arbitrage opportunity.
Computing the Covered Interest Differential When Transaction Costs Exist
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Suppose the annualized interest rate on 180-clay dollar deposits is 6 7/16--5/16%, meaning that dollars can be borrowed at 6 7/16% (the ask rate) and lent
at 6 5/16% (the bid rate). At the same lime, the annualized interest rate on 180-
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
day Thai baht deposits is 9 3/8-1/8%. Spot and 180 day forward quotes on Thai
baht are B 31 .5107--46/$ and B 32.1027--87/$, respectively. Is there an
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
arbitrage opportunity? Compute the profit using B 10,000,000.Solution. The only way to determine whether an arbitrage opportunit4 exists is
examine the two possibilities. Borrow dollars and lend Thai baht or borrow baht
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
and old dollars, both on a hedged basis. The key is to ensure that you are using
the correct bid ask interest and exchange rates. in this case, it turns out that there
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is an arbitrage opportunity from borrowing Thai baht and lending dollars Thespecific steps to implement this arbitrage are as follows:
1. Borrow B 10,000,000 at the ask rate of 9 3/8% for 180 days. This interest rate
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
translates into a 180 day rate of 0.09375/2 = 4.6875%, requiring repayment of B
10,468,750 in principal plus Interest at the end of 180 days.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. Immediately convert the B 10,000,000 to dollars at the spot ask rate of B31.51 46/$ (the baht cost of buying dollars spot). This yields $317,313.25
($10,000,000/31 .5146) available for investment.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
3. Invest the principal of $317,31 3.25 at 0.063125/2 = 3.15625% for 180 days.
In one months, this investment will have grown to $327,328.44 ($317.313.25 X
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
1.0315625).4. Simultaneously with the other transactions, sell the $327,328.44 in principal
plus interest forward at the bid rate of B 32.1027 (the rate at which dollars can
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be converted into baht) for delivery in 180 days. This transaction will yield B
10,508,126.86 in 180 days.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
5. At the end of six months, collect the $327,32844, deliver it to the bankforeign exchange department in return for B 10,508.126.86, and use B
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
336
10,468,750 of the proceeds to repay the loan. The gain on this net of transactions
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
is B 39,376.86.
UNCOVERED AND COVERED INTEREST RATE DIFFERENTIALS
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
(U.S. $ VERSUS OTHER CURRENCIES)--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
-- Uncovered interest rate differentials (three-month Eurodollar deposit
rates minus three-month Euro-deposit rates in named currency)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Covered interest rate differentials (uncovered differentials minus three-month forward exchange rate premium)
PUT CALL OPTION INTEREST RATE PARITY
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Interest rate parity relates the forward rate differential to the interest differential.
Another parity condition -- known as put-call option interest rate parity--
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
relates options prices to the Interest differential and, by extension, to the forwarddifferential. We are now going to derive the relation between put and call option
prices, the forward rate, and domestic and foreign interest rates. To do this, we
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
must first define the following parameters:
C = call option premium on a one period contract
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
P = put option premium on a one-period contractX = exercise price on the put and call options (dollars per unit of foreign
currency)
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
337
Other variables ? e0, e1 , f1 , rh and rf - are as defined earlier.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
For illustrative purposes, Germany is taken to be the representative foreigncountry in the following derivation. In order to price a call option on the euro
with a strike price of X in terms of a put option and forward contract, create the
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
following portfolio:
1. Lend 1/(1+ rf ) euros in Germany. This amount is the present value of 1 to
be received one period in the future. Hence, in one period, this investment will
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
be worth 1, which is equivalent to e1 dollars.
2. Buy a put option on I with an exercise price of X.
3. Borrow X/(1 + rh) dollars. This loan will cost X dollars to repay at the end of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
the period given an interest rate of rh.SELF?ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS (SAQs)
1. Suppose that the premium on March 20 on a June 20 yen put option is
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
0.0514 cents per yen it a strike price of $0.0077. The forward rate for
June 20 is ?1= $0.00787 and the quarterly U.S. interest rate is 2%. If
put-call parity holds, what is the current price of a June 20 PHLX yen
call option with an exercise price of $0.0077?
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
2. On June 25, the call premium on a December 25 PHLX contract is 6.65
cents per pound at a strike price of $1.81. The 180-day (annualized
interest rate is 7.5% in London and 4.75% in New York. If the current
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
spot rate is ?1=$1.8470 and put-call parity holds, what is the putpremium on a December 25 PHLX pound contract with an exercise price
of $1.81?
3. Write down the objectives of Hedging Policy.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
4. How you evaluate the Interest Rate Options?5. Compare the lending and investment policies in the global market.
6. What do you mean by cover deals?
7. Speculation is very complication in the global market`, explain it with
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
example.
8. Many finance managers view forward premia / discounts as a cost of
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
hedging. Explain why this is an incorrect view.9. Explain the Bid Rate and Forward Rate.
10. Explain the Quotation.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
REFERENCES:Foreign Exchange Strategies: Spot, Forward and Options By Berg. M.
and G. Moore (1991).
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
International Financial Management By Mauric S, Dlevi.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
338Foreign Exchange Handbook By H. P. Bhardwaj (1994).
International Financial Management By Apte P. G.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
Foreign Exchange, International Finance and Risk Management By A.V. Rajwade (2000).
International Financial Management By Henning, C. N., W. Piggot And
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
W. H. Scott.
Exchange Rate Arithmatic By C. Jeevanandham.
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---
339
--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---